polytechnicts.cgg.gov.inpolytechnicts.cgg.gov.in/.../files/Recent_Updates/6826.docx · Web...

C-18 - CURRICULUMFOR DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES IN TELANGANA

I PREAMBLE

The State Board of Technical Education and Training Telangana under the aegis of the

Department of Technical Education Telangana regularly reviews the Curricula in tune with the

developments both in academic and industry side However recognizing the changing needs as stated

by the catchment industries the Board has decided to bring about the revision of curriculum Thus

the Board with the assistance of senior faculty of the branches concerned has reviewed C-16C-16S

Curriculum in force On finding the merits and shortcomings of C-16C-16S Curriculum the faculty

has made a thorough assessment of the curricular changes that have to be brought in It was felt that

there is an urgent need to improve hands-on experience among the students pursuing diploma

courses Further the urgency of enhancing communication skills in English has also been

highlighted in the feedback and suggestions made by the user industries Keeping these in view a

number of meetings and deliberations were held at State level with experts from industry academia

and senior faculty of the department The new Curricula for the different diploma courses have been

designed with the active participation of the members of the faculty teaching in the Polytechnics of

Telangana besides reviewed by Expert Committee constituted with eminent academicians

The new C-18 curriculum is designed duly taking into consideration the Outcome Based

Education model as per NBA norms and Credit system has also been introduced

This new Curriculum has taken the Telangana State Industrial Policy in the course of

Industrial Management and Entrepreneurship Skill Upgradation is given importance by allotting

25 grade points per semester

The primary objective of the curriculum change is to produce best technicians in the country

by correlating growing needs of the industries with the academic inputs

The revised New Curriculum ie Curriculum ndash 2018 or C-18 is planned and designed by

making 6 months industrial training is mandatory

Salient Features

1 Duration of course is 3 years of Regular Academic instruction

1

The Curriculum is Outcome based Semester Pattern more practical oriented

Flexible Relevant to the industry needs and oriented to develop

entrepreneurship skills in Diploma students

A maximum of 20 credits be permitted in specialized electives offered in VI

semester that can be pursued through MOOC like SWAYAM NPTEL

To start with a robust curriculum structure is designed

Course structure contains 5 theory courses and 5 Laboratory courses per

semester

All theory courses will be of Lecture -Tutorial-Practicals (LTP) pattern

In order to ensure continuous evaluation total course content is divided into 3

parts ie Mid Semester- I should be conducted for 20 marks from part I and Mid

Semester- II should be conducted for 20 marks from part II End Examination

shall be conducted for 40 marks of which 20 marks should be covered from part

III 20 marks covered from overall course content

The sessional marks of 20 are assigned to slip tests assignments seminars quiz

etc

The question paper pattern is comprising of short answer questions Essay

questions Application based Questions covering the attributes of understanding

remembering and Application

Scoring of the candidate in the examination is reflected in terms of grade points

blending with relative grade point award system

2 Keeping in view the increased need of communication skills that is playing a vital role in the

success of Diploma Level students in the Industries emphasis is given for learning and

acquiring listening speaking reading and writing skills in English Communication Skills

lab and Life Skills lab are therefore introduced in III Semester and Advanced

Communication Skills lab and Life Skills lab as lab electives from IV Semester for all the

branches

3 Latest topics relevant to the needs of the industry and global scenario suitable to be

taught at Diploma level are also incorporated in the curriculum

4 CAD specific to the branch has been given more emphasis in the curriculum Preparing

drawings using CAD software has been given more importance

2

5 Every student is exposed to the computer lab at the 1styear itself in order to familiarize

himselfherself with skills required for keyboardmouse operation internet usage and e-

mailing

6 The number of teaching hours allotted to a particular topicchapter has been rationalized

keeping in view the past experience

7 Upon reviewing the existing C-16 curriculum more emphasis is given to the practical

content of Laboratories and Workshops thus strengthening the practical skills in C-18

Curriculum

8 With increased emphasis for the student to acquire Practical skills the course content in all

the courses is thoroughly reviewed and structured as outcome based than the conventional

procedure based While the course content in certain courses felt overloaded is reduced in

rest of the courses the content has been enhanced as per the need

9 Curriculum of Laboratory and Workshops have been thoroughly revised based on the

suggestions received from the industry and faculty for better utilization of the equipment

available at the Polytechnics The experiments exercises that are chosen for the practical

sessions are identified to conform to the field requirements of industry

10 The course of skill up-gradation in each semester is incorporated in the time table for one

complete day consisting of 7 periods

11 The student shall be awarded satisfactory through RUBRICS only if heshe puts in at-least

75 attendance in the skill up-gradation course apart from the satisfactory performance in

the activities allotted

12 The activities suggested for skill up-gradation in the curriculum at the end of each course

will be assessed by the respective course teacher through RUBRICS and duly certified by

the HOSPrincipal

13 The Members of the working group are grateful to Sri Navin Mittal IAS Commissioner

of Technical Education amp Chairman SBTET(TS) for his constant guidance and valuable

inputs in revising modifying and updating the curriculum

14 The Members acknowledge thanks for cooperation and guidance extended by Sri UVSN

Murthy Secretary and his team of SBTET Telangana Dr C Srinath Additional Secretary

SBTET and Sri A Pullaiah RJD and other officials of Directorate of Technical Education and

3

the State Board of Technical Education Telangana

15 The Members acknowledge thanks for cooperation and guidance extended by DrUma

Shanker Sahu of NITTTR Hyderabad and experts from industry academia from the

universities and higher learning institutions and all teaching fraternity from the

Polytechnics who are directly and indirectly involved in preparation of the curricula

II RULES AND REGULATIONS

1 ADMISSION PROCEDURES

11 DUR ATION AND PATTERN OF THE COURSES

All the Diploma programs run at various institutions are of AICTE approved 3 years

duration of Academic Instruction

All the Diploma courses are run on semester-wise pattern

1 2 PROCEDURE FOR ADMISSION INTO THE DIPLOMA COURSES

Selection of candidates is governed by the Rules and regulations laid down in this regard

from time to time

i) Candidates who wish to seek admission in any of the Diploma courses will have to appear

for Common Entrance Test for admissions into Polytechnics (POLYCET) conducted by

the State Board of Technical Education and Training Telangana Hyderabad

The candidates satisfying the following requirements only are eligible to appear for the

Common Entrance Test for admissions into Polytechnics (POLYCET)

a) The candidates seeking admission should have appeared for the X class examination

conducted by the Board of Secondary Education Telangana or equivalent examination at

the time of making application to the Common Entrance Test for Polytechnics for

admissions into Polytechnics (POLYCET) In case of candidates who apply with pending

results of their qualifying examinations their selection shall be subject to production of

proof of their passing the qualifying examination in one attempt or compartmentally at the

time of counselling for admission

b) Admissions are made based on the merit obtained in the Common Entrance Test

(POLYCET) and the reservation rules stipulated by the Government of Telangana from time

to time

c) For admission into the Diploma in Pharmacy Course for which entry qualification is 4

10+2 candidates need not appear for POLYCET A separate notification will be issued for

admission into these courses

d) Admission into DHMCT Course shall be based on the Merit in Intermediate for which

admissions are made by DOST conducted by TSCHE

13 MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION

The medium of instruction and examination shall be English

14 PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (PIN)

A cumulative academic record is to be maintained of the Marks secured in sessional work

and end examination of each year for determining the eligibility for promotion etc a

Permanent Identification Number (PIN) will be allotted to each candidate which is

computer generated so as to facilitate this work and avoid errors in tabulation of results

15 NUMBER OF WORKING DAYS PER SEMESTER

a) The Academic Year for all the Courses usually shall be from June 1 st week of the year of

admission to the 31st March of the succeeding year

b) The Working days in a week shall be from Monday to Saturday

c) There shall be 7 periods of 50 minutes duration on all working days

d) The minimum number of Instructional working days for each semester shall be 90 days

excluding examination days Public holidays orientation programme Sports and games

Period If this prescribed minimum is not achieved due to any reason special arrangements

shall be made to conduct classes to cover the syllabus

16 ELIGIBILITY OFATTENDANCE TO APPEAR FOR THE END

EXAMINATION

Note Student attendance is recorded twice a day using Aadhar Based Attendance System

with Bio metric Device

a) A candidate shall be permitted to appear for the end examination in all courses if he or she

has attended a minimum of 75 of Instructional working days during the Semester

b) Condonation of shortage of attendance in aggregate upto 10 (65 and above and below

75) in each semester may be granted on medical grounds

c) Candidates having less than 65 attendance shall be detained

5

d) Students whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any semester are not eligible to

take their end examination of that class and their admissions shall stand cancelled They

may seek re-admission for that semester when offered next

e) A stipulated fee shall be payable towards condonation for shortage of attendance

17 READMISSION

Readmission shall be granted to eligible candidates by the respective Principal of the

institutions concerned 10 of approved intake are eligible for Readmission and preference

will be given to first-cum-first-serve basis while according permission for re-admission of

the Diploma candidates-

1 The percentage of attendance to a readmitted candidate is to be calculated from

the first day of beginning of the class work of that year semester but not from

the date a readmitted candidate reports for class work after given readmission

S No YearSemester No of

Working days

No of working days required for 75 attendance

No of working days required

for 65 attendance

1Any Semester

(Except for Industrial Training

90 675 585

2 The Principals of all Polytechnics shall ensure that the readmission cases should

considered and granted-

a) Within 15 days after commencement of class work in any semester

Otherwise such cases should not be considered for readmission for that

Semesteryear and the candidates concerned may be advised to seek readmission in the

next subsequent semesteryear

Before issuing readmission orders an undertaking letter from the student is to be

obtained stating that heshe will agree to the rule that the percentage of attendance to

himher shall be calculated from the first day of beginning of the regular class work for that

year semester as officially announced by DTESBTET but not from the day on which

heshe has actually reported to the class work after readmission is granted and that heshe

will complete the Diploma in twice the duration of the course from the date of the first

admission otherwise heshe will forfeit the claim for qualifying for the award of Diploma

6

7

2 SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

21 I II III IV V and VI Semesters

THEORY EXAMINATION Each semester end examination carries 40 marks in

respect of specified courses of 2 hours duration along with 60 marks for continuous

evaluation

The Semester End Examination paper shall be set for 40 marks

PRACTICAL EXAMINATION Each laboratory course carries 40 marks of 23

hours duration and 60 sessional marks for continuous internal evaluation

22 ASSESSMENT SCHEME

I Assessment In order to ensure continuous evaluation the examination pattern is

formulated as

Total course content shall be divided into three parts as Part 1 Part 2 Part 3

Mid sem 1 Exam should be conducted from Part 1

Mid sem II Exam should be conducted from Part 2

End Examination to be conducted for 40 marks of which

20 Marks should be covered from Part 3

Remaining 20 marks covered from over all course contents

The tutorialsessionals shall consist of following marks division

1 Slip test 1 -- 5 marks

2 Slip test 2 -- 5 Marks

3 Assignments -- 5 Marks

4 Seminarpaper presentationgroup discussion -- 5 Marks

8

End

Examination

40 marks

Mid Sem 1 20 marks

Mid Sem 2 20 marks

Tutorials

Sessionals

20 marks

Total marks 100 Marks

II Mid semester Question paper pattern Part A shall consist of lsquoRememberrsquo based questions

Part B shall consist of lsquoUnderstandingrsquo questions

Part C shall be of lsquoApplicationrsquo based Questions

III Semester End Examination

The Regular Examinations and Backlog Examinations shall be conducted separately

Backlog examinations should be held before the commencement of Academic Year

to give sufficient time for the student to prepare for Backlog examinations

IV Examination Pattern (End Semester Examination)

V Award of Grades and Grade points criteria for C-18 Curriculum

1 Marks In order to ensure continuous evaluation the examination pattern is

formulated as

TheoryEnd Examination 40 marksMid Sem-I 20 marksMid Sem-II 20 marksInternal 20 marksTotal marks 100 Marks

PracticalEnd Examination 40 marksMid Sem-I 20 marksMid Sem-II 20 marksInternal 20 marksTotal marks 100 Marks

9

Part APart 3 Unit 5amp6 lsquoRememberrsquo based questions

Entire syllabus lsquoRememberrsquo based questions

Part BPart 3Unit 5amp6

lsquoUnderstandingrsquo based questions

Entire syllabus lsquoUnderstandingrsquo based questions

Part C

Part 3Unit 5amp6 lsquoApplicationrsquo based questions

Entire syllabus lsquoApplicationrsquo based questions

2 Hybrid grading system for regular students

Grade Grade Point

Absolute Grade Cut off Relative Grade Cut off

Hybrid Grade Cut off

Theory Subjects Practical amp Drawing

A+ 10 gt 90 gt 90 Min of Top 18Min of

Abs or Rel grade

A 9 gt 80 to lt 90 gt 825 to lt 90 Min of Top 28Min of

Abs or Rel grade

B+ 8 gt 70 to lt 80 gt 75 to lt 825 Min of Top 38Min of

Abs or Rel grade

B 7 gt 60 to lt 70 gt 675 to lt 75 Min of Top 48Min of

Abs or Rel grade

C+ 6 gt 50 to lt 60 gt 60 to lt 675 Min of Top 58Min of

Abs or Rel grade

C 5 gt 40 to lt 50 gt 55 to lt 60 Min of Top 68Min of

Abs or Rel grade

D 4 gt 35 to lt 40 gt 50 to lt 55 Min of Top 78Min of

Abs or Rel grade

E 0 Rest of the Candidates

Based on the minimum of Absolute Grade cut off and Relative Grade cut off a Hybrid

grade cut off shall be arrived and the appropriate grade shall allotted to the student and based on the

Grade a Grade point shall be allotted in each subject provided the Candidate passes in the subject

Pass Criteria for Regular Candidate The Candidate is declared pass only if heshe

secures above the Hybrid Grade cut off of lsquoDrsquo grade and 35 or above in Theory Examination and

50 or above in Practical and Drawing Examinations as per the formula below in Sem End

Examination-

End semester marks secured X 100End semester Topper marks

Grades for backlog subjects The Candidate shall be awarded lsquoPrsquo or lsquoFrsquo Grade based on

lsquoPassrsquo or lsquoFailrsquo respectively in the Backlog Subjects The lsquoPrsquo or lsquoFrsquo Grade has no Grade point but P

grade will count towards credits earned for awarding Diploma The Candidate shall get P Grade if

heshe secures 35 or above in Theory Examination and 50 or above in Practical and Drawing

Examinations as per the formula below in End Sem Examination-

End semester marks secured X 100End semester Topper marks of Regular exam of that batch

VI Credits10

For theory courses-- 3 CreditsFor Laboratory courses- 15 CreditsSkill up-gradation 25 CreditsTotal credits per semester 25 Credits

CGPA will be calculated for Regular Examinations only and not for backlog exams

Backlog exams will count for credits

Skill up gradation course will not count for CGPA but for Credits

Minimum credits for obtaining Diploma are 130 out of 150

VII Electives

a) The students are permitted to choose two electives in V semester

Or

Specialized electives related to V semester course contents offered in MOOCs like

SWAYAMNPTEL

b) The student has to complete one Project in V Semester

Industrial Training (VI Semester)

Swapping of Industrial Training in C-18 Curriculum in V and VI Semesters

(50 of each Polytechnic students undergo Industrial Training in V Semester and

remaining in VI Semester)

Evaluation and assessment of Industrial Training shall be done and marks be

awarded in the following manner provided the candidates concerned have put up

minimum 90 attendance of Industrial Training

Industrial assessment at Industry 600 marks (in two spells of 300 marks each)

Institutional Evaluation 300 marks

Semester End Examination 100 marks

(Seminarviva-voce at Institution)

_________

TOTAL 1000 marks

11

Assessment parameters at Industry

Sl No Learning Parameter

Assessment I(First

Quarter)

Assessment II (Second Quarter)

1 Attendance and punctuality 20 20

2 Familiarity of tools and material 30 30

3 Engineering skills 50 50

4 Application of knowledge amp Problem solving skills 50 50

5 Comprehension and observation 10 10

6 ProfessionalismProfessional ethics 20 20

7 Safety and environmental consciousness 10 10

8 Communication skills 20 20

9 Supervisory skills 50 50

10 General conduct during the period 40 40

Total marks for Industry Evaluation 300 300600 marks

Assessment parameters at Institution (End Examination)

Institution Level Evaluation SchemeSl No

Criteria Marks Time

1 1st Report Submission 50 within 4 Weeks2 Seminar-I 50 9th to 10th week3 2nd Report Submission 50 Within 12 weeks4 Log book 100 --5 Seminar-II 50 Before Viva-Voce

Institute Evaluation Total

300

Semester End Examination1 Viva-Voce 50 After 24 weeks2 PresentationDemonstration

of skills50

Total 100

12

The assessment at the institute level will be done by a minimum of three members ie

Internal Faculty Industrial ExpertsExternal Examiner and HOD and the shall be

averaged

a) Theory Courses Theory Courses carry 20 marks for Mid Sem I and 20 marks for Mid Sem II

and 20 marks for Tutorials which consists of Slip Test-I 5 Marks Slip Test-II 5 Marks

Assignment-5 Marks and Seminar -5Marks Mid Sem examinations will be conducted on the

dates specified by SBTET The remaining 40 marks of theory will be conducted as End

Semester Exam

b) Practicals Studentrsquos performance in Laboratories Workshop shall be assessed during

each semester of study for 40 marks in end practical course and internal assessment

carries 20 marks for Mid Sem I and 20 marks for Mid Sem II and 20 marks for Tutorials

Each student has to write a record log book for assessment purpose In the course of

Drawing which is also considered as a practical paper the same rules hold good Drawing

exercises are to be filed in seriatim

c) Internal assessment in Labs workshops Survey field etc during the course of study shall

be done and sessional marks shall be awarded by the concerned Lecturer Senior

Lecturer Workshop superintendent with the concurrence of concerned HOS as the case

maybe

d) For practical examinations there shall be two examiners External examiner shall be

appointed by the Principal in consultation with respective head of the department

preferably choosing a person from an IndustryAcademician At least one External

Examiner from Industry should be appointed for core labsThe Internal examiner shall

be the person concerned with internal assessment as in (c) above The end

examination shall be held along with all theory papers in respect of drawing

e) Question Paper for Practicals Question paper should cover all the experiments

exercise prescribed

f) Records pertaining to internal assessment marks of both theory and practical courses are

to be maintained for official inspection

g) In case of DCCP though the pass mark for typewriting and short hand is 50 in the end

examination equivalency will be given for the students who got 45 with the

13

examinations held by SBTET TS

3 RULES OF PROMOTIONTI ON FOR NEXT LEVEL

31 For Diploma Courses for 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5thand 6thSemesters

1 A candidate shall be permitted to appear for first Semester examination provided he she

puts the required percentage of attendance (ie 75) and pays the examination fee

However attendance can be condoned by the Principal on Medical grounds upto 10 (ie

attendance after condonation on Medical grounds should not be less than 65) and

heshe has to pay the condonation fee along with examination fee as prescribed by SBTET

from time to time

2 A candidate shall be promoted to 2ndsemester if heshe puts the required percentage of

attendance (ie 75 in general and 65 on medical grounds) in the first semester and

pays the examination fee A candidate who could not pay the first semester examination

fee has to pay the promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of Technical Education and

Training from time to time before commencement of 2nd semester

A candidate is eligible to appear for the 2nd semester exam if heshe puts the

required percentage of attendance (ie 75 in general and 65 on medical condonation)

in the 2nd semester

3 A candidate shall be promoted to 3rdsemester if heshe puts the required percentage of

attendance (ie 75 in general and 65 on medical grounds) in the 2nd semester and pays

the examination fee and earned more than 25 credits (upto regular End Semester Exams of

2nd semester) A candidate who could not pay the 2nd semester examination fee has to pay

the promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of Technical Education and Training from

time to time before commencement of 3rd semester

A candidate is eligible to appear for the 3rd semester exam if heshe puts the


and pays the examination fee in the 3 rd semester and earned 25 credits up the end of 2nd

Semester

4 A candidate shall be promoted to 4th semester provided heshe puts the required

percentage of attendance (ie 75 in general and 65 on medical condonation) in the

3rdsemester and pays the examination fee and earned 25 credits up the end of 2nd

14

Semester A candidate who could not pay the 3rdsemester exam fee but fulfilling all other

conditions has to pay the promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of Technical

Education and Training from time to time before commencement of 4th semester IVC

pass out students admitted into 3rd semester through lateral entry shall be promoted to 4th

Semester if heshe Puts the required percentage of attendance (ie 75 in general and

65 on medical grounds) and pays examination in the 3rd semester

5 A candidate shall be promoted to 5thsemester provided he she puts the required

percentage of attendance (ie 75 in general and 65 on medical grounds) in the

4thsemester and pays the examination fee and earns 75 Credits (upto regular End Semester

Exams of 4th semester) A candidate who could not pay the 4thsemester examination fee

but earned 75 credits has to pay the promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of

Technical Education and Training from time to time before commencement of 5 thsemester

as the case may be



5thsemester and pays the examination fee and earned 75 credits upto the end of 4th

Semester A candidate who could not pay the 5thsemester examination fee has to pay the

promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of Technical Education and Training from time

to time before commencement of 6thsemester as the case may be

(a) A candidate is eligible to appear for the 6th semester (Theory) exam if heshe

i) Puts the required percentage of attendance in the 6th semester

ii) Should have appeared for 5th semester examination

(b) A candidate is eligible to appear for 6th (Industrial Training) semester

examination if heshe

i) Puts the required percentage of attendance ie 90 in 6thsemester (Industrial

Training)

ii) Should have completed the Industrial Training

iii) Should have submitted Industrial Training assessment report

(c) In case a candidate does not successfully complete the Industrial training he she

will have to repeat the training at his her own cost

15

Promotion rules for C-18

S No

From Sem

To Sem Attendance Cumulative

Credits Remarks

1 I II 75 (65 on medical grounds) -

Cumulative credits are applicable from the

AY 2021-22 onwards

2 II III -do- 253 III IV -do- 254 IV V -do- 755 V VI -do- 75

Note Ineligible candidates are not permitted to next higher semester classwork till heshe

fulfills the above eligibility criteria

Promotion rules for C-18 (IVC)

S NoFrom

Sem

To

SemAttendance

Cumulative

CreditsRemarks

1 III IV75 (65 on medical grounds)

-IVC candidates should be allotted 50 credits during

admission into 3rd semester2 IV V -do- 75 From AY 2021-223 V VI -do- 75 -do-



41 EXAMINATION FEE SCHEDULE

The examination fee should be paid as per the notification issued by State Board of

Technical Education and Training from time to time

42 ISSUE OF GRADE CARD

All candidates who appear for the end examination will be issued Grade Card without any

payment of fee However candidates who lose the original Grade Card have to pay the

prescribed fee to the Secretary State Board of Technical Education and Training Telangana

for each duplicate Grade Card

43 MAXIMUM PERIOD FOR COMPLETION OF DIPLOMA COURSES

Maximum period for completion of the course is twice the prescribed duration of the course

from the date of First admission (includes the period of detention and discontinuation of

studies by student etc) failing which they will have to forfeit the claim for qualifying for the

award of Diploma (They will not be permitted to appear for examinations after that date)

This rule applies for all Diploma courses of 3 years of engineering and non-engineering

16

courses including candidates seek admission under lateral entry In respect of Pharmacy

courses the completion period s 4 years as the prescribed duration of the course is 2

years

44 ELIGIBILITY FOR AWARD OF DIPLOMA

A candidate is eligible for award of Diploma Certificate if he she fulfill the following

academic regulations

i He She pursued a course of study for not less than 3 academic years amp not more than 6

academic years

ii He she should have earned 130 credits out of 150 credits

Students who fail to fulfill all the academic requirements for the award of the Diploma

within 6 academic years from the year of admission shall forfeit their seat in the course amp

their seat shall stand cancelled

45 RE-VALUATION ISSUE OF PHOTO COPY

451 a) As per the SBTET notification

A candidate desirous of applying for Revaluation issue of Photocopy of valued

answer scripts should submit the application online to the Secretary State Board of

Technical Education and Training Telangana Hyderabad ndash 500 063 as per the notification

issued for Revaluation issue of Photo copy of answer Script

452 MALPRACTICE CASES

If any candidate resorts to any Mal Practice during examinations he she shall be booked

and the Punishment shall be awarded as per rules and regulations framed by SBTETTS

from time to time

453 DISCREPANCIESPLEAS

Any Discrepancy regarding results etc shall be represented to the Board within one month

from the date of issue of results Thereafter no such cases shall be entertained in any

manner

46 EQUIVALENCE

In general there is no equivalency of CGPA and marks percentage

However 60 is insisted a CGPA of 650

55 is insisted a CGPA of 600


17

With respect to the intermediate vocational candidates who are admitted directly into

diploma course at the 3rdsemester (ie second year) level the CGPA over 4 semesters shall

alone be taken into consideration for award of Diploma

5 ISSUE OF CERTIFICATES

51 ISSUE OF DUPLICATE DIPLOMA

If the candidate desires for a duplicate certificate of Diploma heshe may obtain on payment

of prescribed fee duly following the procedure

52 ISSUE OF MIGRATION CERTIFICATE AND TRANSCRIPTS

The Board on payment of prescribed fee will issue these certificates for the candidates who

intend to pursue Higher Studies in India or Abroad

53 GENERAL

i The Board may change or amend the academic rules and regulations or syllabi at

any time and the changes or amendments made shall be applicable to all the

students for whom it is intended with effect from the dates notified by the

competent authority

ii All legal matters pertaining to the State Board of Technical Education and Training

are within the jurisdiction of Hyderabad

iii In case of any ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules the decision of the

Secretary SBTET (TS) is final

18

I SEMESTER

19

TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

SN

o

Cou

rse

Cod

e

Course Name

Teaching Scheme Examination SchemeInstructions periods Per

Week

Tota

l Per

iods

Per

Sem

este

r

Cre

dits

Continuous Internal

EvaluationSemester End Examination

L T P

Mid

Sem

-I

Mid

Sem

-II

Inte

rnal

Eva

luat

ion

Max

Mar

ks

Min

Mar

ks

Tota

l Mar

ks

Min

i m

arks

for

pass

ing

incl

udin

g In

tern

al

1 18CCP-101F Basic English 2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

2 18CCP-102C Book-keeping 2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

3 18CCP 103C

Basics of Phonography 2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

4 18CCP-104C

Business Organisation 2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

5 18CCP-105F

Fundamentals of Information Technology

2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

6 18CCP-106P Phonography Lab 1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

7 18CCP-107P

English Typewriting -Speed (25 wpm) 1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

8 18CCP-108P

English Typewriting (Manuscript) 1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

9 18CCP-109P

Fundamentals of Information Technology Lab

1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

10 18CCP-110P

English Language amp Communication Skills Lab

1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

Academic activities 0 0 7 105 25 0 0 Rubrics -- - 15 10 17 630 25 180 180 180 460 201 1000 435

Activities student performance is to be assessed through Rubrics

1) 18CCP-106P-Phonography Lab 18CCP-206P-Advanced Phonography Lab 18CCP-306P-English Shorthand Speed 60 WPM amp 18CCP-406P-English Shorthand Speed 80 WPM ndash All these subjects are framed with an evaluation structure of 20+20+40+20 as per C-18 curriculum However a candidate securing 45 at end examination excluding Mid Semndash1 Mid Sem-2 and Sessional Marks shall only be considered to treat the aforementioned subjects as equivalent to Shorthand English Lower Grade (SEL) Certificate awarded by the SBTET TE Section to non formal candidates appearing for Shorthand Examination separately

20

BASIC ENGLISH

Course Title Basic English Course Code 18CCP-101FSemester I Course Group CoreTeaching Scheme in Periods(LTP)

30300 Credits 3

Methodology Lecture + Assignments+ Practice Total Contact Hours 45Hrs60PdsCIE 60 Marks SEE 40 Marks

Unit No

Unit Name Periods Questions to be set for SEER U A

1 The Umbrella ManSpellings 4 + 4 = 8

Q1234 Q9(a)Q12(a) Q13(a)

2 Phonetic TranscriptionParts of Speech 8 + 6 = 14

3 A Little Grain of GoldArticles and Prepositions 4 + 6 + 6 = 16 Q56 Q10(a) Q14(a)

4 Tense 12 Q7 Q12(b)

5 My Mother 4 Q8 Q9(b) Q11(a) Q11(b)

Q13(b) Q15(a) Q15(b)

6 Reading Comprehension 6 Q10(b) Q14(b) Q16(a) Q16(b)

Total 60 8 8 8

This course requires the basic knowledge of grammar and basic Listening Speaking Reading and Writing skills

21

Course Content and Blue Print of Marks for SEE

Pre requisites

At the end of the course the student will be able to

CO1 Use appropriate tense in speech and writing

CO2 Write correct spellings

CO3 Know the different parts of speech and use them in construction of sentences Use appropriate articles and prepositions in sentences

CO4 Improve reading skill and also reinforce grammar vocabulary pronunciation and writing skills through reading different passages

CO5 Recognize phonetic symbols to enable them to use a dictionary to find the right pronunciation of words and pronounce words correctly

CO6 Read different texts (prose poetry and short story) and answer basic comprehension questions

UNIT 1 Duration 4 + 4 = 8 Periods (L 5 ndash P 3)

1 Umbrella Man

2 Spellings


1 Phonetic Transcription

2 Parts of Speech


1 A little Grain of Gold

2 Articles and Prepositions

UNIT 4 Duration 12 Periods (L 8 ndash P 4)

1 Tense


1 My Mother


1 Reading Comprehension

22

Course Outcomes

Course Content

1 INTERACTIVE ENGLISH Intermediate First Year English Textbook

Published by Telugu Academy Telangana State Board of Intermediate Education

2 Intermediate English Grammar by Raymond Murphy Cambridge University Press

3 English Grammar by Longman

4 Practical English Grammar by AJ Thomson and AV Martinet

5 A Course in Phonetics and Spoken English by J Sethi and PV Dhamija

6 Word Power made easy by Norman Lewis

10 The Umbrella Man Spellings

11 Appreciate Short Stories

12 Know nuances of the Language

13 Know spellings

14 Rectify spelling mistakes

20 Phonetic Transcription Parts of Speech

21 Know about Noun Pronoun Verb Adjective

22 Know about Adverb Interjection Preposition Conjunction

23 Know different phonetic sounds and symbols

24 Transcribe words

25 Recognise words from phonetic transcription

30 A Little Grain of Gold Articles and Preposition

31 Appreciate the poem

32 Know about the poet

33 Theme rhyme rhythm

34 Know definite and indefinite articles and their usage

35 Know different prepositions and their usage

40 Tense

41 Learn Present tense

42 Learn Past tense

43 Learn Future tense

44 Know structure and use

50 My mother

51 Appreciate the essay

23

Recommended Books

Suggested Learning Outcomes

52 Understand characterisation theme

53 Appreciate the nuances of the language

54 Know synonyms and antonyms and other vocabulary


61 Skim scan for information

62 Guess meaning of words based on context

63 Answer comprehension based questions

Test Units Marks PatternMid Sem 1 1 and 2 20 Part A 4 Bit answer questions

Part B 2 Short questions out of 4 QuestionsPart C 2 Essay questions out of 4 Questions

Mid Sem 2 3 and 4 20 Part A 4 Bit answer questionsPart B 2 Short questions out of 4 QuestionsPart C 2 Essay questions out of 4 Questions

Slip Test 1 1 and 2 5 2 Essay Questions out of 3 QuestionsSlip Test 2 3 and 4 5 2 Essay Questions out of 3 Questions

Assignment 1 5 Group assignmentsSeminars 1 5

Total 60

1 Spell-bee Contest2 Role plays and Skits3 Presentation on grammar related topics 4 Describing ones mother father and other family members 5 Using a dictionary to know pronunciation of words 6 Picture description

e-learning

1wwwduolingocom 2 wwwbbccouk3 wwwbabbelcom4 wwwmerriam-webstercom 5 wwwelloorg6 wwwlang-8com7 youtubecom8 Hello English(app)9 moocorg 10 httpsonlinecoursesnptelacin

24

Internal evaluation

Suggested Student Activities

Suggested E-Learning references

MID SEM 1 MODEL PAPER

Max time 1 Hr TOTAL MARKS 20

PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions

a) Answer all the questions

b) Each question carries one mark

1 Why did the little girl and her mother go to London

2 Correct the spelling

a Calclation b Seprate

3 Write the phonetic transcription to English spelling

i) ˈfjuːtʃər ii ˈrɒŋ

4 Identify the part of speech for the following underlined words

Tirupathi is a pilgrimage centre

English and Telugu are languages

25

Semester End Examination marks distribution

Mid term Examination marks distribution

Short answer Essay Marks

Part A 8 0 8

Part B 0 48 12

Part C 0 48 20

Total 08 816 40


Part A 4 0 4

Part B 0 24 6

Part C 0 24 10

Total 4 48 20

PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M

Instructions

a) Answer any two questions

b) Each question carries three marks

5 a What did the gentleman do in the pub

OR

b correct the spelling

i Question Ii Parson iii Dafinition

6 a Write the phonetic transcription for the following English spellinga Poor b Rich c Cat

OR

b Identify the Part of Speech of underlined word

i The story is interesting

ii Srikar drinks tea

iii We are going in a train

PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions


b) Each question carries five marks

7 a How did the umbrella man cheat the little girl and her mother

OR


i Grate Ii Aactor Iii Strenth

Iv Fther V Klass

8 a Write the phonetic transcription to English spelling

i rəˈpiːt ii ˈkaɪnd Iii ˈpiːpl

iv ˈlɔːŋ v ˈjuːθ

OR


1 Hyderabad is a big city

26

2 They eat very fast

3 Raja and Rani are students

4 She is driving a car

5 Aha I won it



PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions



1 Annotate the following

ldquoI had had the heart to give thee my allrdquo

a Name the poet of the above line

2 Fill the blanks with the Articles

(a) We will go afterhelliphelliphour

(b) Pour helliphellip milk into that cup

3 Fill the blanks with suitable Prepositions

(a) They are goinghelliphellipa movie

(b) Pandu is a teacher helliphellipthe school

4 Fill in the blanks with appropriate verb forms

(a) The Sunhelliphelliphelliphellip(rise) in the East

(b) The bushelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(leave) an hour ago

PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M

Instructions

a) Answer any TWO questions


5 a What did the beggar think when he saw the king

OR

b Fill in the blanks with suitable articles

(a) What helliphelliphelliphellip beautiful painting

27

(b) India is helliphelliphellip great country

(c) This is helliphellipplace I want to see

6 a Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions

(a) I am helliphellipthe classroom

(b) Anuradha is afraid helliphelliphelliphellipsnakes

(c) Anita and Lalitha shared their classhelliphelliphellipthemselves

OR

b Fill in the blanks with suitable verb forms

i She(go)to temple everyday

ii We(finish) our work tomorrow

iii They (leave) just now

PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions

a Answer any two questions

b Each question carries five marks

7 a Write the summary of the poem ldquoA Little Grain of Goldrdquo

OR

b Why did the beggar weep bitterly

8 a Fill in the blanks with suitable verb forms

(a) They helliphellip(miss) the train yesterday

(b) Look How the birdshelliphellip (eat) in the fields

(c) Sailuhelliphelliphellip (cook) food when her friend came

(d) A trianglehelliphellip (have) three sides

(e) Malatihelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(buy) a sari tomorrow

OR


i Henot (sleep) yesterday

ii We (talk) since 930AM

iii They (return) our bag yesterday

iv I (work) now

v She (come) tomorrow

28

I SEMESTER END EXAMINATION CCP101F MODEL PAPER

Max time 2 Hrs TOTAL MARKS 40

PART - A 8 x 1 = 8 M

Instructions

a Answer all the questions

b Each question carries one mark


I Perty

2 Translate the phonetic transcription to English spelling

I ˈ riˈmuːv

3 Write the phonetic transcription for the following English spelling

I Thin

4 Identify the part of speech for the following underlined word

A Potana is a Telugu poet

5 Fill the blank with the Article

A We are at helliphellip end of it

6 Fill the blanks with suitable Preposition

A We are meeting helliphellipa few minutes

7 Fill in the blank with appropriate verb form

A Wehelliphelliphelliphellip(play) games regularly

8 Who is the author of the lesson ldquoMy Motherrdquo

PART - B 4 x 3 = 12 M

Instructions

a Answer any FOUR questions

b Each question carries three marks

9 a Which city did the girl and her mother go and why

OR

b Who scolded Kalam and why

29

10 a Why did the beggarrsquos hopes rose

OR

b Read the given passage and answer the following questions

Communication is a two way process We can communicate either verbally or non-

verbally Speaking is verbal while body language is non-verbal

i Which is a two way process

ii Can we communicate non-verbally

iii How can we communicate verbally

11 a Describe Kalamrsquos mother

OR

b How did Kalamrsquos father earn money

12 a Correct the spellings

i Simpel ii Esplain iii Bulding

OR

b Fill in the blanks with appropriate verb forms

I Shehellip(eat) fruits regularly

II I hellip(learn) Hindi since 2013

III Wehelliphellip[finish] lunch just now

PART-C 4 x 5 = 20 M

Instructions

a Answer any four questions


13 a What did the gentleman do after selling his umbrella

OR

b What is Indian hospitality as explained by Kalam

14 a Why did the beggar weep bitterly

OR

b Read the following passage and answer the questions

We lived in the most beautiful place in the entire world My valley the Swat valley is a

heavenly kingdom of mountains gushing waterfalls and crystal-clear lakes lsquoWelcome To

Paradisersquo it says on a sign as you enter the valley In olden times Swat was called Uddyana

which means lsquogardenrsquo We have fields of wild flowers orchards of delicious fruit emerald

mines and rivers full of trout People often call Swat the Switzerland of the East Even the

30

Queen of England came and stayed in the white palace that was built from the same marble

as the Taj Mahal by our king the first wali of Swat

i Name some attractions of Swat valley

ii What was the name of Swat in olden days

iii What is written at the entrance of the valley

iv With which country is Swat compared to

v Who visited the white palace

15 a Narrate one memory of Kalamrsquos related to food

OR

b Write a few lines about Kalamrsquos childhood

16 a Read the following passage and answer the questions

We see advertisements all around us-in newspapers magazines on billboards on Television

and even on the internet Advertisements are a powerful vehicle or tool of expression They are used

either to make us aware of a new product launched in the market or to spread a social message

They can publicize a product service or an idea There is usually an interesting usage of language like

lsquoYou canrsquot beat a Bajajrsquo or ldquoAn idea can change your liferdquo There is a lot of creativity involved in

advertisements They also have interesting visuals that appeal and entice us to buy the product To

appreciate an advertisement one should be able to understand the message that is conveyed

i Give a suitable title to the above passage

ii Mention any two places where we see advertisements

iii Why are advertisements used

iv What is involved in advertisements

v When can one appreciate an advertisement

OR

b Read the following passage and answer the questions that follow

Writing and speaking are the two modes of Communication We also communicate

through other modes such as pictures symbols signs and gestures Communicating through

these is called non-verbal communication They occupy less space yet communicate ideas

quickly and clearly We find symbols and pictorial representation in many public places like

railway stations bus stations airports and also on roads and highways

1 Give a suitable title to the passage

2 What are the two modes of communication

3 What are the other modes of communication

31

4 Give one example of non-verbal communication

5 What do we find in many public places

Method of evaluation of the student activities ( Rubrics) CCP-101

SNo

Sub activity Performanceexcellent Good Satisfactory Need

improvement1 Preparedness Student is completely

prepared and has obviously rehearsed

Student seems pretty prepared but might have needed a couple more rehearsals

The student is somewhat prepared but it is clear that rehearsal was lacking

Student does not seem at all prepared to present

2 Language (Vocabulary Grammar etc)

Uses vocabulary appropriate for the audience Extends audience vocabulary by defining words that might be new to most of the audience

Uses grammatically correct sentences all the time

Uses vocabulary appropriate for the audience Includes 1-2 words that might be new to most of the audience but does not define them

Uses grammatically correct sentences most of the time

Uses vocabulary appropriate for the audience Does not include any vocabulary that might be new to the audience

Uses grammatically incorrect sentences very often

Uses several (5 or more) words or phrases that are not understood by the audience

Speaks in grammatically incorrect sentences all the time

3 Audio- Visual Aids

Student uses several props (could include costume) audio-visual aids that show considerable workcreativity and which make the presentation better

Student uses 1 prop audio-visual aids that shows considerable workcreativity and which make the presentation better

Student uses 1 prop audio- visual aids which makes the presentation better

The student uses no props audio-visual aids OR the props chosen detract from the presentation

4 Conent Shows a full understanding of the topic

Shows a good understanding of the topic

Shows a good understanding of parts of the topic

Does not seem to understand the topic very well

5 Body Language

Stands up straight looks relaxed and confident Establishes eye contact with everyone in the room during the presentation

Stands up straight and establishes eye contact with everyone in the room during the presentation

Sometimes stands up straight and establishes eye contact

Slouches andor does not look at people during the presentation

Model Rubrics for Oral Presentation

Note Separate rubrics may be prepared according to the activity

BOOK KEEPING

32

Course Title Book-keepingSemester ITeaching Scheme in periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks

Course Code 18CCP-102CCourse Group CoreCredits 3Total Contact Hours 60 PdsSEE 40 Marks

Prerequisite The students should have basic knowledge of English and General Mathematics

COURSE OUTCOME

CO1

know Basic concepts of Book-keeping and Accounting

CO2

Classify different types of accounts and analyse the transactions and write journal entries by applying the rules of accounts by following Accounting Standards of India

CO3

Prepare Ledger Accounts and find the balance using spread sheet

CO4

Identify various Subsidiary Books of Accounts and choose appropriate Book to post the transactions

CO5

Verify the balances of subsidiary books using spread sheet

CO6

Prepare Cash Book with Bank and Discount Columns and calculate balances

Course Contents

Unit-I Introduction to Accountancy Duration 06 Hr

Introduction to Accountancy - Definition of Accountancy and Book keeping ndash Book Keeping - its objectives merits and demerits ndash Branches of accounting ndash Definition of accounting concepts and terminology

Unit-II Journal Duration12 Hr

JOURNAL - Recording of Transactions ndash Journal ndash Define Journal ndash Types of accounts ndash Rules of Debit and Credit ndash Compound Journal Entry

Unit-III Ledger Duration10 Hr

LEDGER - Classification of Recorded Transactions ndash Ledger Meaning of ledger Posting the recorded transactions into separate accounts of Ledger book and balancing the ledger accounts

Unit-IV Subsidiary Books Duration10 Hr

Subsidiary Books - Need of Subsidiary Journals ndashList Subsidiary Books - Purchases

33

Book and Purchases Returns Book Sales Books and Sales Returns Book

Unit-V Cash Book amp Journal Proper Duration08 Hr

Cash Book ndash Need Petty Cash Book Journal Proper

Unit-VI Cash Book - Single Double Triple Column Duration14 Hr

CASH BOOK - Simple or Single Column Cash Book Double Column Cash Book Three Column Cash BookNote Except Part A all questions are of problems only

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Grewal T S lsquoIntroduction of Accountancyrsquo2 Grewal T S lsquoDouble Entry Book-Keepingrsquo3 Maheswari SN lsquoIntroduction to Accountancyrsquo4 Gupta and Gupta lsquoPrinciples and Practice of Accountancyrsquo5 Jain and Narang lsquoAccounting ndash Volumes I amp IIrsquo6 Telugu Academy Text books prescribed for Intermediate course


10Understand the subject of Accountancy11 Define Accountancy and Book ndash Keeping12 State objectives and merits and demerits of Book Keeping13 Define different branches of Accounting

14 Define different systems of Book-Keeping15 Define accounting concepts and terminology(Transaction cash transaction credit transaction goods purchases sales purchase returns sales returns stock opening stock closing stock debtor creditor solvent insolvent assets liabilities capital drawings income gain expenditure loss discount)20 Understand the principles of Journalising transactions

21Define an account and types of accounts22State the Principle of Double Entry System of Book Keeping23Explain rules of Debit and Credit for each type of account24Prepare Journal Entries for cash and credit transactions25Pass Journal Entries involving Personal Real and nominal types of

accounts26Explain compound journal entry and prepare Journal entries when the

creditor allowed discount and when the debtor allowed discount27Distinguish between Trade Discount and Cash Discount

30 Understand how to post Journal Entries into LEDGER31Define Ledger with its pro forma32Post the journal entries into the ledger accounts33Balancing the ledger accounts (when transactions occur only on one

side ie DebitCredit side of an account when only a single transaction occurs in an account and when transactions appear on both sides)

34Distinguish between the Purchase of Goods Purchase of Fixed Assets 34

and Sale of Goods and Sale of Fixed Assets40 Understand the procedurepractices while using SUBSIDIARY

BOOKS 41Need of Subsidiary Books42Mention different types of Subsidiary Books43Explain Purchase Book with their formats44Explain the terms InwardOutward Invoices with format45State the meaning of Purchase Returns books46Explain Debit Notes with formats47Prepare Purchases Book Purchase Returns Book with transactions48Explain Sales Books with their formats49Prepare Sales Returns books410 Explain Credit Notes with formats411 Prepare Sales Book and Sales Returns Book with transactions

50 Understand the procedurespractices to maintain CASH BOOK 51State the need for preparing Cash Book52State the meaning of Journal Proper53Mention the examples of Journal Proper54Prepare a simple and analytical Petty Cash Book under Imprest system55 Mention the items appearing in Journal Proper-Opening entries

Closing entries Adjustment entries Rectification entries and their respective entries in journal

60 Understand the procedurespractices to maintain CASH BOOK 61Proforma of Single column cash book62Proforma of Double column Cash book63Proforma of Three column Cash book and explanation64Define the terms Cheque Demand Daft Discount allowedreceived65State the meaning of CONTRA entry and give examples66Prepare Single Column Double columns and three columns Cash Book

1 Student visits Library to refer to Manual for the specifications2 Student inspects the available equipment in the Lab to identify the

components3 Visit nearby Industry to familiarize with accounting techniques4 Analyze the connections in the UPS available in the Institution facility5 Quiz 6 Group discussion7 Surprise test8 Debates 9 Problem solving through discussions 10Learning Tally related to this subject 11Seminar 12Verify Book of Accounts in their respective institutions


1 httpswwwtutorialspointcomaccounting_basicsindexhtm

CO PO MAPPING MATRIX

35


COURSE OUTCOME Linked POCO1

Basic concepts of Book-keeping and Accounting 125678910

CO2

Classify different types of accounts and analyze the transactions and write journal entries by applying the rules of accounts by following Accounting Standards of India

125678910

CO3


12345678910

CO4


12345678910

CO5


12345678910

CO6

Cash Book with Bank and Discount Columns and calculate balances

12345678910

MID SEM-I EXAM

SNo Unit Name R U A Remarks

1 Unit-I 1 2 5(a)5(b)

7(a)7(b)

2 Unit-II 3 4 6(a)6(b)

8(a)8(b)

Total Questions 4 4 4

MID SEM ndashII EXAMSNo Unit Name R U A Remarks

1 Unit-III 1 2 5(a)5(b)

7(a)7(b)

2 Unit-IV 3 4 6(a)6(b)

8(a)8(b)


Semester End Examination

Sl No Unit NoQuestions to be set for SEE Remarks

R U A 1 I

4

1 9(a) 13(a) 2 II

3 III 2 10(a) 14(a) 4 IV

5 V 3 5 69(b) 13(b)

11(a) 15(a)

36

11(b) 15(b)

6 VI 78

10(b) 14(b)

12(a) 16(a)12(b) 16(b)


Legend

Remembering (R) 1 Mark

Understanding (U) 3 Marks

Application (A) 5 Marks

37

MODEL PAPERS

18CCP-102 MID SEM 1 BOOK-KEEPING

TIME ONE HOUR MARKS 20

PART A 4 x 1 = 4 MARKS

INSTRUCTIONS Answer all questions each question carries one mark Answers should not be more than frac14 th page

1 Define Book-keeping2 State two objectives of Book Keeping3 Define Journal4 State the rule of Personal Account with one example

PART B 2 x 3 = 6 MARKSINSTRUCTIONS Answer all questions each question carries three marks Answers should not be more than one page

5 a) List the Merits of Book keepingOR

b) Write a short note on assets and liabilities

6 a) Pass the necessary Journal Entries from the following

2019 April 1 Commenced business with cash Rs 20000 5 Purchased goods Rs 5000 8 Sold goods Rs 2500

ORb) Journalize the following transactions

2019 April 1 Withdrew cash from bank Rs 5000 6 Paid wages Rs 500 10 Purchased furniture Rs 1500

PART C 2 X 5 = 10 MARKSINSTRUCTIONS Answer all questions each question carries five marks Answers should not be more than two pages

7a) Pass necessary journal entries from the following particulars

2019 April 1 Raghu Commenced business with cash Rs 20000 5 Purchased Machniery Rs 5000 6 Purchased goods from Ravi Stores Rs 2500 8 Paid office Rent Rs 1000 10 Returned goods to Ravi Stores Rs 100

OR

b) Write Journal Entries in the books of Lakshmi38

2019 April 1 Started business with cash Rs 12000 Furniture Rs 5000 and Machinery Rs10000 4 Purchased goods for cash from Rajesh Rs 5000 6 Sold goods to Mani Rs 6000 12 Paid Carriage Rs 500 15 Deposited cash into Bank Rs 5000

8 a) From the following particulars prepare Journal 2019 March 1 Purchased Machinery from Srinivasa amp Co Rs 7500

2 Withdrew cash from Bank Rs 50003 Purchased goods from Raghu Rs 50004 Withdrew goods for personal use Rs 15005 Sold old furniture Rs 500

OR b) Journalize the following transactions

2019 May 1 Commenced business with cash Rs 20000 2 Deposited cash into bank Rs 5000 3 Purchased Stationery Rs 200 4 Paid Office expenses Rs 1000 5 Received goods returned by Ravi Rs 100

18CCP-102

39

MID SEM 2 BOOK-KEEPING

TIME ONE HOUR MARKS20



1 Define Ledger2 Draw the proforma of Ledger Account3 List the subsidiary Books4 Draw the proforma of Purchase Returns Book

PART B 2 X 3 = 6 MARKS INSTRUCTIONS Answer all questions each question carries three marks Answers should not be more than one page

5 a) Post the transaction in the concerned Ledger account ldquoPurchased goods for cash Rs 5000rdquoOR

b) Post the transaction in the concerned ledger account ldquoSold goods Rs 2000rdquo

6 a) Post the following in subsidiary books

2019 April 1 Purchased goods from Raju Rs 20000 5 Purchased goods from Ravi Rs 5000 8 Purchased goods from Rajesh Rs 2500

ORb) Post the following transactions in Sales book

2019 April 1 sold goods to Kamal Rs 5000 6 sold goods to Kamesh Rs 2 500 10 sold goods to Kiran Rs 1500


7a) From the following particulars prepare Kiran Accoun

2019 April 1 Amount due from Kiran Rs 12000 5 Purchased Machniery from kiran Rs 5000 6 Purchased goods from kiran Rs 2500 8 Received cash from Kiran Rs 10000 10 Returned goods to ravi Rs 10015 Kiran account settled with a discount of Rs 100

ORb) Write the ledger of Lakshmi

2019 April 1 Amount due to Lakshmi Rs 1000040

4 Purchased goods from Lakshmi Rs 5000 6 Sold goods to Lakshmi Rs 6000 12 Paid cash to Lakshmi Rs 500 15 Deposited cash into Bank Rs 5000 30 Lakshmi account settled with a discount of Rs 200

8 a) From the following particulars prepare subsidiary Journals 2019 March 1 Purchased goods from Srinivasa amp Co Rs 7500

2 sold goods to Ravi and Sons Rs 50003 Purchased goods from Raghu Rs 50004 Sold goods to Krishna Rs 15005 Returned goods to Raghu Rs 500

OR b) Prepare necessary subsidiary books the following transactions

2019 May 1 Purchased goods from Rakesh Rs 20000 2 Sold goods to Ramu Rs 5000 3 returned goods to rakesh Rs 200 4 Received goods returned by Ramu Rs 100 5 Purchased goods from Srinivas Rs10000

41

18CCP ndash102C

BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATIONS (C-18)DCCP ndash FIRST SEMESTER END EXAMINATION

BOOK KEEPINGTime 2 hours Total Marks 40

PART ndash A

Note Answer all questions Each question carries ONE mark

The length of the answer shall not exceed frac14 of page 8 X 1=8M

1 Define Book keeping

2 State different types of Accounts with examples

3 Define Ledger

4 Draw the proforma of Sales Book

5 Write a short note on Journal Proper

6 State the meaning of Imprest system of Petty Cash Book

7 State example of Contra Entry

8 Draw the Proforma of Three Column Cash Book

PART ndash BNote Answer the following questions Each question carries 3 marks The length of the answer shall not exceed 1 page 4 X 3 = 12M

9 (a) From the following transactions of Krishna write Journal Entries with narration2018 April 1st Krishna started business with cash Rs 200000

3rd Deposited cash into Bank Rs 600005th Purchased goods from Naresh Rs 150007th Returned goods to Naresh Rs 1500

(OR)

(b) Prepare a simple petty Cash book from the following particulars 2018 April 1Received advance from head cashier Rs 800

2 Purchased stationery Rs 303 Purchased Postal Stamps Rs 254 Paid taxi fare Rs 2205 Paid refreshments Rs 200

10 a) Prepare Ledger Account of Lalitha from the following transactions

2018 Mar 1st Amount due to Lalitha Rs 100005th Credit sales to Lalitha 60009th Purchased goods from Lalitha 250012th Bought goods from Suresh 1200017th Goods returned by Lalitha 500

42

22nd Cash received from Lalitha 3000(OR)

(b) Enter the following transactions in cash book with cash and discount columnsDate Particulars Amount2018 April 1st Balance of cash in hand 10000 3rd Received cash from Vaarun 5000 5th Paid cash to Suresh in full settlement of his account

(Discount received Rs25)1500

8th Paid to Rajesh (Discount received Rs50) 1450 10th Paid Stationery 150

11 (a) Prepare an analytical Petty cash book from the following

2018 Jan 1 Received from Head cashier Rs 6003 Boughtstamps Rs606 Paid for Travelling expenses Rs 16018 Paid for refreshments Rs 16029 Paid for stationery Rs50

(OR) (b) Enter the following transactions in analytical Petty cash book under imprest system

2019 April 1st Received cash from head cashier Rs 600 2nd Paid carriage Rs 150 5th Paid cartage Rs 125 10th Paid wages Rs 200

12 (a) Prepare Triple column cash book of Karthikeya for the month of October 2018

2018 Oct 1 Cash on hand Rs 20000 and at Bank Rs 25000 4 Purchased goods for cash Rs 5000 7 Drew from bank Rs 5000 for office use10 Cheque received from kamal for Rs 500015 Paid to Kiran Rs6900 and received discount of Rs 10021 Stationery purchased for cash Rs 500

(OR)

(b) Prepare Triple column cash book of Narasimha for the month of October 2018

2018 Oct 1st Cash on hand Rs 8000 and at Bank Rs 250004th Purchased goods for cash Rs 25007th Drew from bank Rs 1500 for personal use10thCheque received from Ramu for Rs 5000 and deposited into bank15th Paid to Ravi Rs6900 and received discount of Rs 10029 Paid salaries Rs 10000

PART ndash C

Note Answer the following questions Each question carries 5 marks The length of the answer shall not exceed 2 pages 4 X 5 = 20

43

13 (a) Prepare Pavan account from the following particulars2019 Jan 1 Balance due from Pavan 5000

5 Cash sales to Pavan 50010 Bought Furniture from Pavan 125015 Sarita returned Goods to us 50020 Pavan purchased goods from us 150025 Return of goods from Pavan 15028 Bought goods from Pavan on credit 200031 Pavan settled his account and received discount of Rs 100

(OR)

(b) From the following detail prepare Analytical Petty cash book for the month of April

under the imprest system

5019 April 1 Cash received from Head Cashier Rs 7503 Paid for Stationery Rs 1507 Bought stamps Rs8014 Carriage paid Rs 4021 Paidbus fare Rs 12527 Paid Stationery Rs 3029 Tips to office peons Rs 100

14 (a) Enter the following transactions in proper subsidiary books

2019 March 1 Bought goods from Saritha Rs 60005 Sold good on credit to Krish (Trade discount 5) 70007 Sold goods to Rakesh 250012 Cash sales to Rakesh 400015 Bought goods from Varun 250024 Purchased goods from Satish (Trade discount 10) 700030 Sumitra purchased goods from us 500031 Sold goods to Manimala 6000

(OR) (b) Prepare an analytical cash book from the following under imprest system

2018May 1 Cheque received from Head cashier Rs 12003 Postal stamps purchased Rs757 Bought stationery Rs 12512 paid for conveyanceRs 12517 Tips paid to peons Rs10023 Taxi hire Rs 5026 Tea to staff Rs 2029 Wages paid Rs 3031 Paid for cartageRs 25

44

15 (a) Prepare single column cash book of Rohit for the month of October 2018

2018 Oct 1 Cash on hand Rs 16000 4 sold goods for cash Rs 15007 Received cash from SowmyaRs 5000 15 Cash Paid to Padma Rs7000 21 Stationery purchased for cash Rs 500 24 Received cash from AkhilRs 7250 29 Paid salaries Rs 7000

(OR)

(b) Record the following transactions in Simple cash book and balance the same2018August1 Cash in Hand Rs 18000

2 Deposited cash into Bank Rs 50009 Purchased goods Rs 200012 Received cash from MounikaRs 600015 Paid to ArunaRs 250020 Stationery purchased Rs 20027 Sold goods Rs 300030 Paid salaries Rs 8000

16 (a) Record the following transactions in the three column cash book and balance the cash Bank and discount columns

2018 Aug 1 Cash on hand Rs 7000 and at Bank Rs 250004 Purchased goods for cash Rs 50005 Drew from bank Rs 4000 for office use9 Sold goods for Cash Rs 250013 Received a cheque from Suman for Rs 7400 and allowed him a discount of Rs 10015 Bought goods for cash Rs 500016 Paid into bank Rs 400019 Depositedsumanrsquoscheque into bank24 Paid Salaries by chequeRs 8000

(OR) (b) Prepare a Three Column Cash Book from the following

2018May 1 Cash Balance Rs 15000 Bank Balance 250003 Received chequefor fromVani 7400and discount allowed is Rs 1008 Paid to Aakash 4950discount received is Rs5014 Paid wages in cash 150016 Vanicheque deposited into bank18 Paid salaries by cheque 10000

45

BASICS OF PHONOGRAPHYCourse Title Basics of PhonographySemester ITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks


Pre-requisite The students should have basic knowledge of English and Phonetics

COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Posses the knowledge of basic principles of Phonography (Sound writing) and its concepts

CO2 Classify different Consonants shorthand strokes vowels and write various strokes based on sounds

CO3 Convergent with the rules of Alternative forms of R and H CO4 Able to know the rules for writing Diphtongs and PhraseographyC05 Identify various shorthand outlines from litho passage mainly with

Circle and ZCO6 Acquaint with the basic principles of usage of Large circles Loop ST

and STR

Course Contents

Unit-I Introduction amp consonantsDuration 14 hrs

State the need and importance for shorthand in Modern business and Government offices - State the three advantages of Phonography system in Shorthand - Identify divisions of sounds consonants and vowels in English Language- Define consonant ndash general and scientific - Categorise consonants as per articulation - Identify the signs to the consonants - Practice of Explodents continuants - Practice of Nasals Liquids - Practice of Aspirates coalescents - Revisionary Practice of above consonants - Explain the principles of joined strokes and practice joined strokes

Unit-II Vowels Intervening vowelsDuration 08 hrs

Define a Vowel and list out the 6 dot vowels and 6 dash vowels - Locate the placing of 12 vowel sounds - Practice the exercises containing vowel chapter - Categorise position ndash writing of shorthand characters - Practise writing of words under 3 position-writing rules - Define grammalogue and logogram - Practice grammalogues and punctuation marks ndash

Unit-III Alternative forms for R and H Duration 08 hrs

State the principles of using the two forms R amp H - Practice the exercises covering R amp H

46

Unit-IVDiphtongs and Phraseography Duration 08 hrs

Define diphthongs and triphones - Identify the four diphthongs and their places - Practice words with diphthongs joined diphthongs and triphones - State the principles for use of initial lsquoWrsquo sound - Practice the exercises covering lsquowrsquo - Define Phraseography - State the qualities of a good Phraseography - Practice the exercises covering Phraseography

47

Unit-V Circle S or Z amp Stroke SZ Duration 06 hrs

Explain the small circle as abbreviated form for S and Z - Identify the circles initially medially and finally - Explain the principles of using circle S or Z - State the use of circles in Phraseography - Practice the exercises covering circles S and ZExplain the principles of using stroke S or Z

Unit-VI Large Circles and Loops ST amp STRDuration 12 hrs

Explain the principles for using large circle initially medially and finally - State the use of loops as abbreviated forms initially medially and finally

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Shorthand Instructor and Key (Pitman)2 Shorthand Theory Guide by late Sri GVR Kameswararao CoSri P

Raghunath 13-441 Road No10 Alakapuri Hyderabad ndash 500 035 (phone 040-24037762)

3 Shorthand dictionary 4 New course in Pitmanrsquos Shorthand 5 Shorthand Theory Book by Sri G Ram Reddy Sr Lecturer in CCP (Retd)

Government Polytechnic for Women Warangal


10 Understand the phonograph system11 State the need and importance for shorthand in Modern business and Government offices12 State the three advantages of Phonography system in Shorthand13 Identify divisions of sounds consonants and vowels in English Language

110 Practice Consonants111 Define consonant ndash general and scientific112 Categorise consonants as per articulation113 Identify the signs to the consonants114 Practice of Explodents continuants 115 Practice of Nasals Liquids116 Practice of Aspirates coalescents117 Revisionary Practice of above consonants118 Explain the principles of joined strokes and practice joined strokes

20 Understand Vowels and Intervening vowels21 Define a Vowel and list out the 6 dot vowels and 6 dash vowels22 Locate the placing of 12 vowel sounds23 Practice the exercises containing vowel chapter24 Categorise position ndash writing of shorthand characters25 Practise writing of words under 3 position-writing rules

48

26 Define grammalogue and logogram27 Practice grammalogues and punctuation marks

30 Understand the alternative forms of R and H31 State the principle of using the two forms R amp H32 Practice the exercises covering R amp H

40 Use diphthongs and Phraseography 41 Define diphthongs and triphones42 Identify the four diphthongs and their places43 Practice words with diphthongs joined diphthongs and triphones44 State the principles for use of initial lsquoWrsquo sound45 Practice the exercises covering lsquowrsquo46 Define Phraseography47 State the qualities of a good Phraseography48 Practice the exercises covering Phraseography

50 Understand circles S and Z amp0 Practise exercises using strokes S and Z

51 Explain the small circle as abbreviated form for S and Z52 Identify the circles initially medially and finally53 Explain the principles of using circle S or Z54 State the use of circles in Phraseography55 Practice the exercises covering circles S and Z56 Explain the principles of using stroke S or Z

60 Practise exercises using large circles SWSS and SZ61 Explain the principles for using large circle initially medially and

finally62 Practise exercises using loops ST and STR63State the use of loops as abbreviated forms initially medially and finally

Suggested Student Activities1 Student visits Library to refer to Manual for the specifications2 Quiz 3 Group discussion4 Surprise test

Suggested E-Learning references1 httpnssbookscomlearn-shorthand 2 httpwwwstenoldorgd1_1html



Convergent with the basic principles of Phonography (Sound writing) and its concepts

123678910

CO2

Classify different Consonants shorthand strokes vowels and write various strokes based on sounds

123678910

CO Convergnet with the rules of Alternative forms of R and H 12367849

3 Dipthongs and Phraseography 910C05

Identify various shorthand outlines from litho passage mainly with Circle and Z Large circles Loop ST and STR

123678910

MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

18CCP-103C MID SEM 1 Basics of Phonography




1 Define Consonents 2 Define Vowel 3 Define Liquids 4 State the meaning of position writing


5 A) List the classification of ConsonantsOR

b) List out the symbols of dot vowels and dash vowels

6 A) Define Grammalogue with examples OR

b) List the long vowel sounds


7 A) Explain the principles of Joined strokes OR

b) Explain how vowels are indicated in shorthand

8 A) Write outlines for the following 1 Road 2 Cash 3 Pool 4 Cap 5 Get

OR

b) Explain how intervening vowels are indicated

50

18CCP-103C MID SEM- II Basics of Phonography




Define Diphtong

Define Phraseography

List the two forms of liquids

Lis the two forms of H

PART B 2 x 3 = 6 MARKS

INSTRUCTIONS Answer all questions each question carries three marks Answers should not be more than one page

A) Explain the rules for writing Upward and downward H

OR

B)List the sounds and symbols of Diphtongs

6 A)List the qualities of Phraseography

OR

B)State the meaning of Abbreviated W

PART C 2 X 5 = 10 MARKS

INSTRUCTIONS Answer all questions each question carries five marks Answers should not be more than two pages

7A) Explain the principles of writing Upward H

OR

B)Explain the principles of writing Downward H

51

8A) Explain how diphthongs are indicated in Shorthand

OR

b) Explain the principles of phraseography with examples

18CCP ndash103C


BASICS OF PHONOGRAPHYTime 2 hours Total Marks 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART ndash A

Note Answer all questions Each question carries ONE mark The length of the answer shall not exceed frac14 of page 8 X 1=8M

1 Define Vowel

2 Define phraseography

3 List the forms of using the sound of S

4 State the meaning of Abbreviated W

5 Write Shorthand outline for Safe

6 Write shorthand outline for Ask

7 List the sounds of large circles

8 List various types of loops

PART ndash B

Note Answer the following questions Each question carries 3 marks The length of the answer shall not exceed 1 page 4 X 3 = 12M

9 A) List the classification of consonants

OR

B)write shorthand outlines for a) Busy b) Ease c) Joyous

10A) List the qualities of Phraseography

OR

b) Write shorthand outlines for a) Sweet b) Noses c) Excessive

11A) Write shorthand outlines for a) Spouse b) Asside c) Sales

OR

b) Write the rule for using L when followed by circle S

12a) Write outline and principle forrsquo lusterrsquo

52

OR

b) Write outline for lsquoIn this cityrsquo

53

PART ndash C


13a) Explain how vowels are indicated in shorthandOR

b) Explain the principles of using circle S and Z

14a) Explain the principles of using Phraseography

OR

b) Explain how lsquoSWSSSZrsquo are indicated in shorthand

15a) Explain the principles for writing Stroke S and Z

OR

b) Write shorthand outlines for a) Science b) Days c) Sleep d) Assume e) Essays

16a) Explain the principles of Loop ST and STR

OR

b) Write shorthand outlines for a) Minister b) Refused c) Style d) Masters e) Excused

54

BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONCourse Title Business OrganisationSemester ITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 45150Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks


Pre-requisite The students should have basic knowledge of English

COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Able to know the basic concepts of Trade Commerce and IndustryCO2 Identify various forms of Business organisationsCO3 Launch Sole Proprietary firmCO4 Understand the implications of Partnership form of Business CO5 Know about various Issues relating to Joint Stock Company form of

Business according to Indian Companies Act

COURSE CONTENTS

Unit-I Scope of Business Duration 10 hrsBusiness Organisation and its Scope ndash Business Profession Industry Trade and Aids to Trade Types of Industry Commerce

Unit-II Forms of Business Organisation - Sole ProprietorshipDuration 10 hrs

Understand the various forms of Business Organisation ndash Sole Trader Merits and Demerits of Sole Trader

Unit-III Forms of Business Organisation - Partnership-I Duration 10 hrsPartnership Merits and Demerits of Partnership firm

Unit-IV Forms of Business Organisation - Partnership-II Duration 10 hrsTypes of Partners Rights Duties and Responsibilities of Partners Dissolution of Partnership firm

Unit-V Joint Stock Company -I Duration 15 hrsUnderstand the Joint Stock Companies and its functioning ndash Characteristics of Joint Stock Companies Merits and Demerits

Unit-VI Joint Stock Company -II Duration 05 hrsUnderstand the different Types of Companies ndashPrivate Company Public Limited Company and its Features

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Fundamentals of Commerce ndash YK Bhushanamp Others Sultan Chand amp Sons2 Business Organisation ndash MC Shukla S Chand amp Co3 Elements of Commerce ndash S Davar

55

4 Elements of Commerce ndash M Malpani

Suggested Learning Outcome

10 Understand Business Organisation and its Scope11 Mention different types of activities - Economic amp Non-economic 12 State the meaning of Economic Activity with example13 State the meaning of Non-Economic Activity with example14 Name different occupations ndash Business Profession and Industry15 Define Business16 Define the term Profession17 Explain the importance of business18 Define Industry19 List different types of Industries110 Explain each type of industry111 Define Trade 112 Define Aids to Trade 113 List the components of Aids to Trade114 Explain the components of Aids to Trade115 Explain the significance of Aids to Trade116 Define Commerce117 Differentiate between Trade and Commerce

20 Forms of Business Organisation - Sole Proprietorship21 List non-trading organizations ndashClubs charitable societies

Educational Institutions Hospitals and cultural organisations 22 List ownership forms of business concerns ndash one man enterprise

partnership company co-operative society and Joint Hindu Family

23 State the meaning of Sole trader24 List the features of Sole trader25 Explain features of sole trading organization 26 Explain the merits of Sole trader27 Explain the Demerits of Sole trader

30 Forms of Business Organisation - Partnership firm - I31 Define the term ldquoPartnership firmrdquo32 List the characteristics of a Partnership firm33 Explain the characteristics of a Partnership firm34 List the merits of partnership firm35 Explain the merits of partnership firm36 List the demerits of partnership firm37 Explain the demerits of partnership firm38 List the demerits of un-registered partnership39 Distinguish between sole trader and partnership 310 Define partnership deed311 List the contents of Partnership Deed312 Explain the contents of Partnership Deed

40 Forms of Business Organisation - Partnership firm-II41 List different types of partners42 Explain different types of partners43 List the rights of the partners44 Explain the rights of the partners

56

45 List the duties of the partners46 Explain the duties of partners47 List the responsibilities of the partners48 Explain the responsibilities of partners49 List different modes of dissolution of partnership410 Explain various modes of dissolution of partnership

50 Forms of Business Organisation - Joint Stock Company 51 Define a Joint Stock Company 52 List the characteristics of Joint Stock Company53 Explain the characteristics of Joint Stock Company54 List the merits of Joint Stock Companies55 Explain the merits of Joint Stock Companies56 List the demerits of Joint Stock Companies57 Explain the demerits of Joint Stock Companies

60 Types of companies 61 List the different types of companies 62 State the meaning of Chartered Company63 Explain the characteristics of Chartered Companies64 State the meaning of Registered Company65 Explain the characteristics of Registered Company66 Explain the features of Private Limited Companies67 Explain the features of Public Limited Companies 68 State the meaning of company Promoter

Suggested Student Activities1 Student visits Library to refer to Manuals and magazines on Business

development in various countries

2 Students prepare charts and posters for different types of business organizations

3 Visit nearby Industry to familiarize with Business Development techniques4 Analyze the issues in the different types of industries 5 Quiz 6 Group discussion7 Surprise test8 Role plays 9 Verifying the health hazards of various business units and steps taken to curb

them in different industrial units 10Visit a Sole trading concern partnership firm and a Joint Stock Company


1httpsedurevinBUSINESS-ORGANISATION1b82 wwwniosacinmediadocumentsm1-3fpdf

CO PO MAPPING MATRIXCOURSE OUTCOME Linked PO

CO1 Able to know the basic concepts of Trade Commerce and Industry

125678910

CO2 Identify various forms of Business organisations 125678910

57

CO3 Start Sole Proprietary firm 12345678910

CO4 Understand the implications of Partnership form of Business

12345678910

CO5 Know about various Issues relating to Joint Stock Company form of Business according to Indian Companies Act

12345678910

58


18CCP-104C MID SEM- I BUSINESS ORGANISATION




1 Define Trade2 List different industries3 List any two features of Sole trader4 State the meaning of Sole trader


5 a) List any three components of Aids to Trade

OR

5 b) State the meaning of Economic activities with examples

6 a) List any three non-trading organizations OR

6 b) List any three ownership form of business concerns


7 a) Explain the significance of Aids to TradeOR

b) Distinguish between Trade and Commerce 8 a) Explain the features of Sole trading organization

OR b) Explain demerits of Sole trading organization

End

59

18CCP-104C MID SEM- II BUSINESS ORGANISATION




1 Define partnership firm2 Define Partnership Deed3 List any two rights of partners4 List any two types of partners


5a) List any three characteristics of a partnership firm

OR

b) List any three contents of partnership Deed

6a) List any three duties of partnersOR

b) List various modes of dissolution of partnership PART C 2 X 5 = 10 MARKS


7a) Explain the merits of a partnership-firmOR

b) Explain the contents of Partnership Deed8a) Explain different types of partners

OR b) Explain responsibilities of partners

END

60

18CCP ndash104C


BUSINESS ORGANISATION Time 2 hours Total Marks 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART ndash A


1 Define Industry2 Define Commerce3 List any two demerits of partnership4 List different types of industries5 List any two types of companies6 List any two merits of Joint Stock Companies7 State the meaning of a company promoter8 State the meaning of registered company

PART ndash B


9a) List any three features of Sole TraderOR

b) Define Joint Stock Company10a) List any two merits of Partnership firm

OR b) List any three characteristics of Chartered Company11a) List any three demerits of Joint Stock Company

OR b) List any three characteristics of Joint Stock Company12a) State the meaning of Registered company

OR b) State the meaning of Chartered Company

61

PART ndash C


13a) Explain the features of Sole Trading OrganizationOR

b) Explain the characteristics of Joint Stock Company14a) Explain the merits of Partnership firm

OR b) Explain the features of Public Limited Company15a) Explain the merits of Joint Stock Companies

OR b) Explain the demerits of Joint Stock Companies16a) Explain the features of Private Limited Company

OR b) Explain the Characteristics of Chartered Company

62

FUNDAMENTALS OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGYCourse Title Fundamentals of Information Technology Semester ITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks

Course Code 18CCP-105FCourse Group CoreCredits 3Total Contact Hours 60 PdsSEE 40 Marks


COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Identifying various basic components of a Computer ndash History of Computers

CO2 understanding the Structure of ComputersCO3 Aspects of Control PanelCO4 understanding of DOS commands CO5 Features of Windows Operating SystemC06 Benefits of Internet and its features

Course Contents

Unit-1 History Importance of Computers Duration 04 hrs

History and importance of computers ndash Definition of Computer - Capabilities of computers -Applications of computers in various fields ndashApplications of computers in Business ndash Various Data Processing operations such as sorting word processing graphics processing scanning storing retrieving displaying printing and plotting

Unit-2 Structure Organisation of ComputersDuration 06 hrs

Structure and organisation of a computer -ALU CPU Memory and IO devices ndash Block diagram level description Hardware components of a computer ndash Mother board components such as RAM amp ROM Memory Devices Floppy disk drives hard disk drive tape drive CD-ROM disk drive display monitors ndash types of memories ndash Primary memory(RAM amp ROM) and Secondary memory

Unit-3 InputOutput Devices Duration 06 hrs

Inputoutput devices -Functions and specifications of key board scanner mouse OCR MICR dot-matrix printer letter quality printer laser printer color printer key board layout and special keys Types of Computers ndash Generations of computers and types of Computers Mini Mainframe systems and Note book computers ndash Configuration of computers Capacity of hard disk floppy disk peripherals and their specification Types of monitors

Unit-4 DOS operating system Duration 06 hrs63

DOS operating system - Operating system concepts Need for Os ndash Definition of Os ndash Functions of OS ndash Different types of Os ndash DOS UNIX and WINDOWS ndash DOS Operating system its role and importance - Basic Commands FORMAT COPY TYPE RENAME MKDIRRMDIR ERASE DIR CD MKDIR PROMPT

Unit-5 WINDOWS Operating System Duration 24 hrs

WINDOWS OS - A brief history of windows- Task bar- Control panel ndash Installuninstall software and hardware - Setting Date and Time Regional Settings Mouse Operations ndash Using the mouse buttons ndash Adjusting mouse settings - Desktop ndash screen settings ndash Recycle bin operations - Explorer ndash Navigating in Windows explorer ndash Tool bar ndash Tools and buttons ndash File manager ndash My computer settings ndash changing Windows display - Folders ndash creating a new folder sub folder moving and copying files and folders ndash Deleting files and folders ndash Recovering files and folders ndash Undo command - Short cuts ndash Creating Removing putting short cuts on the desk top ndash Adding a program to the Start Menu ndash Icons ndash Changing short cut icons - Accessories ndash Notepad Wordpad MS Paint and Calculator

Unit-6 Internet and its features Duration 14 hrs

Internet and its features - Basics of a computer network and its uses ndash Local Area Network ndash Wide Area Network ndash Basics of E-mail ndash Exposure to web Browsers ndash Exposure to search engines ndash Sending and receiving E-mail ndash Meaning of Web page web site Protocol IP address - Concepts of E-commerce ndash Transactions in E-commerce

Specific Learning Outcomes

10 Understand the history and importance of computers11 Define the term computer12 Outline the capabilities of computers13 List the areas where computers are used14 Specify the areas in business where the computers are used15 List different data processing operations

20 Analyse the structure and organisation of a computer21 Draw the block diagram of a computer22 Explain the functions of each unit23 Define Hardware Soft ware and Firm ware24 List the various Hardware components of a computer25 Explain the functions of a mother board26 List different types of memories ndash Primary (RAM and ROM)

secondary memory30 Understand the various types of inputoutput devices

31 List different types of input and output units32 Explain the layout of a keyboard33 List the functions of keyboard34 List the functions of Mouse35 List the functions of Scanner36 List the functions of printer37 State the use of OCR and MICR

64

38 Explain the various types of printers - dot matrix inkjet and laser printers

39 Explain the different generations of computers310 Compare micro mini and mainframe computers311 Know the configuration of computers-Processor speed Hard Disk

capacity RAM size40 Understand the DOS operating system

41 Knowing concepts and functions of operating system (OS)411 Define OS412 Know the need for OS413 List the functions of OS

42 Know about Internal and External DOS commands43 Explain syntax for basic DOS commands DIR COPY DELETE

MKDIR RMDIR ERASE RENAME CD PROMPT50 Understand the Windows as OS

51 Know about windows versions511 Differentiate the character based OS with graphic based

OS512 List the various versions of Windows OS ndash Windows 31

Windows95 98 ME Windows 2000 Windows NT and XP52 Understand the Opening Operations of Windows

521 List options of start menu522 Explain the functions of each option of the Start Menu

53 Understand the Desktop531 Explain procedure for changing different display properties532 Explain the features of Recycle Bin533 Explain procedure for sending filesfolders to the recycle bin534 Explain retrieving deleted files

54 Understand windows explorer541 Define Window explorer542 List out various tools and buttons of explorer window 543 Explain procedure for exploring a folderfile

55 Understand managing files and folders551 Explain the procedure for creating and naming folders552 Explain the procedure for selecting files and folders553 Narrate copying and deleting files and folders554 Explain the procedure to format CDDVD555 Explain the procedure to copy the filesfolders to CDDVD

56 Understand making and using shortcuts561 Define a short cut562 Explain procedure for creating and naming short cuts

57 Understand editors in Windows571 Explain procedure for file creation using NotepadWordPad572 Explain procedure for formatting and printing of text created

with NotepadWordPad573 Explain the use of MS-Paint574 Explain the use of calculator

58 Appreciate the functional aspects of control panel581 Explain adding and removing programs582 Explain installing and uninstalling hardware583 Explain the procedure for changing the mouse settings584 Explain the procedure to change the date and time

60 Understand the features of Internet65

61 Define Computer Network62 Explain the uses of Computer Network63 Know the difference between LAN and WAN64 List the network components65 Know the need of browser software66 Know the method to search the Net67 Define Search Engine Protocol IP address68 State the meaning of a Web page Web site69 Explain the uses of Email610 Explain the procedure to send and receive E-mail attach files to a

mail611 Explain uses of internet like E-mail Web searching and E-

Commerce612 List the harmful effects of internet

66



components3 Visit nearby Industry to familiarize with fabrication techniques4 Analyze the connections in the UPS available in the Institution facility5 Quiz 6 Group discussion7 Surprise test

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Teach yourself Office 2007 for Windows ndash Coray Sandler Tom Badgett Jan Weingarten BPB Publications

2 DOS Manual3 Teach Yourself Windows ndash AL Stevens BPB Publications4 The ABC s of MS Office 2007 ndash Guy Hard-Davis BPB Publications5 Working in MS Office 2007 - Ron Mansfield Tata McGraw Hill6 The ABC of the Internet --- Christian Coumblish BPB Publications

Student E-Learning references

1 httpswwwtutorialspointcomcomputer_fundamentals indexhtm

2 httpwebtechstudycomcomputer-fundamental-tutorial


COURSE OUTCOME Linked POCO1 Identifying various basic components of a Computer 123678

910CO2 Acquire knowledge of Using of DOS commands 123678

910CO3

Develop knowledge of Installation amp Uninstallation of software

123678910

CO4 Mastery of Shortcut keys in DOS 123678

910CO5 Mastery of Shortcut Keys File Operations in Windows OS 123678

910C06 Know the Benefits of Internet and its features 123678

910

67

MODEL PAPER OF

MID SEM- I EXAM

TIME 1 hr MARKS 20

PART-A

ANSWER ALL THE QUESTIONS EACH QUESTION CARRIES ONE MARK 4 x 1 = 4

1 Define the term computer

2 List any two data processing operations

3 List any three hardware components of a computer

4 List different types of memories

PART ndash B 2 x 3 = 6

ANSWER ANY TWO QUESTIONS EACH CARRIES THREE MARKS

5(a) List any three areas where computers are used (or)5(b) List any three capabilities of computers

6(a) Define Hardware Software and Firmware (or)6(b) List different types of memories

PART ndash C 2 x 5 = 10

ANSWER ANY TWO QUESTIONS EACH CARRIES FIVE MARKS

7(a) Write about any five capabilities of computers (or)7(b) Write in detail about any five areas in business where the computers are used

8(a) Draw the block diagram of a computer and explain the functions of any two units (or)8(b) Explain any five functions of a mother board

68

MODEL PAPER OFMID SEM- II EXAM

TIME 1 hr MARKS 20 PART-A 4 x 1 = 4

ANSWER ALL THE QUESTIONS EACH QUESTION CARRIES ONE MARK

1 List any two types of input units

2 List any two types of printers

3 Define operating system

4 List any two functions of operating system



5(a) List any three functions of Mouse

(or)5(b) List any three functions of Printer

6(a) List any three need of operating system (or)6(b) List any three External DOS commands



7(a) Write about the following-

i) OCR ii) MICR (or)7(b) Write in detail about the following-

i) Dot Matrix printer ii) Laser printer

8(a) Explain the following DOS internal commands along with syntax and example-

i) MKDIR ii) RENAME (or)8(b) Explain the following DOS external commands along with syntax and example-

i) DISKCOPY i) XCOPY

69

MODEL PAPER OF

END SEMESTER EXAM

TIME 2 hr MARKS 40

PART-A 8 x 1 = 8

ANSWER ALL THE QUESTIONS EACH QUESTION CARRIES ONE MARK 1 Define the term computer


3 Define Computer Network

4 Define Window explorer

5 List any two options of start menu

6 Define a shortcut

7 List any two computer networks

8 Define Web site


ANSWER ANY FOUR QUESTIONS EACH QUESTION CARRIES THREE MARKS

9(a) List any three areas where computers are used

(or)9(b) Define Hardware Software and Firmware

10(a) List any three functions of keyboard (or)10(b) Define Search Engine Protocol IP address

11(a) Write steps for sending filesfolders to the recycle bin

(or)

11(b) List any three uses of calculator

12(a) List any three uses of Email

(or)

70

12(b) List any three harmful effects of internet


ANSWER ANY FOUR QUESTIONS EACH QUESTION CARRIES FIVE MARKS

13(a) Write about any five capabilities of computers

(or)13(b) Explain the functions of any five options of the start menu

14 (a) Explain the different generations of computers (or)14(b) Explain any five difference between LAN and WAN

15(a) Explain procedure for changing the date and time

(or)

15(b) Explain the procedure for file creation using NotepadWordpad

16(a) Explain the procedure to send and receive E-mail

(or)

16(b) Explain the uses of Computer Network

71

72

PHONOGRAPHY LAB

Course Title Phonography LabSemester ITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks

Course Code 18CCP-106PCourse Group CoreCredits 3Total Contact Hours 45PdsSEE 40 Marks

Pre-requisite The students should have basic knowledge of English amp Phonetics

COURSE OUTCOMECO1 Identifying the sounds phonetics CO2 Recognising the consonants vowels position writing of vowelsCO3 Identifying shorthand outlinesCO4 Writing various shorthand outlines of the words CO5 Reading writing and transcription of dictated exercises

Course Contents


Identify divisions of sounds consonants and vowels in English Language- Define consonant ndash general and scientific - Categorise consonants as per articulation - Identify the signs to the consonants - Practice of Explodents continuants - Practice of Nasals Liquids - Practice of Aspirates coalescents - Revisionary Practice of above consonants


Locate the placing of 12 vowel sounds - Practice the exercises containing vowel chapter - Categorise position ndash writing of shorthand characters - Practise writing of words under 3 position-writing rules - Define grammalogue and logogram - Practice grammalogues and punctuation Unit-III Principles for writing R and H Duration 08

hrsState the principle of using the two forms R amp H - Practice the exercises covering R amp H

Unit-IV Diphthongs ampPhraseographyDuration 08 hrs

Identify the four diphthongs and their places - Practice words with diphthongs joined diphthongs and triphones - State the principles for use of initial lsquoWrsquo sound - Practice the exercises covering lsquowrsquo - Practice the exercises covering Phraseography

Unit-V Circle S or Z and Stroke SZ73

Duration 06 hrs

Identify the circles initially medially and finally - Practice the exercises covering circles S and ZPractice the exercises using stroke S or Z


Practice the exercises covering loops as abbreviated forms initially medially and finally

RECOMMENDED BOOKS



3 Shorthand dictionary4 New course in Pitmanrsquos Shorthand5 Shorthand Theory Book by Sri G Ram Reddy Sr Lecturer in CCP (Retd)



1 Student visits Library to refer to Manual for the specifications2 Preparation of charts and posters 3 Attending video lectures and webinars 4 Analyze the different advanced phonographic signs 5 Quiz 6 Group discussion7 Surprise test8 Taking dictations among themselves 9 Reading different scripts written by students 10Oral presentation skills Student E-Learning references

1 httpnssbookscomlearn-shorthand 2 httpwwwstenoldorgd1_1html3 CO PO MAPPING MATRIX

COURSE OUTCOME CL Linked PO Teaching Hrs

CO1Recognising the consonants vowels position writing of vowels

RU 123678910 26

CO2 Writing various shorthand outlines of the words RUA 1236789

10 14

CO3Reading writing and transcription of dictated exercises

RUA 123678910 18

74

75

MODEL QUESTION PAPERSMID I Examination - CCP-106P - PHONOGRAPHY LAB

Time 1 Hour Marks 201 Write the Shorthand outlines for the following

08a) Domeb) Talec) Academyd) Hakee) Wigf) Car g) Differenth) Monday2 Transcribe the following in English(Give three sentences )

06 marks3 Write the following in shorthand 06

marksa) Tom saw the head of the firm leave at four or sob) If they get the money it should make much difference to the

firmc) They hope to be at the fair tomorrow and the car should be at

the door at two

MID II ExaminationCCP-106P PHONOGRAPHY LAB

Time 1 Hour Marks 20

1 Write the Shorthand outlines for the following 08

a) Dupeb) Issuec) Dairyd) Enjoye) With eachf) By the it will be g) On Monday h) If you should know2 Transcribe the following in English(Give three sentences )


marksi They deny they were at the Tower at the time of the fireii Why do you think he was aware of the likely failure of the

firmiii I shall be happy to see you tomorrow if you can come

END EXAMINATION -MODEL PAPER

CCP-106P PHONOGRAPHY LAB

76

Time 2 Hours Marks 40Note-Answer all questions


4 Hockey5 Arabic6 Timely7 Awake8 I thank you9 Sales10Assume11Sweet12Mixes13Stake14Master15Caused2 Give a small passage consisting of 5 lines in shorthand for

transcription 153 Transcribe the following passage

If Miss Nelson wishes to see the works She can come to this office on Tuesday or Wednesday of this week and I shall be happy to show all the details she may desire to see I will thank you if you will put the facts to the lady as nicely as you can because she may think I am an idle fellow with much time at my disposal I know you will excuse this appeal and I hope you will do what I ask as I should be sorry to upset Miss Nelson or to appear to be rude when she comes

77

ENGLISH TYPEWRITING ndash SPEED (25 WORDS PER MINUTE)

Course Title English Typewriting -Speed (25wpm)Semester ITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks



COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Identifying the basic components of a TypewriterCO2 Posses the knowledge of First Second and Third Fingering Base

fingers and its importanceCO3 Identifying the various key board operations and typing skills with

accuracyCO4 Mastering the typing skills with various speed ratesCO5 Test the typing Skills on Computer using word document in a

customized software

COURSE CONTENTS

Unit-I Keyboard Duration 25 hrs

Importance of typewriting in modern correspondence Master key board with emphasis on rhythm ndash Blind touch ndash Accuracy development

Unit-II Keyboard Operations Duration 10 hrs

Shift key operation ndash Words ndash Sentences ndash Spacing after punctuation ndash Paragraphing ndash Two lines and three line paragraphing

Unit-III Speed Duration 10 hrs

Regular practice of speed and accuracy passages at 25wpm ndash Practice of speed test at various rates ndash Speed passages drills 10 wpm15 wpm 20 wpm and 25 wpm on typewriter as well as computer End Exam at 25 wpm

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Speed passage drills2 Examination question papers of SBTET Typewriting English Junior Grade


78

10 Know the importance of communication in the modern business world11 Define the term communication12 List out the different types of communication13 State the uses of different types of communication14 Identify the different types of communication15 Select the business machines as a means of communication

20 Appreciate the typewriters as a means of business machine for communication21 Define the term typewriter22 Describe the important parts of the typewriter like keyboard space

bar typeset type bars etc23Demonstrate the functions of the important parts of the typewriter

30Demonstrate the key board of the typewriter31 Distinguish between touch method and sight method of typewriting32 Insert the paper with a backing sheet in the typewriter33 Describe the arrangement of alphabets in the keyboard34 Point out the guide keys in the keyboard35 Practice home keys36 Repeat letters and words for accurate typing of home keys37 Practice second fingering38 Repeat letters and words of the second fingering39 Practice third fingering310 Repeat letters and words of third fingering311 Repeat typing 1 2 and 3 fingering letters and words312 Practice typing numbers 0 to 9313 Repeat typing numbers 0 to 9314 Practice typing words and sentences315 Repeat typing of sentences

40Locate the various punctuation marks in the typewriter41 Identify the different punctuation marks42 Adhere to the spacing after punctuation marks

50Understand the method of paragraphing51 Subdivide typing paragraphs52 Set the margin stop 5 degrees from the left margin for starting fresh

paragraph53 Set the left and right margins of 10 degrees

60Appreciate the beauty of the centering the typed matter61 Calculate the letters and spaces in a given sentence62 Design the given sentence in a beautiful way using centering rules

(FIVE DEPRESSIONS OF KEY (STROKES) IS TO BE TAKEN AS ONE WORD)


1 Student visits Library to refer to Manual for getting speed 2 Student learn the mechanism of a typewriter 3 Quiz 4 Group discussion5 Surprise test

79

6 To improve reading skills 7 Spellings correction and drilling exercises 8 Take dictation in shorthand and transcribe the same on typewriter 9 Learn typing in computer software10Speed practices


1 httpssense-langorgtypingtutorkeyboardingphp2 httpswwwspeedtypingonlinecomtyping-tutorCO PO MAPPING MATRIX


CO1

Identifying the basic components of a Typewriter RU 1236789

10 12CO2

Fingering Base fingers and its importance RUA 1236789

10 14

CO3

Identifying the various key board operations and typing skills with accuracy

RUA 123678910 08

CO4

Mastering the typing skills with various speed rates RUA 1236789

10 06

CO5

Test the typing Skills on Computer using word document in a customized software

RUA 123678910 18

MID I EXAMINATION Duration 1 Hour Max Marks 20

CCP-107P ENGLISH TYPEWRITING EXAMINATION

1 Asdfgf lkjhj 02 Marks

2 Qwertr poiuyu 02 Marks

3 Zxcvc mnbn 02 Marks

4 Type the following words

A) Cite b)define c) draw d) index 10 Marks

5 Type the following in 4 lines 04 Marks

1234567890 0987654321 1234567890 0987654321

Model Question Paper MID ndashII EXAMINATION

80

CCP-107P ENGLISH TYPEWRITING EXAMINATION Duration 1 Hour Max Marks 20

1 Type the following the words each in two linesMarks10

a cite b drawc indexd Selecte state

2 Type the following in ten linesMarks10

As the only child in the family Billy was the apple of his parents eyes Born with a silver spoon in his mouth billy could have anything he wanted

END EXAMINATION CCP-107P ENGLISH TYPEWRITING

Duration 10 Minutes Max Marks 40 Billy carved attention He mixed with the wrong group of friends

and started playing truant Soon he started taking Drugs When his parents came to know about Billyrsquos behavior they tried to make Billy turn over a new leaf However their efforts proved futile

Soon Billy was on the wrong side of the law He was hauled up by the police at a nightclub Billy was caught for being an underage nightclub patron and also for taking drugs Devastated parents took him to a doctor On the doctorrsquos advice he was enrolled for counseling sessions All their attempts to reform Billy were to no avail Billy ran away from home at the age of seventeen To support his expensive drug habit he became a drug pusher Soon Billy became a hardcore addict His impoverished appearance and dirty attire became telltale signs that gave him away His heavy dependence on drugs took a toll on his health

81

ENGLISH TYPEWRITING ndash MANUSCRIPT Course Title English Typewriting (Manuscript)Semester ITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks



COURSE OUTCOMECO1 Identifying Types of Circular and notices in Word with accuracyCO2 Identifying and preparing Statistical table using Spread Sheet

COURSE CONTENTSUnit-I Circular Letter amp Notice

Duration 20 hrsPractice circular letter or NoticeUnit-II Statistical Table

Duration 25 hrsPractice tabular statements debit note credit note invoice and account salesRECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Abbreviations by National Shorthand School (Books)2 Lay outs and Formats of Typewriter ndash Published by SBTET3 Examination question papers of SBTET Typewriting English Junior Grade

82

NOTE The syllabus designed for Typewriting English Junior grade of Technical Examinations conducted by SBTET is to be followed for I Semester Typewriting subject


10Know typing of Circular or Notice11Interpret the abbreviation in a given script12Correct the mistakes in a given script13 Practice typing circulars and notices for neatness and accuracy

20Know Typing of Statement20Interpret the abbreviation in a given script21Select the appropriate spacing of the statement columns22Correct the mistakes in a given script23Display the typed statement24Practice typing statements for neatness and accuracy

30Demonstrate Speed and Accuracy In Typing A Given Matter40Demonstrate Accuracy In Typing Manuscript According To The Layout (FIVE depressions of key are to be taken as one word)

83


1 Student visits Library to refer to Manual for typing of manuscripts2 Students prepare charts for different types of communication letters and

Govt orders 3 Surprise test4 To improve reading skills 5 Spellings correction and drilling exercises 6 Take dictation in shorthand and transcribe the same on typewriter 7 Learn typing in computer software8 Reading of different manuscripts 9 Prepare posters for knowing different abbreviations 10Learn typewriting mechanism and ribbon replacement for machines




CO1

Identifying Types of Circular and notices in Word with accuracy RU 1236789

10 20CO2

Identifying and preparing Statistical table using Spread Sheet RUA 1236789

10 25

84

Model Question Paper MID I EXAMINATION

CCP-108P ENGLISH TYPEWRITING EXAMINATION Marks 20

Time 1 Hour1 Type the following words each in two lines

Max Marks10b Askc Add d Halfe Sakef essay

2 Type the following sentence in ten lines Max Marks103Type the essay at a fast rateWater is less so use less

MID II EXAMINATION


Time 1 Hour1 Type the following sentences each in Two lines Marks 10a Tom saw the gate and opened itb You should lift the phone immediately c Talk less and work mored Be patient you will see goode Things are different for different people2 Center the following in capital letters Marks 10a Cats are cuteb Dogs barkc Sun is hotd Water is scarcee Sky is blue

85

END EXAMINATION CCP-108P ENGLISH TYPEWRITING EXAMINATION

Marks 20 Time 1 Hour

86

87

FUNDAMENTALS OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY LABCourse Title Fundamentals of Information Technology Lab Semester ITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks

Course Code 18CCP-109PCourse Group CoreCredits 3Total Contact Hours 45 PdsSEE 40 Marks


COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Identifying various basic components of a Computer CO2 Using of DOS commands CO3 Installing amp Uninstalling of software Mastery of Shortcut keys in DOS

amp Shortcut KeysFile Operations in Windows OSCO4 Mastery of Browsing the Web Searching the WebShortcut Keys

Creation of Email accounts amp sending and receiving EmailsCourse Contents

Unit-I Hardware Components Duration 03 hrs

Motherboard RAM Hard disk Processor Battery etc

Unit-II DOS Duration 12 hrs

Internal commands and external commands

Unit-III WINDOWS Duration 24 hrs

Basics of Windows Desktop (Icons Start Menu Task bar Display Properties My Computer) - Usage of Recycle Bin - Creating Deleting Renaming folders - Copying Moving of files - Format CDDVD - Creating Shortcuts Placing Shortcuts at Convenient Place - Working with Windows Accessories - Text creating using Word padnote pad - Formatting text using Word padnote pad - Printing text documents - Operations of Control Panel ndashChanging settings of the components - InstallingUninstalling software Hardware - Practice painting the pictures using MSPaint - Working with calculator

Unit-IV INTERNET Duration 06 hrs

List and show the Hardware and Software requirement for Networking - Demonstrate the steps to Browse the Net -Web searching using search engines - Downloading filefolder - Zipunzip filesfolder - E-mail ndash Account creation Sending and Receiving - E-Commerce transactions

88


10 Hardware Components - Motherboard RAM Hard disk Processor Battery Input devices amp Output Devices

20 DOS - Internal Commands amp External Commands30 Practice Windows Features31 Demonstrate use of start button32 Demonstrate viewing of the setting option in the start menu33 Demonstrate loading of control panel and understand selecting the items34 Demonstrate changing Date and time screen settings printer settings35 Demonstrate changing of settings of mouse36 Demonstrate creating of folders37 Demonstrate deleting of files folders un-deleting of files and folders38 Demonstrate creation of short cuts39 Create text file using WordPad or notepad310 Format the text document with all the features available in WordPad

Notepad311 Print the document created using WordPad Notepad312 Demonstrate the MS Paint application313 Demonstrate installinguninstalling softwarehardware using control

panel40 Practice with the Internet41Identify the HW and SW components involved in Networks42Connect and disconnect to the Internet43Browse the Net using Browser software44Search the Web using Search Engines45Create and operate E-mail46Identify the E-commerce transactions

EXERCISES1 Move and adjust task bar2 Navigate through menus3 Configure and use the Recycle bin4 Create new folders and files using different methods5 Explore a folder using Windows Explorer6 Move copy and delete files and folders7 Copy and format floppiesCDDVD8 Make move rename and change shortcut settings 9 Change the appearance Video resolution and other settings of your display10Configure mouse change mouse pointers and other settings11Install and uninstall a hard ware device12Add and remove programs using control panel13Create document with WordPad and Notepad14Create a picture using MS Paint15Use calculator in windows

Studentrsquos activities

Ex Name of Objectives Key Competencies

89

p No

Experiments

1Identify the various components of a Computer system

Identify various Components of a System

Check whether components are identified correctly

2Differentiate between hardware and software

To Differentiate between hardware and software

Observe differences between hardware and software

3

State the functions of each component of a computer system

To study function of all components on system

Identify all components inside computerObserve the functionality of all components like CPURAMHDDCDDVD Drive Motherboard

4State the configuration of a computer system

Able to observe configuration of given system

Use System icon in control panelUse system information in Accessories

5

Practice on Internal amp External commands

To use internal commandsTo use External commands

Use any given command

6Exercise on understanding the Start Menu items on Taskbar

Able to understand the use of Start Menu items by opening some applications

Use lsquoStart Menursquo items on Taskbar by opening some applications

7

Exercise on creation of folders and organizing files in different folders on desktop

Able to create folder Able to organize file in different folders

create folder using right click on desktopOrganise files in different folders

8

Exercise on using Recycle Bin

Able to Use Recycle Bin Check Recycle bin whether able to use delete filesObserve files were properly restored files

9

Exercise on use of My Computer

Able to Access files and folders in C Drive

Able Access files and folders in other drives

Check whether able to access files in C Drive using My computer correctly or notCheck whether able to access files in other drives using My computer correctly or notCheck whether able use CDDVD drive using My computer

10 Exercise on use of My Documents

i)Able to use My documents so that organize and access

Check Whether able to organize files and folders in My documents

90

files and folders in itii)Able to use My documents so that Organizing files in My Music My Pictures My Videosiii) Able to create short cut for my document on desktop properly

Check Whether able to organize files in My music My pictures My videos in My documentsCheck able to create short cut for my document on desktop properly

11

Exercise on creation of shortcut to files and folders (in other folders) on Desktop

Able to create shortcut of files and folders on desktop

Check whether can able to create shortcut for any files created on desktopCheck whether can able to create shortcut for any folder created on desktop

12Exercise using Paint

Able to create jpeg bmp Files using MS Paint

Check whether can able to create jpeg bmp Files using MS Paint

13Exercise using Calculator

i)Able to use calculator in Standard mode ii)Able to use calculator in Scientific mode

Check calculator in Standard modeCheck calculator in scientific mode

14

Exercise using NotepadWord pad

i)Able to use Notepad ii)Able to use Word pad

Observe creation formatting and printing of file using Notepad Observe Creation formation and printing of file using Word pad

15

Exercise on using Control Panel

Able to Installation Uninstallation of Software using control panelAble to Installation of Hardware using control panelAble to Changing Date and Time using control panel

Check Installation Uninstallation of Software using control panelCheck Installation of Hardware using control panelCheck Changing Date and Time using control panel

16

Exercise on using of explorer for accessing of files and folders

Able to use of explorer for accessing of files and folders

Check use of explorer for accessing of files and folders

17Exercise on arranging of icons ndash name wise size type Modified

Able to arranging of icons ndash name wise size type Modified on desktop

Observer whether able to arrange of icons ndash name wise size type Modified

18Exercise on searching of files and folders

Able to search of files and folders

Check searching of files and folders

91

19

Exercise on organizing files folders using copy and paste of files and folders

i)Able to organizing files folders using copy and paste of files and folders using explorerii) Able to organizing files folders using copy and paste of files and folders using my computer

Check organizing files folders using copy and paste of files and folders

Check organzing files folders using copy and paste of files and folders using my computer

20

Exercise on installation of Anti Virus software

Able to installation of Anti Virus software

Check installation of Anti Virus softwareCheck the CDDVDPen Drive using Anti Virus Software like Kaspersky etc

21Exercise on shutdown of computer system

Able to shutdown of computer system

Check shutdown of computer system

22

Exercise on using of Internet Explorer or any other browser

Able to use of Internet Explorer Able to use of Mozilla firefoxAble to use of Google ChromeAble to use of opera

Check use of Internet Explorer Check use of Mozilla firefoxCheck use of Google ChromeCheck use of opera

23Exercise on E-mail Able to Create E-mail id

Able to send and receive messages using E-mail

Create E-mail idSend and Receive messages using E-mail

24Exercise on Zipunzip filesfolders

Able to ZipUnzip FilesFolders

Use Winrar software to ZipUnzip FilesFolders




RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Teach yourself Office 2007 for Windows ndashCoray Sandler Tom Badgett Jan Weingarten BPB Publications

2 Windows ndash Sharon Crawford BPB Publications 92

3 Teach Yourself Windows ndash A L Stevens BPB Publications 4 The ABC s of MS Office 2007ndash Guy Hard-Davis BPB Publications 5 Working in MS Office- Ran Mansfield Tata McGraw Hill Publications


1 httpswwwtutorialspointcomcomputer_fundamentalsindexhtm2 httpwebtechstudycomcomputer-fundamental-tutorial



0CO2 Using of DOS commands 12367891

0CO3

Installing amp Uninstalling of software Mastery of Shortcut keys in DOS amp Shortcut KeysFile Operations in Windows OS

123678910

CO4

Mastery of Browsing the Web Searching the WebShortcut Keys Creation of Email accounts amp sending and receiving Emails

123678910

MODEL PAPER OF MID SEM- I EXAM TIME 1 hr MARKS 20 ANSWER ANY ONE QUESTION EACH QUESTION CARRIES TWENTY MARKS 20 x 1 = 20

1 Write in detail about functionality of Motherboard

2 Write about the following DOS internal commands with syntax and example-

i) DIR ii) COPY

3 Write in detail about functionality of Hard disk drive

4 Write about the following DOS external commands with syntax and example-

i) DISKCOPY ii) TREE

5 Write in detail about functionality of RAM


i) DELETE ii) MKDIR

7 Write in detail about functionality of CDDVD Drive


i) EDIT ii) LABEL

93

9 Write in detail about functionality of CPU

10 Write in detail about the following DOS internal commands with syntax and example-

i) ERASE ii) RENAME

MODEL PAPER OF MID SEM- II EXAM TIME 1 hr MARKS 20ANSWER ANY ONE QUESTION EACH QUESTION CARRIES TWENTY MARKS 20 x 1 = 20 1 Demonstrate use and viewing of setting option in the start menu 2 Demonstrate loading of control panel and understand selecting the items3 Demonstrate changing Date and Time4 Demonstrate changing of settings of mouse5 Demonstrate creating of folders deleting of filesfolders un-deleting of filesfolders6 Demonstrate changing screen settings7 Demonstrate browsing the web using Browser software8 Demonstrate searching the web using Search Engines9 Demonstrate creating and operating E-mails10 Demonstrate creating of text file using WordpadNotepad MODEL PAPER OF END SEMESTER EXAM TIME 2hr MARKS 40

ANSWER ANY ONE QUESTION EACH QUESTION CARRIES TWENTY MARKS 20 x 1 = 20

1 Write in detail about functionality of Motherboard2 Write about the following DOS internal commands with syntax and example- i) DIR ii) COPY3 Write about the following DOS external commands with syntax and example- i) DISKCOPY ii) TREE4 Demonstrate use and viewing of setting option in the start menu5 Demonstrate loading of control panel and understand selecting the items 6 Demonstrate changing Date and Time 7 Demonstrate changing of settings of mouse 8 Write in detail about functionality of Hard disk drive 9 Write about the following DOS internal commands with syntax and example i) DELETE ii) MKDIR10 Demonstrate creating and operating E-mails Record book - 10 marks Viva-voce - 10 marks

94

Course Title ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB

Course Code 18CCP-110P

Semester I ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB 1

Course Group Core18CCP-110P

Teaching Scheme in Periods(LTP)

15030 Credits 15

Methodology Pair Work Group Work Activities Lecture Self Learning Total Contact Hours 375Hrs45Pds

CIE 60 Marks SEE 40 Marks

This course requires basic knowledge of grammar and basic Listening Speaking Reading and Writing skills

CO1 Introduce one self and introduce others in formal and informal situations

CO2 Talk about their daily routine past events and plans for future

CO3 Use a dictionary

CO4 Give effective presentations

CO5 Listen to audio files and answer related questions

CO6 Read aloud a given text (from Newspaper Magazines and other available sources) with proper pauses pitch and intonation

SEMESTER END EXAMINATION MARKS DISTRIBUTION

Listening skills 20m

Reading skills 10m

Speaking skills 10m

95

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB

Pre requisites

Course Outcomes

MID ndashTERM EXAMINATION MARKS DISTRIBUTION

PART-A 23 10M

PART-B 12 10M

UNIT 1 ndashFundamentals of Electricity Duration 8 Periods (L 48 ndash T32)

UNIT 1 Self Introduction Introduction of Others (Formal and Informal Situations)

Introducing oneself at formal situations like a classroom on stage at the office in interviews and in

informal situations like parties get-togethers shopping centers Duration 8 Periods (L 1

ndash T7)

UNIT 2 Talking about Daily Routine Past Events and Future Plans Duration 6 Periods(L1 ndash

T5)

Talking about daily routine Friendsfathersmotherssistersbrothers daily routine Talking about

what theyothers have done yesterday last month last year Talking about what theyothers will do

tomorrow next month next yearin future

UNIT 3 Using a Dictionary Duration 6 Periods (L 2 ndash

T4)

Using a dictionary Looking for meaning pronunciation parts of speech accent usage

Using online dictionaries

UNIT 4 Presentation Skills (Individual Presentations JAM) Duration 10 Periods (L 3 ndash

T7)

Individual Presentations on different topics using charts power point presentations models or any

other means JAM ndash pick and talk Extempore and prepared presentations

UNIT 5 Listening Comprehension Duration 8 Periods (L 2 ndash

T6)

Listening Comprehension ndash passages read out aloud by the teacher from different sources online

audio files

UNIT 6 Reading Duration 7 Periods (L 1 ndash

T6)

Read aloud a text (from newspapers magazines and other sources) with proper pronunciation pitch

and intonation

96

Course Content

1 Effective Technical Communication By M Ashraf Rizvi

2 Essential English Grammar By Raymond Murphy

3 Soft Skills By Dr K Alex

4 Business Communication Strategies By Mathukutty M Monipally

5 Practical English Grammar By AJ Thomson and AV Martinet

6 A Course in Phonetics and Spoken English By J Sethi and PV Dhamija

7 Word Power made easy By Norman Lewis

8 Games for Language Learning By Andrew Wright David Betteridge and Michael Buckby

9 Five Minute Activities By Penny Ur

10 English Dialogues By M Martin

10 Self Introduction Introduction of Others (Formal and Informal Situations)

15 Introduce oneself in the classroom

16 Introduce oneself at the party

17 Introduce oneself in the interview

18 Introduce oneself on the dais

19 Introduce others at formal situations

110 Introduce others at informal situations

20 Talking about daily routine past events and future plans

26 Talk about daily routine

27 Talk about friendsfathersmotherssistersbrothers daily routine

28 Talk about what heshe did yesterday

29 Talk about what heshe did last week

210 Talk about what heshe last month

211 Talk about what their friendfathermotherbrothersister did in the past

212 Talk about what they are going to do tomorrowin future 97


Recommended Books

213 Talk about what others will do tomorrowin future

30 Using a dictionary

36 Look for meaning parts of speech usage in a dictionary

37 Look for pronunciation and accent in a dictionary

38 Refer to a thesaurus for synonyms and antonyms

39 Use internet resources for finding the meaning and pronunciation of words

40 Presentation Skills (Individual Presentations JAM)

45 Give presentations on different topics

46 Participate in JAM

47 Learn how to generate points on any given topic

50 Listening Comprehension

55 Listen to different audio files from audio aids and answer questions

56 Listen to a text read aloud by the teacher and answer questions

60 Reading aloud a text (from newspapers magazines and other sources) with proper

pronunciation pitch and intonation

64 Read aloud a text from the newspaper

65 Read with proper pauses and pitch

66 Read with proper intonation and pronunciation

67 Read magazine articles aloud with proper pauses pitch and

intonation

68 Read with loudness and clarity

Test Units Marks PatternMid Sem 1 1 and 2 20Mid Sem 2 3 and 4 20Slip Test 1 1 and 2 5Slip Test 2 3 and 4 5Assignmen

t1 5

Seminars 1 5Total 60

98

Internal evaluation

1 Spell-Bee Contest2 Role plays and Skits3 Presentation on grammar related topics 4 Describing their mother father other family members 5 Using a dictionary to identify pronunciation of words 6 Picture Description

e-learning

1wwwduolingocom

2 wwwbbccouk

3 wwwbabbelcom

4 wwwmerriam-webstercom

5 wwwelloorg

6 wwwlang-8com

7 youtubecom

8 Hello English(app)

9 moocorg

10 httpsonlinecoursesnptelacin



Reading skills 10m

Speaking skills 10m


PART-A 23 10M

PART-B 12 10M

99



Model paper for MID-SEM I

TIME-1hr 18CCP-110P TOTAL MARKS 20 PART-A 2x5=10m

INSTRUCTIONS Answer any TWO Each question carries FIVE marks

1 How do you introduce yourself in an interview2 Write about your motherrsquos routine3 Write a few lines about your future plans

PART-B 1X10=10M

INSTRUCTIONS Answer any ONE Each question carries TEN marks

4 Construct a dialogue introducing your brother to your friend Write at least five turns of conversation

5 Describe an unforgettable event of your life

Model paper for MID-SEM II



1What are the uses of a dictionary

2 Write a few lines how you will present a topic to the audience

3 WHAT IS JAM Which skills are required for a JAM

PART-B 1X10=10M


4 How do you find the meaning of a word from a dictionary5 What are the advantages and disadvantages of group presentation

100

Model paper for semester end examination

TIME-3hrs 18CCP-110P TOTAL MARKS 40

1 LISTENING SKILLS Read an unknown passage and give ten questions to answer related to topic 10m

2 READING SKILLS ask the student to read an unknown passage 10m

3 SPEAKING SKILLS make the student speak about any topic 10m

Course Outcome Linked PO

CO1 Introduce oneself and introduce others in formal and Informal situations

123489 10


123 4 8 9 10

CO3 Use a dictionary 1 2 3 4 8 10

CO4 Give effective presentations 123 4 6 7 8 9 10

CO5 Listen to audio files and answer related questions 12 3 4 8 9 10

CO6 Read aloud a given text (from Newspaper Magazines and other available sources) with proper pauses pitch and antonation

123 4 10

101

CO-PO Mapping Matrix

STUDENTS ACTIVITIES FOR SKILL UPGRADATION FOR FIRST SEMESTER

Periods per week 07 Grade Points 25Total periods per semester 105

I SWATCH BHARATH

METHODOLOGY FOR CONDUCTING SWATCH BHARATH

1 The teacher will allot any premises (labclassrooms etc) of the Institute for a group of five students

2 The teacher should given an introductory talk on ways and rules to carry out Swatch Bharath

3 The students should ask to show interest with others and work effectively with them to meet common objective

4 The teacher should fix up the time duration for initiating and conducting the activity

II HARITHA HARAM


1 The teacher will allot any premises (trimming of plants planting saplings and taking care of the existing plants) of the Institute for a group of five students

2 The teacher should given an introductory talk on ways and rules to carry out Haritha haram



III NSSNCC ACTIVITIES

METHODOLOGY FOR CONDUCTING NSSNCC activities

1 The teacher will conduct programmes like (Blood Donation Camp Health Check up or eye camp) in the nearby villages of the Institute for a group of five students

2 The teacher should given an introductory talk on ways and rules to carry out NSSNCC activities


4 The teacher should fix up the time duration for initiating and conducting the activity5 The teacher should provide tips to accept feedback in a constructive and considerate

way

102

IV ROLE PLAY

METHODOLOGY FOR CONDUCTING ROLE PLAY

1 The teacher will provide guidance to the students on the topic of the role play given of the Institute for a group of five students

2 The teacher should given an introductory talk on ways and rules to carry out Role Play3 The students should ask to show interest with others and work effectively with them to

involve in their respective roles4 The teacher should fix up the time duration for initiating and conducting the activity5 The Placement Officer and any other senior faculty of the InstituteHOD of other

department should be invited and they should act as observing members apart from teacher

V Debate ndash the following are few topics given and the teacher can select any other current and relevant topic of herhis choice

1 E-books or Printed books-Whatrsquos your choice2 Water resources should be nationalized3 Daughters are more caring than sons4 Indiarsquos growth rate is bridging gap between rich and poor5 Mobile Phones ndash requirement of the day

METHODOLOGY FOR CONDUCTING DEBATE

1 The teacher will allot a topic for a group of five students2 The teacher should given an introductory talk on ways and rules to carry out group

discussion3 The teacher should provide tips to accept feedback in a constructive and considerate

way and how to handle frustrations in group while debating4 The Placement Officer and any other senior faculty of the InstituteHOD of other



VI QUIZ

METHODOLOGY FOR CONDUCTING QUIZ

1 The teacher will conduct quiz programmes dividing the students into groups on concerned subjects

2 The teacher should give instructions and rules on conduct of quiz3 The students should ask to show interest and compete with other groups

enthusiastically103

4 The teacher should fix up the time duration for initiating and conducting the activity5 The teacher will act as Quiz Master

VII TEAM BUILDINGGROUP DISCUSSIONSEMINARSndash the following are few topics given and the teacher can select any other current and relevant topic of herhis choice

1 Smaller businesses and start-ups have more scope 2 India should be reorganized into smaller states3 India should practice ldquoSwadeshirdquo 4 Indian villages ndash our strength or our weakness5 Examinations ndash Has it killed education

METHODOLOGY FOR CONDUCTING GROUP DISCUSSIONTEAM BUILDINGSEMINARS


discussion3 The students should ask to show interest with others and work effectively with them

to meet common objective4 The teacher should provide tips to accept feedback in a constructive and considerate

way and how to handle frustrations in group while discussion5 The Placement Officer and any other senior faculty of the InstituteHOD of other


6 The teacher should fix up the time duration for initiating and conducting the activity7 Documentation to be produced for validation-hand written documents on minutes

of discussion description of the topic discussed ndash record the few minutes of the discussion by small device

VIII Guest Lecturers

To be organized from any two of the following areas Experts Professionals from different fieldindustries are invited to deliver lecturers at least TWO sessions in a semester The topics may be selected by the teacher industry expert to develop required skills

1 Pollution control2 Fire fighting Safety Precautions and First aids3 Computer opportunities4 Career opportunities5 Yoga Meditation

104

6 Aids awareness and health awareness7 Office Environment8 Interview Techniques9 Environmental pollution and control10 Total Quality Management

Method for conducting Guest Lectures

1 The teacher should fix up the date for guest lecture2 The HOD of the department should chair the event3 The students of class allowed to participate in the session4 Watch the talk and make the brief hand written report on the guest lecture

delivered by each student as a part of Team work5 Make Audiovisual record of the guest lecture by using any smart devices6 Opportunity should be provided for students for live interaction with

experts and record it on any one smart device

IX Industrial Visits

Structured industrial visits be arranged and report of the same shall be submitted by the individual student to form a part of the term work Following are the suggested types of Industries fields

a Public sector enterprises b State government undertakingc Public limited companiesd Private limited companiese Individual ownership organisationsf Local Garment industriesg Paper millsh Sugar millsi Dairy Industryj Agriculturek Education and Training Institutions l Banks m IT companiesn MNCso State and Central Government Officesp Any small and Medium Enterprises

METHODOLOGY FOR CONDUCTING FOR INDUSTRIAL VISITS

105

1 The subject teacher has liberty to visit nearby OrganisationIndustry of local vicinity with prior approval of Higher Authorities

2 Arrange the nearby visit and prepare a report of the visit including details of observations made details of visit should be mentioned with date place etc

X Individual Assignments

The students will perform ANY ONE of the following activities individually1 Collecting data relating to Banking and financial Institutions2 Study of stock market functioning3 Packing materials-Packing material analysis4 Advertisement and its impact5 Advertisement Media6 Training methods for new employees7 Training methods for existing employees8 Supply chain management9 Distribution channels10 Collection and drafting of Import documents11 Collection and drafting of Export Documents12 Logistics services

Methodology for conducting Individual Assignments

1 The teacher will assign a topic for individual student give sufficient time to complete the task Ask the student to submit an hand written report

2 The teacher should conduct any one specified life skill activity with local placement cell of the institute

3 The student should present his her experiences in a class and make report

XI Life skills

1 Conduct aptitude general knowledge test IQ test Solve Puzzles2 Set the goal for personal development3 Develop good habits to overcome stress

Methodology for conducting activity



106


XII Information search and Data Collection ndash the following are few suggested topics given and the teacher can select any other current and relevant topic of herhis choice

1 E-Ticketing Booking2 Women safety-Legal provisions3 Import-Export procedure-Documentations4 Indian currency and Exchange rates5 Prevention of Ragging-Provisions6 Collection of data relating to lakes and parks in your city

Methodology for conducting Graded activities

1 The student should individually select the topic and search the information related to topic

2 The report is strictly hand written document to have knowledge of precise writing and report making based on data collection

3 Carry out class room presentation

EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR SKILL UPGRADATION (RUBRICS)

Dimension Excellent Good Satisfactory Improving unsatisfactory5 4 3 2 1

Collection of data

Collects all information relevant to the topic

Collects basic information relevant to the topic

Collects limited information relevant to the topic

Collects very little information

Does not collect any information

Team spirit Performs all duties assigned very enthusiastically

Performs his duties

Performs very little

Performs but unreliable

Does not perform anything

Sharing views Confidently taking the responsibility in completing the task

Takes the responsibility


Unable to express his views

No response

Overall presentation ampAttentiveness

Always attentive and ready to speak on all points

Attentive and has sufficient points

Trying hisher best to present

Showing interest

Unable to present and shows very little interest

107

II SEMESTER


SN

o

Cour

se

Code

Course Name Teaching Scheme Examination SchemeInstructions periods Per

Week Tota

l

Cred

its Continuous Internal Evaluation


108

Perio

ds P

er

Sem

este

r

L T P

Mid

Sem

-I

Mid

Sem

-II

Inte

rnal

Ev

alua

tion

Max

Mar

ks

Min

Mar

ks

Tota

l Mar

ks

Min

i m

arks

for

pass

ing

incl

udin

g

1 18CCP-201F Advanced English 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

2 18CCP-202C

Fundamentals of Accountancy 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

3 18CCP-203C

Advanced Phonography 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

4 18CCP-204C Joint Stock Companies 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

5 18CCP-205C

Word Processor and Presentation 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

6 18CCP-206P

Advanced Phonography Lab 1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

7 18CCP-207P


8 18CCP-208P

English Typewriting (Manuscript Lower Grade)

1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

9 18CCP-209P

Word Processor and Presentation Lab 1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

10 18CCP-210P

English Language and Communication skills Lab

1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

Academic Activities 0 0 7 105 25 0 0 Rubrics -- - 20 5 17 630 25 140 140 140 580 220 1000 440

Activities student performance is to be assessed through Rubrics1 18CCP-106P-Phonography Lab 18CCP-206P-Advanced Phonography Lab 18CCP-306P-English Shorthand Speed 60 WPM amp 18CCP-406P-English Shorthand Speed 80 WPM ndashAll these subjects are framed with an evaluation structure of 20+20+40+20 as per C-18 curriculum However a candidate secured 45 of end examination excluding mid sem ndash 1 mid sem-2 and sessional marks shall only be considered to treat the aforementioned subjects as equivalent to Shorthand English Lower Grade (SEL) Certificate awarded by the SBTET TE to non formal candidates appearing for Shorthand Examination separately2 18 CCP-207P-English Typewriting Speed 30WPM and 18CCP-208P- English Typewriting Manuscript Lower Grade- These subjects are framed with an evaluation structure of 20+20+40+20 as per C-18 curriculum However a candidate secured 45 of end examination excluding mid sem ndash 1 mid sem-2 and sessional marks shall only be considered to treat the aforementioned subjects as equivalent to Typewriting English Lower Grade (TEL) Certificate awarded by the SBTET TE to non-formal candidates appearing for English Typewriting Examination separately

ADVANCED ENGLISH

109


Unit No

Unit Name Periods Questions to be set for SEE

R U A1 On the Rule of the Road

Question Tags 6 + 4 = 10

Q1 Q9(a) Q13(a)2 The Royal Tombs of GolcondaDegrees of Comparison

4 + 6 = 10

3 Stopping by Woods on a Snowy EveningActive and Passive Voice

4 + 6 = 10

Q2 Q10(a) Q14(a)4 If I Were You

Direct and Indirect Speech

4 + 6 = 10

5 The MedalCorrection of Errors 4 + 6 = 10 Q 34567 Q9(b)

Q11(a) Q11(b)Q13(b)

Q15(a) Q16(a)

6 A Service of LoveReading Comprehension 4 + 6 = 10 Q 8 Q10(b)

Q12(a) Q12(b)Q14(b)

Q15(b) Q16(b)Total 60 8 8 8


At the end of the course the student will be able to CO1 Frame question tags and use them

CO2 Compare different objects thingspeople using different degrees of comparison

CO3 Avoid common errors in speech and writing


CO5 Write sentences changing their tense voice and degree of adjective

CO6 Read different texts (prose poetry and short story) and respond to basic comprehension questions

UNIT 1 Duration 6 + 4 = 10 Periods (L 6 ndash T 4)

1 On the Rule of the Road

2 Question Tags


1 The Royal Tombs of Golconda

110

Pre requisites

Course Outcomes

2 Degrees of Comparison

UNIT3 Duration 4 + 6 = 10 Periods (L 6 ndash T 4)

1 Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening

2 Active Voice and Passive Voice


1 If I Were You

2 Direct and Indirect Speech


2 The Medal

3 Correction of Errors


7 A Service of Love


1 INTERactive ENGLISH Intermediate First Year English Textbook







10 On the Rule of the Road Question Tags

111 Know different types of Questions

112 Know how to frame question tags

113 Appreciate the essay and understand the nuances of language

111

Recommended Books


114 Know new words synonyms antonyms

20 The Royal Tombs of Golconda Degrees of Comparison

214 Appreciate poetry

215 Know rhyme and rhythm in poetry

216 Know the different nuances in language

217 Know figures of speech

218 Know meanings synonyms and antonyms

219 Know different degrees of Adjectives

220 Know transformation of sentences using different degrees of Adjectives

30 Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening Active and Passive Voice


311 Understand the nuances of the language

312 Understand the concept of rhyme and rhythm in poetry


314 Know antonyms and synonyms

315 Know when active voice is used

316 Know when passive voice is used

317 Know how to change sentences from active to passive voice and passive to active

voice

318 Know transitive and intransitive verbs

40 If I were You Direct and Indirect Speech

48 Appreciate drama

49 Understand the nuances of language

410 Know synonyms and antonyms

411 Know about characterisation and thematic concerns

412 Know the difference between direct and indirect speech

413 Know rules to convert direct speech to indirect speech

414 Know how to change assertive sentences

415 Know how to change interrrogative sentences

416 Know how to change imperatives

417 Know how to change exclamatory sentences

50 The Medal Correction of Sentences

57 Appreciate the short story

112

58 Know characterisation and theme

59 Know new words synonyms and antonyms

510 Know common errors and rules to rectify them

60 A Service of Love Reading Comprehension


610 Know the significance of reading for pleasure



613 Skim and scan for information

614 Read the passage and guess meanings

615 Answer basic comprehension questions

Test Units Marks Pattern



Slip Test 1 1 and 2 5 2 Essay Questions out of 3 Questions


Assignment

1 5 Group assignments

Seminars 1 5

Total 60

113

Internal evaluation


1 Oral and Written Presentations (Social Ethical Environmental and other contemporary issues)

2 Identify 10 common errors in English and correct them 3 Compare any two monuments of your choice using degrees of comparison4 Describe a place of your choice 5 Use a dictionary to write 10 words their meanings phonetic transcription and parts of

speech6 Narrating stories

e-learning

1wwwduolingocom

2 wwwbbccouk

3 wwwbabbelcom


5 wwwelloorg

6 wwwlang-8com

7 youtubecom


9 moocorg


114




Part A 8 0 8

Part B 0 48 12

Part C 0 48 20

Total 08 816 40

Course Outcome Linked POCO1 Use question tags and use them 1 2 3 4 8 9 10CO2 Compare different objectsthingspeople using different degrees

of comparison1 2 3 4 8 9 10

CO3 Avoid common errors in speech and writing 1 2 3 4 8 9 10CO4 Improve reading skill and also reinforce grammar vocabulary

pronunciation and writing skills through reading different passages

1 2 3 4 8 9 10

CO5 Write sentences changing their tense voice and degree of adjective Change sentences into reported speech

4 5 6 7 8 9 10


4 56 7 8 9 10



PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions

c) Answer all the questions

d) Each question carries one mark

1 She can write [add question tag]

2 We must not speak[add question tag]

3 India is the richest country in the world[change into positive degree]

4 Rama is taller than Rahim [change into Comparative degree]

115




Part A 4 0 4

Part B 0 24 6

Part C 0 24 10

Total 4 48 20

PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M

Instructions

c) Answer any two questions

d) Each question carries three marks

5 a ldquoWhile yonder hill wears like a tier

The ruined grandeur of your fortrdquo

I Who is the poet of this poem

II What is the name of the fort

III What is the title of the poem

OR

b They should obey us [add question tag]

I He is not a teacher [ add question tag]

II Radha was a dancer [add question tag]

6 a What is the rule of the road

OR

b Very few girls are as brave as Pavani (change into Superlative)

I Vasu is one of the greatest Engineers of India(Change into Positive)

II Devi is as beautiful as Jhansi(Chang into Comparative)

PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions Answer any two questions Each question carries five marks

7 a How are Queens of Golconda described

OR

b How did the poet describe the Golconda fort

8 a Mention the areas in which we rule alone

OR

b lsquoLiberty is not a personal affair only but a social contractrsquo Explain

116



PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions



1 Why did the horse think it queer

2 Hari wrote a letter [Change the voice]

3 Did the intruder kill Gerrard

4 Rani said ldquoI am luckyrdquo [change into indirect speech]

PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M

Instructions Answer any TWO questions Each question carries three marks

5 a lsquoAnd miles to go before I sleeprsquo

i What is the meaning of sleep in this poem

ii Who is the poet of this poem

iii What is the title of the poem

OR

b Change the following sentences as directed

I My book has been stolen(change into active voice )

II Avani wrote a poem (change into passive voice)

III Bhagavatam was written by Potana (change into active voice)

6 a What was the intruderrsquos plan

OR

b Change the following as directed

I He saidrdquoI am going to eat nowrdquo (Change into indirect speech)

II Gita asked Latha whether she liked the picture(Change into direct speech)

III He saidrdquoI am going to work nowrdquo (Change into indirect speech)

117

PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions

c Answer any two questions

d Each question carries five marks

7 a Why did the poet stop in the middle of the woods

OR

b Rewrite the sentences as directed

i Tea is liked by Anil(change into Active voice)

ii Srinu broke the glass (change into Passive voice)

iii Venkat gave a book to Mohan (change into Passive voice)

iv Let the door be opened(change into Active voice)

v Charmi is writing a novel (change into Passive voice)

8 a Who is morc cleverer according to you The intruder or Gerrard

OR


I He saidrdquo I can driverdquo(change into Indirect speech)

II She said that she is going(change into Direct Speech)

III My mother said to merdquo Work hardrdquo(change into Indirect speech)

IV He asked me where I lived (change into Direct Speech)

V She said to merdquo I will help yourdquo (change into Indirect speech)

II SEMESTER END EXAMINATION CCP201F

MODEL PAPER


PART - A 8 x 1 = 8 M

Instructions Answer all the questions Each question carries one mark

1 Add Question tag

He is not a dancer

2 Change the Voice

Flowers are being collected by her[into Active]

3 Correct the error in the given sentence

118

She is my sister-in-laws


English are a difficult language


He is my cousin brother


One of my friends are a doctor

7 Who took the medal to his village

8 Who wants to learn music Joe or Delia

PART - B 4 x 3 = 12 M

Instructions Answer any FOUR questions Each question carries three marks

9 a Who tries to make Kings name an oblivion sport

OR

b Why did everyone return the medal immediately

10 a What are the promises the poet has to keep

OR

b Describe Deliarsquos pupil Clemintina

11 a Describe what is written on the medal

OR

b Correct the errors in the given sentences

I He has deep knowledges of various fields

II The sceneries of Tirumala is beautiful

III She is loving her country

12 a Where did Joe and Delia meet and what do they want to learn

OR

b Did Joe and Delia master their arts Explain

PART-C 4 x 5 = 20 M

Instructions

c Answer any four questions


13 a How are the Queens of Golconda described

OR

119

b Narrate any one experience of Suren after he took the medal

14 a How did Gerrard escape from the intruder

OR

b How did Joe and Delia earn their money

15 a Correct the errors in the given sentences

I Your informations are wrong

II There are five womans in the team

III Each of them were given a book

IV Kiran is more shorter than his brother

V Vasu is older than his brother

OR


Dr Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan is hailed as one of the greatest thinkers of the contemporary

world He is a prolific writer an impressive orator a great philosopher and above all an untiring

teacher who tried to drive home what humanity is He has interpreted both Eastern and Western

philosophies to suit the present conditions He prefers to be a teacher even as the First Citizen of

India and relentlessly propagated his ideology of ldquoVasudevah Kutumbakamrdquo He says that true

education brings a sense of balance discriminating power between right and wrong

I Give a suitable title to the passage

II How is he popular

III What did he propagate

IV How does he prefer to be

V What is true education

16 a Correct the errors in given sentences

i We are loving our country

ii They are writes an exam

iii Sai is junior than me

iv The sceneries is good

v She ordered for food

OR


120

Doctorrsquos day is celebrated on July 1st every year This date was chosen to pay tribute

to Dr Bidhan Chandra Roy a legendary doctor and the second chief minister of West Bengal

He was born on July1st 1882 and died on July 1 st 1962He was awarded Bharat Ratna on

February 4th 1961

This day is celebrated to pay tribute to the many doctors who strive day in and day out

without ever paying heed to the time of the day The red carnation was chosen as the official

symbol of Doctorrsquos day because the colour of the flower is in the spirit of medical profession

It represents adoration charity sacrifice bravery and audacity

I When is Doctorrsquos day celebrated

II Who was the second chief minister of West Bengal

III Which award did Dr Roy receive

IV Which was chosen as the official symbol of Doctorrsquos day

V Mention any two qualities represented by medical profession


Model Rubrics for Story Telling

SNo Sub activity Performanceexcellent Good Satisfactory Need

improvement1 Knows the

storyThe storyteller knows the story well and has obviously practiced telling the story several times There is no need for notes and the speaker speaks with confidence

The storyteller knows the story pretty well and has practiced telling the story once or twice May need notes once or twice but the speaker is relatively confident

The storyteller knows some of the story but did not appear to have practiced May need notes 3-4 times and the speaker appears ill-at-ease

The storyteller could not tell the story without using notes

2 Sequence Retells story in correct sequence leaving out no important parts of story

Retells story in sequence with 2-3 omissions

Retells story with several omissions but maintains sequence of those told

Retells story out of sequence

3 Audience contact

Storyteller looks at and tells the story to all members of the audience

Storyteller looks at and tells the story to a few people in the audience

Storyteller looks at and tells the story to 1-2 people in the audience

Storyteller does not look at or try to involve the audience

121

4 Characters The main characters are named and clearly described (through words andor actions) The audience knows and can describe what the characters look like and how they typically behave

The main characters are named and described (through words andor actions) The audience has a fairly good idea of what the characters look like

The main characters are named The audience knows very little about the main characters

It is hard to tell who the main characters are

5 Duration The storytelling lasts 5-7 minutes

The storytelling lasts 4 or 8 minutes

The storytelling lasts 9 minutes

The storytelling lasts less than 3 minutes or more than 9 minutes


122

FUNDAMENTALS OF ACCOUNTANCY

Course Title Fundamentals of AccountancySemester IITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks


Pre-requisiteThe students should have basic knowledge of English and General Mathematics

COURSE OUTCOME

CO1

Identifying the transactions in Cash Book and Pass Book and reconcile the Bank Reconciliation Statement

CO2 List the items to be posted in the Trial Balance to check arithmetical accuracy

CO3 Trace and Write the list of types of errors and rectifying Errors

CO4

Identifying the items to be posted in Final Accounts of Sole Trader and getting the correct Gross and Net Profit and Balances in BS

Course Contents

UNIT-I Bank Reconciliation Statement Duration 06 hrs

Explain Bank Reconciliation Statement and list its purpose - Prepare Bank Reconciliation Statement with ordinary balance

UNIT-II Bank Reconciliation Statement(Overdraft)Duration 06 hrs

Prepare Bank Reconciliation Statement with overdraft balance - Check the bank pass book with reference to the transactions

UNIT-III Trial Balance Duration 06 hrs

Define lsquoTrial Balancersquo with proforma - Explain the need for Trial Balance - Explain 2 methods of preparing Trial Balance - Explain Opening and Adjusting Journal Entries in Trial Balance

123

UNIT-IV Rectification of Errors Duration 06 hrs

List the errors disclosed and not disclosed by the Trial Balance - Explain the significance of suspense account - Pass journal entries to correct errors without suspense account - Pass journal entries to correct errors with suspense account

UNIT-V Final Accounts Duration 18 hrs

Explain contents of Trading account Profit and Loss account and Balance Sheet (without adjustments) with formats - Distinguish between direct expenses and indirect expenses - Distinguish between direct incomes and indirect incomes - Prepare final accounts

UNIT-VI Final Accounts Duration 18 hrs

Prepare final accounts (with adjustments on Outstanding expenses prepaid expenses accrued income income earned but not received depreciation on assets bad debts and provision for bad and doubtful debts)

Note Except Part A all questions are of problems only Suggested Learning Outcomes10 Prepare BANK RECONCILIATION STATEMENT

11 Explain Bank Reconciliation Statement 12 State the purpose of preparing Bank Reconciliation Statement13State the meaning of favourable balance as per Cash Book14State the meaning of favourable balance as per Pass Book15 Prepare Bank Reconciliation Statement with ordinary balance16Check the bank pass book with reference to the transactions(Give a

pass book to the students and ask them whether Cheques issued by you are accounted for with suitable examples)

20 Prepare BANK RECONCILIATION STATEMENT21 State the meaning of Unfavourable balance as per Cash Book22State the meaning of Unfavourable balance as per Pass Book23Prepare Bank Reconciliation Statement with overdraft balance24 Check the bank pass book with reference to the transactions (Give a


30 Understand the meaning and purpose of TRIAL BALANCE31 Define lsquoTrial Balancersquo with proforma32 Explain the need for Trial Balance33 Explain 2 methods of preparing Trial Balance (1Liquidity Method

and 2 Balances Method)34 Explain Opening and Adjusting Journal Entries in Trial Balance35 Explain Grouping of Ledger Accounts (ledger accounts to be

covered under Fixed Assets Current Assets Liabilities Reserves amp Surplus Indirect and Direct Expenses Cash amp Bank etc)

36 Prepare Trial Balance under different methods124

40 Identify the ERRORS and performconduct their RECTIFICATION

41 List the errors disclosed by Trial Balance42 List the errors not disclosed by Trial Balance43 State the meaning of Error of Omission give example44 State the meaning of Error of Commission give example45 State the meaning of Error of Principle give example46 Explain the significance of suspense account47 Pass journal entries to correct errors without suspense account48 Pass journal entries to correct errors with suspense account

50 Prepare the FINAL ACCOUNTS of Sole Trading concerns51 Explain the need for preparation of Final Accounts52 State the contents of Trading account (without adjustments) with

formats53 State the contents of Profit and Loss account (without adjustments)

with formats54 State the contents of Balance Sheet (without adjustments) with

formats55 Distinguish between direct expenses and indirect expenses56 Distinguish between direct incomes and indirect incomes57 Prepare final accounts without adjustments

60 Prepare the FINAL ACCOUNTS of Sole Trading concerns61 State the meaning of Outstanding Expenses give suitable

examples62 State the meaning of Prepaid Expenses give suitable examples63 State the meaning of Depreciation give suitable examples64 State the meaning of Outstanding Income give suitable examples65 State the meaning of Bad Debts66 Prepare final accounts (with adjustments on Outstanding expenses

prepaid expenses accrued income income earned but not received depreciation and appreciation on assets bad debts provision for bad and doubtful debts discount on debtors discount on creditors interest on capital interest on drawings loss of stock due to fire etc)

RECOMMENDED BOOKS1 Grewal T S lsquoIntroduction of Accountancyrsquo2 Grewal T S lsquoDouble Entry Book-Keepingrsquo3 Maheswari SN lsquoIntroduction to Accountancyrsquo4 Gupta and Gupta lsquoPrinciples and Practice of Accountancyrsquo5 Jain and Narang lsquoAccounting ndash Volumes I amp IIrsquo6 Telugu Academy Text books prescribed for Intermediate courseSuggested Student Activities


components3 Visit nearby Industry to familiarize with accounting techniques4 Quiz 5 Group discussion6 Surprise test7 Debates 8 Problem solving through discussions 9 Learning Tally related to this subject

125

10Seminar 11Verify Book of Accounts in their respective institutions




COURSE OUTCOME Linked PO

CO1 Posses the complete knowledge of the transactions in Cash Book and Pass Book and reconcile the Bank Reconciliation Statement

125678910

CO2 Identifying the items to be posted in the Trial Balance to check arithmetical accuracy

125678910

CO3 Identifying the types of errors and rectifying Errors 12345678910

CO4 Identifying the items to be posted in Final Accounts of Sole Trader and getting the correct Gross and Net Profit and Balances in BS

12345678910


18CCP-202C MID SEM -1 Fundamentals of AccountancyTime 1 hour Marks 40

PART A 4 X 1 = 4 marksInstructions Answer all questions each question carries one mark Answers should not be more than 14th page

1 Define Bank Reconciliation Statement2 Write the need of Bank Reconciliation Statement3 State any two causes of disagreement between cash book and pass book

balances4 Write a short note on overdraft balance

PART B 2 X 3 = 6 marks

Instructions Answer all questions and each question carries three marks Answers should not be more than one page

5 (a) Prepare Bank Reconciliation Statement as on 31-03-2018(i) Balance as per cash book Rs 12000

(ii) Cheques issued but not presented for payment Rs 7000

(iii) Cheques deposited into bank but not yet collected Rs 3000

OR

(b) Prepare Bank Reconciliation Statement as on 31-03-2019

126

(i) Balance as per cash book Rs 10000



6 (a) Prepare Bank Reconciliation Statement as on 31-03-2018(i) Overdraft Balance as per cash book Rs 12000



OR


(i) Overdraft Balance as per Pass book Rs 10000



PART C 2 X 5 = 10 marks

Instructions Answer all questions and each question carries five marks Answers should not be more than one page

7 (a) Prepare Bank Reconciliation Statement (i) Balance as per Cash book isRs 10000

(ii) cheques deposited but not yet collected Rs 5000

(iii) Bank has collected and credited interest on securities Rs 800

(iv) Bank charges recorded in pass book only Rs 250

OR

(b) Prepare Bank Reconciliation Statement

(i) Bank balance as per Pass book isRs 12000


(iii) Bank has collected and credited interest on deposits Rs 1000

(iv) Bank charges entered only in Pass Book Rs 250

8 (a) Prepare Bank Reconciliation Statement (i) Overdraft balance as per Cash book isRs 8000



127

(iv) Cheques issues but not presented for payment Rs 250

OR


(i) Overdraft balance as per Pass book isRs 12000


(iii) Cheques issues but not presented for payment Rs 1000


128

BOAD DIPLOMA EXAMINATION (C-18)ADVANCED ACCOUNTANCY

C-18 ndash MID SEM ndash IITime 1 Hour Total Marks 20

PART ndash A

Answer ALL the questions and each question carries ONE MARK

1 Define trial balance2 List the methods of preparation of trial balance3 State the meaning of error of principal4 Define suspense account

PART-BAnswer any TWO questions and each question carries THREE MARKS

5 (a) Prepare trial balance from the following information

Capital 100000 Cash 50000Furniture 25000 Sundry Debtors 15000Sundry Creditors 10000 Buildings 20000

(OR)(b) Prepare trial balance from the following information

Salaries 1000 Bills receivables 500Discount (Dr) 500 Bills payables 500

Interest received 1200 Interest on investments 300

6 (a) Rectify the following errorsi Salaries paid to Charan Rs 5 000 has been debited to his Ac

ii Rs 1 500 paid for the repairs of building was debited to building Aciii Commission of Rs 200 received was wrongly credited to Interest Ac

(OR)(b) Rectify the following errors

i Purchase account overcast by Rs 400ii Sold goods to Rajeshwar Rs 2 690 in his account posted as Rs6 290

iii Goods sold to Ashok Rs 7 500 were omitted to be entered in his Ac

129

PART-CAnswer any TWO questions and each question carries FIVE MARKS

7 (a) From the following list of balances Prepare Sahithi Enterprises trial balance as on 31st March 2016

Opening Stock 40000 Carriage inwards 200

0

Purchases 51500 Furniture 2500

0

Sales 132000 Motor Car 3500

0

Salaries 21000 Cash in Hand 2200

0

Commission received 4500 Capital 6000

0

(OR)(b) Prepare Trial balance of Snigdha Traders from the following particulars

Opening Stock 35000 Creditors 1200

0

Purchases 188000 Buildings 2600

0

Sales 225000 Bills Payable 500

0

Cash at Bank 40000 Cash in Hand 1000

0

Bills Receivables 5000 Capital 6200

0

8 (a) Rectify the following errorsi Machinery purchased for Rs 5 000 has been debited to purchase Ac

ii Rs 700 paid to Rekha as legal charges were debited to his personal Aciii Rs1 000 paid to Madhuri Traders for Machinery stand purchased debited to

Madhuri Traders Ac iv Furniture purchased for Rs12 000 was wrongly passed through purchase

bookv Cash paid to Architha Rs 950 was debited to the account of Archana

(OR)(b) Prepare Suspense Ac from the following information

i Purchase book overcast by Rs 600ii Rs 222 received from Akhil has been entered in his account Rs 2 222

iii Goods returned by Manindar Rs 75 were not posted to his accountiv Sales book undercast by Rs250v Cash sales of Rs 1 200 were posted to commission account

130

18CCP ndash202C

BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATIONS (C-18)DCCP ndash SECOND SEMESTER END EXAMINATION

FUNDAMENTALS OF ACCOUNTANCYTime 2 hours Total Marks 40

PART ndash A 8 X 1=8MNote Answer all questions Each question carries ONE mark

The length of the answer shall not exceed frac14 of page

1 Define Bank Reconciliation Statement

2 Define Trial Balance

3 State the need for preparing Final Accounts

4 State the meaning of favourable balance

5 State any four items that appear in Profit and Loss Account

6 List any two uses of Balance sheet

7 State the meaning of Outstanding Expenses

8 State the meaning of Depreciation of an Asset

PART ndash B 4 X 3 = 12M

Note Answer the following questions Each question carries 3 marks The length of the answer shall not exceed 1 page

9 (a) Prepare Bank Reconciliation Statement of MS Satish Co on 31-12-2018(i) Balance as per cash book Rs 12000


(iii) Cheques deposited into bank but not yet collected Rs 3000(OR)

(b) Prepare Trading Account of MS Vaishnavi Traders and ascertain Gross ProfitLoss from the following information

Particulars Amount Particulars Amount

Purchases

Wages

Sales returns

8000

2000

500

Sales

Purchase Returns

10300

200

Closing Stock Rs 7500

131

10 (a) Prepare Trial Balance of Radha Stores from the following information a Purchases 20000 b Capital 35000

c Buildings 55000 d Debtors 20000

e Sales 50000 f Creditors 10000

(OR)

(b) Prepare Balance sheet with Net Profit of Rs7250

PARTICULARS AMOUNT PARTICULARS AMOUNTCashBuildingsStock

500080000 5000----------90000

CapitalLoan

7000020000

---------90000

Adjustments Closing Stock valued Rs 7750 Outstanding Salaries valued Rs 500

11 (a) Prepare Trading Account and ascertain Gross ProfitLoss

PARTICULARS AMOUNT

Opening stock

Purchases

Sales

Closing Stock

Sales Returns

Purchase returns

2000

8000

7500

3000

500

500

(OR)

(b) Prepare Trading Account from the following information

PARTICULARS AMOUNTOpening stockPurchasesPurchase returnsSalesSales ReturnsClosing Stock

75006000

50010000

5008000

12 (a) Prepare Profit and Loss account from the following PARTICULARS AMOUNT

132

Gross profit

Salaries

Insurance

Advertisements

16500

8000

5300

1300

Adjustments 1 Prepaid insurance Rs 300 2 Outstanding salaries Rs 500

(OR)

(b) (a) Prepare Profit and Loss account from the following PARTICULARS AMOUNT

Gross profit

Rent

Commission received

Discount

7500

4000

1300

300

Adjustments 1 Depreciation on Machinery Rs 500

PART ndash C 4 X 5 = 20Note Answer the following questions Each question carries 5 marks

The length of the answer shall not exceed 2 pages




(iv) Bank charges debited in pass book only Rs 250

(OR)

(b) Prepare Trading and Profit and Loss account from the following


Opening StockPurchasesSalariesAdvertisements

10000 21000 8000 1000------------ 40000

SalesDiscount received

39500 500

-------------- 40000

Closing Stock is valued Rs10000

14 (a) Rectify the following Journal entries

(i) Sales book overcast by Rs 1500

133

(ii) Sale of old furniture Rs 5000 was credited to Sales account

(iii) Rs 250 paid towards interest was debited to commission account

(OR)

(b) From the following Trial balance of Vimala Enterprises prepare Trading and Profit and Loss account and ascertain the Gross Profit and Net Profit


Opening Stock

Purchases

Salaries

Advertisements

12000

20000

9500

2000

---------

43500

Sales

Interest received

43000

500

----------

43500

Adjustments 1 Closing Stock Rs 250002 Outstanding Salaries Rs 500

15 (a) From the following Trial balance of Ganesh Pipes limited Prepare Trading

and Profit and Loss account


Opening Stock

Purchases

Sales returns

Rent

Insurance

Discount

2000

15000

500

1200

2000

200

----------

20900

Sales

Purchase

returns

Discount

Commission

20000

400

300

200

---------

20900

Closing stock valued Rs 12000

(OR)

(b) Prepare Trading and Profit and Loss Account from the following balances of

Rohini traders

Particulars Amount Particulars AmountOpening StockPurchases

5000 7000

SalesDiscount

17000 400

134

AdvertisementsInsuranceDiscount

2000 3000 60017600

Commission 200

17600 Closing stock is Rs 8500

16 (a) Prepare Final Accounts from the following balances of JK Tyres Limited for the year ending 31st March 2019

Particulars Amount Particulars AmountOpening StockPurchasesSalariesInsuranceDebtorsBuildings

8000 15000 12500 3500 14000 45000-----------98000

SalesDiscountCapitalBank Loan

25000 1400 62600 9000

----------98000

Adjustments 1 Closing stock is Rs 16500 2 Depreciation on Buildings 10

3 Provision for doubtful debts 5 on Debtors

(OR)

(b) Prepare Final Accounts from the following balaces of Priyanka And Co for the year ended 31st March 2018

Particulars Amount Particulars AmountOpening StockPurchasesRentInsuranceCommissionDebtorsCash in hand

10000 16500 10500 5200 600 100008000----------60800

SalesDiscountCapitalBank LoanCreditors

19000 1900 326004000 3300

----------60800

Adjustments 1 Closing stock is Rs 14500 2 Prepaid insurance is Rs200

3 Outstanding rent is Rs500

ADVANCED PHONOGRAPHY

135

Course Title Advanced PhonographySemester IITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks



Unit

NoUnit Name Hou

rQuestions to be

set for SEEMarks

Weightage

Weightage ()R U A

1 Initial Hooks Final hooks amp Alternative forms

12 3 24 272 Circles amp Loops to Initial

Hooks amp Final Hooks08 2 16 18

3 Shun Hook 08 1 08 94 Aspirate amp Liquids ndash R amp L 12 2 16 185 Compound Consonants amp

Vowel Indication08 1 08 9

6 Halving Principle ( Section-I amp II)

12 2 16 18Total 60 11+

1 88+12 88+12Legend R Remembering U Understanding and A Applying


COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Identifying and understanding various principles of Hooks amp Alternative FormsCO2 Identifying and understanding various principles of attachments to Hooks CO3 Apply various rules for outlines of various soundswordsCO4 Identify various shorthand outlines from lithoCO5 Test the dictated exercises by transcription into English

Course Contents

Unit-I HooksDuration 12 hrs

Define double consonant - Categorise R and L hooks to straight strokes and curves - State the advantages of using alternative forms - Explain the principles of using alternative forms - Categorise N and FV hooks to straight and curved stroke - Explain how N hook is indicated to Straight Strokes amp Curves - Explain how FV hook is indicated to Straight Strokes amp CurvesUnit-II Circles and Loops to Hooks

Duration 12 hrs136

Identify the circles and loops to straight strokes hooked for R - Identify the circles and loops to straight strokes hooked for L - Explain how the Circles are added to Curved strokes with initial hooks - Identify the circles and loops to straight strokes hooked for NFV - Identify the circles and loops to straight strokes hooked for N - Explain how Circles are added to straight and curved strokes with final hooks

Unit-III Shun HookDuration 08 hrs

Explain the principles covering SHUN hook

Unit-IV Aspirate Duration 12 hrs

Define aspirate - Categorise the various types of aspirate - State the principles of using aspirate - Explain the principles of writing lsquoRrsquo upward and downward - Explain the principles of writing lsquoLrsquo and lsquoSHrsquo upward and downwardUnit-V Compound Consonant

Duration 08 hrs

Define Compound Consonant - Categorise the various types of Compound Consonants - Explain the principles of Compound Consonants Identify the implications of consonants and vowels initially and finally

Unit-VI Halving PrinciplesDuration 12 hrs

Explain the principles of halving - State the limitations of halving - Use the halving principle in PhraseographyRECOMMENDED BOOKS






10 Practice exercises using initial hooks11 Define double consonant12Categorise R and L hooks to straight strokes and curves

137

110Practice exercises with Alternative forms111 State the advantages of using alternative forms112 Explain the principles of using alternative forms

12Practise exercises using Final Hooks 121 Categorise N and FV hooks to straight and curved stroke122 Explain how N hook is indicated to Straight Strokes amp Curves123 Explain how FV hook is indicated to Straight Strokes amp Curves

2 Practise exercises using Circles amp Loops to Straight Strokes to hooked strokes

21 Identify the circles and loops to straight strokes hooked for R22 Identify the circles and loops to straight strokes hooked for L23 Explain how the Circles are added to Curved strokes with initial hooks

210 Practise exercises using Circles amp Loops to straight strokes having final hooks

211 Identify the circles and loops to straight strokes hooked for NFV212 Identify the circles and loops to straight strokes hooked for N213 Explain how Circles are added to straight and curved strokes with final hooks

30 Practise exercises using SHUN hook31 Explain the principles covering SHUN hook

40 Practise exercises using the lsquoAspiratersquo in Shorthand41 Define aspirate42 Categorise the various types of aspirate43 State the principles of using aspirate

410 Practise exercises using R L and SH411 Explain the principles of writing lsquoRrsquo upward and downward412 Explain the principles of writing lsquoLrsquo and lsquoSHrsquo upward and downward

50 Practise exercises using compound Consonants51 Define Compound Consonant52 Categorise the various types of Compound Consonants53 Explain the principles of Compound Consonants

510 Practise exercises using Vowel indication511 Identify the implications of consonants and vowels initially and finally

60 Practise exercises using the halving principle61 Explain the principles of halving62 State the limitations of halving63 Use the halving principle in Phraseography

Suggested Student Activities1 Student visits Library to refer to Manual for the specifications2 Preparation of charts and posters 3 Attending video lectures and webinars 4 Analyze the different advanced phonographic signs 5 Quiz 6 Group discussion7 Surprise test8 Taking dictations among themselves

138

9 Reading different scripts written by students 10Oral presentation skills Student E-Learning references

3 httpnssbookscomlearn-shorthand 4 httpwwwstenoldorgd1_1html


COURSE OUTCOME CL Linked POTeachin

g Hrs

CO1

Acquire the knowledge of various principles of Hooks amp Alternative Forms RU 1236789

10 12CO2

Identifying and understanding various principles of attachments to Hooks RUA 1236789

10 14CO3

Apply various rules for outlines of various soundswords RUA 1236789

10 08CO4

Recognize various shorthand outlines from litho RUA 1236789

10 06CO5

Test the dictated exercises by transcription into English RUA 1236789

10 18

MODEL QUESTION PAPERS18CCP-203C MID SEM 1 ADVANCED PHONOGRAPHYTIME ONE HOUR MARKS20


INSTRUCTIONS Answer all questions each question carries one mark Answers should not be more than frac14 the page

1 Define Double consonant2 List the alternative forms3 Write any one outline using F hook4 Write outline for Stray


5a) State the usage of L hook to curved strokes OR

b) Write outline and principle for Corner6a) Write the principle for writing SKR SGR

ORb) State the principle for writing N and F hooks in phraseography


139


7a) Explain the principles for using alternative formsOR

b) Explain how N hook is indicated to straight strokes and curves

8a) Explain how circles are added to curved strokes with initial hooksOR

b) Explain how circles are added to straight and curved strokes with final hooks

CCP-203C MID SEM-II ADVANCED PHONOGRAPHY




1 State the symbol for using the sounds of ShunZhun2 Define Aspirate3 List the various types of using Aspirate H4 Write outline using Shun hook medially


5a) State the principle of using Shunhook following Circle S and NS

OR

b) State the principles of using medial R

6a) Write outlines for a) Disease b) Pulling c) Sugar

OR

b) Wirte shorthand outlines for a) Haste b) Hedge c) High


7a) Explain principles for using Shun hook

140

OR

b) State the principles for using Upward and Downward H

8a) Explain the principles of representing upward and downward R

OR

b) Explain the principles for representing Upward and downward SH

18CCP ndash203C


ADVANCED PHONOGRAPHYTime 2 hours Total Marks 40

PART ndash A 8 X 1=8M

Note Answer all questions Each question carries ONE mark The length of the answer shall not exceed frac14 of page

1 List the alternative forms2 Define Aspirate3 Define compound consonants4 Write any outline using halving principle5 Write outline for Jucy6 State how initial way is used to k or gay7 State when a stroke is halved8 Write outline for lsquoThoughtrsquo



9a) State when intervening dot vowel is used

ORb) Write two outlines using IMP or IMB

141

10a) List the various forms of AspirateOR

b) State the position writing of half length forms11a) State when initial consonant is implied with examples

OR

b) State when final vowel is implied with examples

12a) Write outlines for a) Grand b) Proud c) Tint

OR

b) Write outlines for a) Coats b) Hunt c) Tight

PART ndash C 4 X 5 = 20

Note Answer the following questions Each question carries 5 marks The length of the answer shall not exceed 2 pages

13a) Explain the principles of using alternative forms

OR

b) Explain the principles of compound consonants

14a) Explain the principles of SHUN hook

OR

b) Explain when halving principle is not employed

15a)Explain the principles of Compound consonants

OR

b) Explain how essential vowels are indicated

16a) State how halving principle is employed

OR

b) Write shorthand outlines for a) Married b) Rampart c) Board d) Heard e) Answered

142

JOINT STOCK COMPANIES

Course Title Joint Stock CompaniesSemester IITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 45150Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks



COURSE OUTCOMECO1 Able to know the concepts of Incorporation of Joint Stock CompanyCO2 Familiar with the Long term and Short term capital CO3 Acquaint with Shares and debenturesCO4 To know about Company meetings CO5 Recognize the Manufacturer Wholesaler RetailerC06 Conversant the Import and Export Trade concepts

COURSE CONTENTSUnit-I Incorporation of Joint Stock Companies Duration 10 hrs

Understand the Joint Stock Companies and its functioning ndashProcedure for incorporation of Joint Stock Companies

Unit-II Capital Structure of Joint Stock Companies Duration 06 hrs

Familiar with the sources of capital structure Shares and Debentures of Joint Stock Companies

Unit-III Issue and allotment of Shares of Joint Stock Companies Duration 10 hrs

Understand the procedure for allotment of shares of Joint Stock Companies

Unit-IV Management of Joint Stock Companies and its functioning Duration 12 hrs

Management of Joint Stock Companies ndash Company meetings ndash Co-operative Organisations

Unit-V Distribution Network Duration 12 hrs

Understand the distribution network in the business organisation ndash Wholesaler and Retailer ndash Services of Wholesaler and Retailer ndash Tele-business E-business

Unit-VI Foreign Trade Duration 10 hrs

Components of Foreign Trade - Procedure for Import and Export Trade

143

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Fundamentals of Commerce ndash YK Bhushanamp Others Sultan Chand amp Sons2 Business Organisation ndash MC Shukla S Chand amp Co3 Elements of Commerce ndash S Davar4 Elements of Commerce ndash M Malpani


10 Understand the Incorporation of Joint Stock Companies1 State the meaning of Memorandum of Association2 State the meaning of Articles of Association3 Explain the clauses of Memorandum of Association 4 Explain the contents of Articles of Association5 Define a Prospectus6 List the contents of Prospectus 7 Explain the features of prospectus8 Define lsquoStatement in lieu of prospectusrsquo 9 Explain the conditions under which the lsquoStatement in lieu of prospectusrsquo is issued10Explain the procedure for the incorporation of the Joint Stock Company

20 Capital Structure of Joint Stock Companies21 Explain the capital structure of a Joint Stock Company ndash Long Medium and Short Term22 Explain the various sources of capital rising ndash Shares Debentures and Public Deposits23 Define the term ldquoSharerdquo24 List and explain the various types of shares ndash Preference Equity and Deferred Shares25 Define a Debenture26 List and explain the various types of debentures ndash Secured and Unsecured Convertible

and Non-convertible Redeemable and Irredeemable Debentures30 Issue and allotment of Shares of Joint Stock Companies

31 Explain the procedure for allotment of shares32 Explain the procedure for forfeiture of shares33 Explain the procedure for re-allotment of shares34 Explain Rights Shares and Bonus Shares 35 Explain issue of shares at par at premium and at discount

40 Management of Joint Stock Companies and its functioning41 List the different types of Company meetings42 Explain the different types of meetings ndashStatutory Meeting Board of Directors meeting

Shareholders meeting ndash Annual General Meeting and Extraordinary General Meeting43 Explain the procedure for conduct of Annual General Meeting 44 Explain the procedure for the conduct of Extraordinary General Meeting 45 Define the terms ndash Agenda Chairman Meeting Notice Quorum Minutes and

Resolutions46 Distinguish between Ordinary Resolution and Special Resolution and Resolution

requiring Special Notice 47 Define Co-operative Organisation48 List the characteristic of Co-operative Organisation49 Explain the characteristics of Co-operative Organisation410 List the merits of Co-operative Organisation411 Explain the merits of Co-operative Organisation412 List the demerits of Co-operative Organisation

50 Understand the distribution network in the business organisation51 Explain the organisation of home trade52Explain the features of Wholesaler

144

53 Explain the features of Wholesaler54Explain the features of Retailer55 Explain the features of Retailer56 Explain the services of wholesaler to the Manufacturer 57 Explain the services of wholesaler to the Retailer58 Explain the services of Retailer to the Wholesaler59 Explain the services of Retailer to the Consumers510 Define Tele-business511 Define E-business

60 Understand the procedure in Foreign Trade61 Explain the components of foreign trade ndash Import Export and Entrepot Trade

62 State the meaning of Import Trade63 Define Export Trade64 Mention the term Entrepot Trade65 Explain various documents required for Import Trade66 Explain the procedure for Import Trade 67Explain various documents required for Export Trade68 Explain the procedure for Export Trade 69 Explain the significance of Entrepot Trade


development in various countries2 Students prepare charts and posters for different types of business

organizations 3 Visit nearby Industry to familiarize with Business Development techniques4 Analyze the issues in the different types of industries 5 Quiz 6 Group discussion7 Surprise test8 Role plays 9 Verifying the health hazards of various business units and steps taken to curb

them in different industrial units 10Visit a Sole trading concern partnership firm and a JSC

Student E-Learning reference

a httpsedurevinBUSINESS-ORGANISATION1b8b wwwniosacinmediadocumentsm1-3fpdf



Able to know the procedure for incorporation of Joint Stock Company

125678910

CO2

Identify various sources of Capital of Joint Stock Company 125678910

CO3


12345678910

CO4

Familiar with Company meetings and Co-operative Organisation functions

12345678910

CO5

Realize the process of distribution network 12345678910

C06 Able to start Import and Export business 12345678910

145

MID SEM I - SECOND SEMESTER EXAMINATION - MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

18CCP-204C - JOINT STOCK COMPANIES




1 Define Prospectus2 State the meaning of Memorandum of Association3 List any two types of Debentures4 Define the term Share



5a) List any three contents of Articles of AssociationOR

b) List any three features of Prospectus6a) State the meaning of Secured Debentures

ORb) State the meaning of Preference ShraresPART C 2 X 5 = 10 MARKSINSTRUCTIONS Answer all questions each question carries five marks Answers should not be more than two pages

7a) Explain the contents of Clauses of Memorandum of Association

OR

b) Explain the procedure for incorporation of Joint Stock Company

8a) Explain the capital structure of a Joint Stock Company

OR

b) Explain various types of Debuntures

146

MID SEM II ndash SECOND SEMESTER EXAMINATION

CCP-204C - JOINT STOCK COMPANIES




1 State the meaning of Shares at par2 State the meaning of allotment of shares 3 Define Co-operative organisation4 State the meaning of Quorum


5a) State the meaning of forfeiture of sharesOR

b) Write a short note on shares issued at premium6a) Write a short note on Annual General meeting

OR

b) List different types of meetings



7a) Explain the procedure for allotment of shares

OR

b) Explain Rights shares and Bonus shares

8a) Explain the procedure for the conduct of Extra General meeting

OR

b) Explain the characteristics of Co-operative organization

147

18CCP ndash204C


JOINT STOCK COMPANIES Time 2 hours Total Marks 40



1 Define statement in lieu of Prospectus2 State the meaning of statutory meeting3 Define Tele Business4 Define the term Minutes5 Define E Business6 List any two features of retailer7 Define Export Trade8 State the meaning of Import Trade

PART ndash B 4 X 3 = 12M Note Answer the following questions Each question carries 3 marks The length of the answer shall not exceed 1 page 9a) List various sources of Capital raising

OR

b) State the meaning of Home Trade

10a) Define the term Agenda

OR

b) List the components of Foreign Trade

11a) List any three features of Wholesaler

OR

b) List any three services of retailer to consumer

12a) Write short note on Export and Entrepot trade

OR

b) List any three documents required for Export Trade

148

PART ndash C


13a) Explain the conditions under which the statement in lieu of Prospectus is issued

OR

b) Explain the services of retailer to the wholesaler

14a) Explain the procedure for re-allotment of shares

OR

b) Explain various documents required for Export trade

15a) Explain the features of wholesaler

OR

b) Explain the services of wholesaler to the manufacturer

16a) Explain the various documents required for Import trade

OR


149

WORD PROCESSOR AND PRESENTATION

Course Title Word Processor and PresentationSemester IITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 45150Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks

Course Code 18CCP-205C Course Group CoreCredits 3Total Contact Hours 60 PdsSEE 40 Marks

Pre-requisite The students should have basic knowledge of EnglishCOURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Know the creation of a Presentation

CO2 Creation of presentation by adding features like animation sound timing effects

CO3 Layout of MS-Word Editing in MS-WordCO4 Know the printing of documentsCO5 Know the Formatting features of MS-Word identifying proof reading toolsC06 Know the Creation of Tables Form letters in MS-Word

Course Contents

Unit-1 PowerPoint- Features of presentation software Duration 08 hrs

MS - POWER POINT- Features of presentation software ndash Methods to Start Power Point ndash Tool bars in PowerPoint screen ndash Lay Out ndash Components of PowerPoint Screen ndashRibbon layout - Functional aspects of tabs - groups in each tab ndash Creation a new blank presentation ndash Choosing of Auto Layout ndash Insertion of text boxes and pictures ndash Views of Slides

Unit-2 Creation of presentation applying animation affects Duration 10 Hrs

MS - POWER POINT- Creation of Presentation with various Slides - Views of Slides - Changing the background layout of Slides ndash Slide transition effects ndash Animation effects ndashSetting sounds order and timing effects to text objects and Slides

Unit-3 Layout of MS-Word Screen Duration 08 hrs

MS ndash WORD - word processing software - methods to start Word ndashDescription of layout of Word Screen ndash Components of Word Screen ndashRibbon layout - functional aspects of tabs - groups in each tab ndash selecting and deselecting tabs ndash use of Scroll bars ndash procedure to create document ndash create and save text ndash inserting text

MS ndash WORD- ndash procedure to create document ndash create and save text ndash inserting text- Procedure to Select text with mouse keyboard ndash Moving around the document ndash Copying

150

text ndash Moving text ndash Copying vs Moving - deletion of character word line block of text ndash undo redo process

Unit-4 Printing of document Duration 04 hrs

MS-WORD - Procedure to loading of text for printing- Selecting the printer- Changing the settings of printer options

Unit-5 Formatting features of MS-Word Duration 15 hrs

MS ndash WORD- Formatting Features in Word ndash various options for Character formatting ndash Various options for Paragraph formatting ndash Various options for page formatting ndash Searching and proof reading tools ndash procedure for Finding text and Replacing text in a document ndashMeaning of Bookmarks - Searching for bookmarks Unit-6 Table creation Mail-merge in MS-Word Duration 15 hrs

MS - WORD- Spell Check ndash Creation of Tables - procedure for Printing of documents - Mail Merge ndashcreation of Envelopes and form letters using Mail merge


10 Know about MS Power point - presentation software11 Understand the features of presentation software MS-Power point

111 Explain procedure for starting of MS Power Point112 Describe the layout of opening screen in Power Point113 Explain the functional aspects of each component of MS-Power Point

Window114 Describe the Ribbon Layout various tabs and groups

12 Understand the creation of a blank presentation121 Explain the methods of creating a new blank presentation122 Explain the process of insertion and editing of text in the presentation

using text boxes123 Explain the process of inserting pictures into slides124 Explain the different views of slides125 Describe changing the background of the slide

20 Understand the animation process in power point211 Explain the process of slide transition212 Explain the methods of animation213 Explain the process of setting sounds order timing and effects of

animation in a presentation30 Know about MS Word - Word Processing Software

31 Understand the layout of the MS WORD Screen311 Explain various methods for starting of MS Word312 Describe the layout of MS Word window313 Demonstrate the tool bars in MS Word314 Describe the functional aspects of each Component of the Window315 Describe the Ribbon layout Tabs and groups in each tab316 Describe the Scroll bars and operations of it

151

32 Understand the creation of a document321 Narrate the creation of text and saving of text322 Explain the process of insertion of text in the document323 Explain the process of selecting text with mouse moving copying of

text using clipboard 324 Explain deletion of character word line block of text and undo the

process325 Explain copying vs moving

40 Understand printing of text document41 Explain procedure for loading a text file for printing42 Explain procedure for selecting printer for printing43 Explain procedure for changing the settings of printer options

50 Understand formatting features and searching and proof reading tools in MS-Word51 Understand formatting features of MS Word

511 Explain procedure for the Character formatting512 Explain procedure for paragraph formatting513 Explain procedure for page formatting

52 Understand searching and proof reading tools in MS Word521 Explain procedure for finding and replacing of text in document522 Explain the term bookmarks and searching for a bookmark523 Explain procedure for checking spelling and grammar automatically524 Explain procedure for checking spelling and grammar using

dictionaries60 Understand the process of table creation and Mail merging in MS-Word

61 Understand the process of table creation in MS-Word611 Explain procedure for creating tables in different methods612 Explain procedure for adding rows and columns to the existing table613 Explain procedure for changing column width and row height614 Explain procedure for formatting cells and rows in the table

62 Understand mail merging in MS Word621 Explain the procedure for creating main document and data source

file622 Explain procedure for creating form letters using mail merge623 Explain procedure for creating envelopes using mail merge


1 Student visits Library to refer to Manual for the specifications2 Student inspects the available equipment in the Lab to identify the components3 Visit nearby Industry to familiarize with fabrication techniques4 Analyze the connections in the UPS available in the Institution facility5 Quiz 6 Group discussion7 Surprise test

152

RECOMMENDED BOOKS


2 DOS Manual3 Teach Yourself Windows ndash A L Stevens BPB Publications4 The ABC s of MS Office 2007 ndash Guy Hard-Davis BPB Publications5 Working in MS Office 2007 - Ron Mansfield Tata McGraw Hill6 The ABC of the Internet --- Christian Coumblish BPB Publications


3 httpswwwtutorialspointcomcomputer_fundamentalsindexhtm 4 httpwebtechstudycomcomputer-fundamental-tutorial


COURSE OUTCOMES Linked PO

CO1 Enumerate the Word Processing Applications 123678910

CO2 Recognize and to know the Layout of MS-Word Editing in MS-Word and creation and printing of documents 123678910

CO3 Know the Formatting features of MS-Word identifying proof reading tools 123678910

CO4 Practice Printing ampCreation of Tables Form letters in MS-Word 123678910

CO5 Know the creation of a Presentation by adding features like animation sound timing effects 123678910

153

MODEL PAPER OF MID SEM- I EXAM

TIME 1 hr MARKS 20

PART-A 4 x 1 = 4


1 List the steps for starting of MS Power Point

2 List the steps for creating a new blank presentation

3 Define animation

4 Write about slide transition



5(a) Write the steps for inserting pictures into slides (or)5(b) Write about Ribbon layout

6(a) Write the steps in process of slide transition (or)6(b) Write steps for setting timings of animation in a presentation



7(a) Explain the functional aspects of any five components of MS-Power Point Window

(or)7(b) Describe changing the background of the slide

8(a) Explain the methods of animation (or)8(b) Explain the processing of setting sounds order and effects of animation in a presentation

154

MODEL PAPER OF MID SEM- II EXAM

TIME 1 hr MARKS 20

PART-A 4 x 1 = 4

ANSWER ALL THE QUESTIONS EACH QUESTION CARRIES ONE MARK 1 List the steps for saving of text in MS Word

2 Write about ribbon in MS Word

3 Write steps for loading a text file for printing

4 List steps for selecting printer for printing



5(a) Explain the process of selecting text with mouse moving copying of text using clipboard

(or)5(b) Write about Scroll bars and operations of it

6(a) Write about Print dialog box in printing of a document (or)6(b) Write about Quick print in MS-word



7(a) Draw and explain about layout of MS Word window

(or)7(b) Explain about Copying Vs Moving

8(a) Draw and Explain in detail about the following- i) Print dialogue box ii) Print Preview window (or)8(b) Explain the procedure for changing the settings of printer options

155

MODEL PAPER OF END SEMESTER EXAM

TIME 2 hr MARKS 40

PART-A 8 x 1 = 8



2 Write steps for creation of text and saving of text in MS Word

3 Define the term bookmarks

4 Define character formatting

5 List any two proof reading tools in MS Word

6 Write steps for inserting header and footer in MS Word

7 List any two methods of creating tables in MS-Word

8 Define Mail merge




(or)9(b) Write steps for finding and replacing of text in MS Word

10(a) Write steps for selecting of text with mouse moving copying of text using clipboard (or)10(b) Write procedure for adding rows and columns to the existing tables

11(a) Write steps for inserting number and bullets in MS Word

(or)

11(b) Write steps for searching for a bookmark

12(a) Write steps for changing column width and row height

(or)

12(b) Write steps for formatting cells in the table

156



13(a) Write about functional aspects of any five components of MS-Power Point Window

(or)13(b) Explain the procedure for checking spelling and grammar automatically

14 (a) Explain deletion of character word line block of text and undo the process

(or)14(b) Explain the procedure for creating main document and data source file

15(a) Explain the procedure for page formatting

(or)

15(b) Explain procedure for checking spelling and grammar using dictionaries

16(a) Explain procedure for creating form letters using mail merge

(or)

16(b) Explain procedure for creating envelopes using mail merge

157

ADVANCED PHONOGRAPHY LAB

Course Title Advanced Phonography Lab Semester IITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCEE 60



COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Identifying the basic principles of Phonography (Sound writing) and its concepts


CO3 Apply various rules for outlines of various soundswordsCO4 Identify various shorthand outlines from lithoCO5 Test the dictated exercises by transcription into English

Course Contents

Unit-I Hooks Duration 08 hrs

Practice double consonant - Categorise R and L hooks to straight strokes and curves - State the advantages of using alternative forms - Explain the principles of using alternative forms - Categorise N and FV hooks to straight and curved stroke - Explain how N hook is indicated to Straight Strokes amp Curves - Explain how FV hook is indicated to Straight Strokes amp Curves

Unit-II Circles and Loops to Hooks Duration 07 hrs

Practice the circles and loops to straight strokes hooked for R - Identify the circles and loops to straight strokes hooked for L - Explain how the Circles are added to Curved strokes with initial hooks - Identify the circles and loops to straight strokes hooked for NFV - Identify the circles and loops to straight strokes hooked for N - Explain how Circles are added to straight and curved strokes with final hooksUnit-III Shun Hook Duration 06 hrsPractice the principles covering SHUN hookUnit-IV Aspirate Duration 08 hrsPractice aspirate - Categorise the various types of aspirate - State the principles of using aspirate - Explain the principles of writing lsquoRrsquo upward and downward - Explain the principles

158

of writing lsquoLrsquo and lsquoSHrsquo upward and downward

Unit-V Compound Consonant Duration 08 hrs

Practice Compound Consonant - Categorise the various types of Compound Consonants - Explain the principles of Compound Consonants Identify the implications of consonants and vowels initially and finally

Unit-VI Halving Principles Duration 08 hrsPractice the principles of halving - State the limitations of halving - Use the halving principle in Phraseography

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Shorthand Instructor and Key (Pitman) 2 Shorthand Theory Guide by late Sri GVR Kameswararao CoSri P Raghunath 13-441

Road No10 Alakapuri Hyderabad ndash 500 035 (phone 040-24037762)3 Shorthand dictionary4 New course in Pitmanrsquos Shorthand5 Shorthand Theory Book by Sri G Ram Reddy Sr Lecturer in CCP (Retd) Government

Polytechnic for Women Warangal


10 Practice exercises using initial hooks20 Practice exercises with Alternative forms20 Practise exercises using Final Hooks 40 Practise exercises using Circles amp Loops to Straight Strokes to hooked strokes50 Practise exercises using Circles amp Loops to straight strokes having final hooks60 Practise exercises using SHUN hook70 Practise exercises using the lsquoAspiratersquo in Shorthand80 Practise exercises using R L and SH90 Practise exercises using compound Consonants100 Practise exercises using Vowel indication110 Practise exercises using the halving principle

Suggested Student Activities1 Student visits Library to refer to Manual for the specifications2 Quiz 3 Group discussion4 Surprise test5 Debate 6 Seminar

159

7 Attending Webinars and Video lectures 8 Submission of videos on assigned topics





CO1Identifying the basic principles of Phonography (Sound writing) and its concepts

RU 123678910 12

CO2Classify different Consonants shorthand strokes vowels and write various strokes based on sounds

RUA

123678910 14

CO3 Apply various rules for outlines of various soundswords

RUA

123678910 08

CO4 Identify various shorthand outlines from litho

RUA

123678910 06

CO5 Test the dictated exercises by transcription into English

RUA

123678910 18

160

MID I QUESTION PAPER

Time I Hour CCP-206P Marks 20

1 Write the Shorthand outlines for the following 4 Marks

i Leaderii Virtue

iii Sweetlyiv Punish

2Transcribe the following sentences in English 10 Marks

3 Transcribe the following passage in English 06

a) It seems to have been a vast primeval forest at the time of the Romans who with their usual vigilance saw a means of saving this expanse from the ravages of the waves by a clearance of the trees and the raising of banks King John of whose violence against the barons there is but one opinion nearly lost his life in one of the treacherous channels of the wash

161

MID II QUESTION PAPER



a) Cautiousb) Magician c) Additional d) Lahore e) I am surprised

2Transcribe the following passage in English (Give a passage of 4 lines in shorthand) 10 Marks

3 Transcribe the following passage in English 5 Marks

A life of a leisure is a life of pleasure Needless to say this is a fallacy but false as it is it is fairly widely spread Many foolish fellows bewail their lack of means to choose either to loll or to labor just as they like They look jealousy on those who appear who have nothing else to do but

162

eat and drink and enjoy a merry life when the poor man toils ceaselessly for food and lodging for himself and family

END EXAMINATION-MODEL PAPERTime 2 Hours Marks 40Note-Answer all questions

1Write the Shorthand outlines for the following 10 Replaces Captures Suffers Agency Chief Division Generalisation Manhood Cleric Nasal

2Transcribe the following passage in English 15

163


I have no wish to impose my views upon the ambassador or to embarrass him by asking for impossible improvements but it is important I should impress upon him the chancellorrsquos opinion in the case of those lumber vessels You will see how imperative it is I should see the ambassador if we are to have any improvement in our relations just now I decide to discover whether the story is true or the idle tale of a willful imposter I shall occupy only a quarter of an hour and I am sure the ambassador will agree the importance of the case is well worth the time

164


Course Title English Typewriting ndashSpeed (30 wpm)Semester IITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + assignmentsCIE 60 Marks



COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Test the typing skills with various speed tests

CO2 Test the typing Skills on Computer using word document in a customized software

CO3 Test the typing skills with various speed tests on computer

COURSE CONTENTS

Unit-I Speed Duration 45 hrs

Regular practice of speeds with accuracy and practice of passages at 20 25 30 wpm ndash Practice of speed test at various rates on typewriter as well as computer ndash Speed spurt drills End Exam at 30 wpm

(Five depressions of key (strokes) is to be taken as one word)

Note Examination will be conducted on par with SBTET pattern ie Speed 30wpm for 10 minutes The question paper is to be issued by the SBTET TS

Note the question paper for Mid Semester I the speed will be given 25 wpm for 10 minutes and for Mid Semester 2 the speed will be given 30 wpm for 10 minutes

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Speed spurt drills2 Examination question papers of SBTET Typewriting English Lower Grade


10 Understand the method of paragraphing11 Subdivide typing paragraphs12 Set the margin stop 5 degrees from the left margin for starting fresh paragraph

165

13 Set the left and right margins of 10 degrees2 Appreciate the beauty of the centering the typed matter

21 Calculate the letters and spaces in a given sentence22 Design the given sentence in a beautiful way using centering rules


1 Student visits Library to refer to Manual for the specifications2 Student inspects the available equipment in the Lab to identify the components3 Visit nearby Industry to familiarize with fabrication techniques4 Surprise test


1 httpssense-langorgtypingtutorkeyboardingphp

2 httpswwwspeedtypingonlinecomtyping-tutor



CO1

Test the typing skills with various speed tests RU 12367891

0 12

CO2


RUA

123678910 14

CO3

Test the typing skills with various speed tests on computer

RUA

123678910 08

166

MODEL QUESTION PAPER MID I - C-18 CCP-207P-ENGLISH TYPEWRITING SPEED

Time 10 minutes Marks 20

Financial markets are driven by greed and fear A lot of money riding in the stock market today is driven by an expectation of future profit growth This affects your personal wealth too The growth in your equity and debt mutual fund net assets values depend on how well business and he economy are run As an ordinary investor a lot of information comes to you throughout the day If you have a financial advisor he or she is likely to directly act on your behalf or simply tell you to buy or sell something Here are a few things for you to keep in mind

The aggregate data for the quarterly financial performance of different companies indicate that large companyrsquos have done better than the smaller ones

MID II - C-18 CCP-207P

ENGLISH TYPEWRITING - SPEED Time 10 Minutes Total Marks 40

Instructions 1 Leave sufficient margin at the top and at the bottom of the paper

2 Type in double-line space with margin of ten degrees on the left

3 The instructions given on the answer book should be followed scrupulously

4 The time allowed should in no case be exceeded

It is our duty to obey our parents All that we have given to us is by our parents The food clothing and education They tend us when we are too young to do anything for ourselves They watch over us in times of sickness provide for our amusement teach us the principles of their religion and guard us from evil influences Obedience is a very simple way of showing gratitude for these benefits It is a way that is well within the reach of the young infant as well as the full grown son Parents are not only the providers of benefits but are the guides of their children in all the relations of life It is usually found that parents are solicitors for their childrenrsquos welfare as their own Being adults and having experience of the world they are in a position to form better judgements than their children Therefore not only it is the duty of a child to obey his parents but in doing so he is consulting his best interests Just as the boy who would learn to read must attend to the instructions of his teacher so those who wish to grow up into honest and useful men must follow their parents

Our parents are our pilots We sail in strange waters and our safety depends on the directions of those who are more experienced We are not always well advised in all our choices When the time comes for us to decide what trade or profession we are to follow then our parents say that this thing or that thing should be done and it is our duty to obey to their advice

167

DCCP - SECOND SEMESTER END EXAMINATION

CCP-207P - ENGLISH TYPEWRITING-SPEED

Time 10 Minutes Total Marks 100

Instructions

1 Leave sufficient margin at the top and at the bottom of the paper




Money is really a very important thing for the human beings to lead their life in the satisfactory way Unlike animals and plants we need more money everywhere We need to maintain our status and position in the society for which we need money In order to eat food or drink water wear cloth het admission into school take medicine or go to the hospital and other many activities we need lots of money Now the topic arise is where we get such required money WE need to get higher level study and do hard works to get good job or open our own business which requires more skill and confidence

Earlier the condition of poor people was very poor because of the pressure of the rich people They were not helping the poor people and used them only as a servant on the very low salary However the condition of the poor people has become good as the rules and regulations of the Government has been changing in order to equalize the conditions of both Now everyone has equal rights to study higher and get goods jobs Many people believe that money is the origin of all evils

We understand and believe that money is the most important key of happiness gifted by the God It is the human mind to take anything in different ways Some people take it only to fulfil their physical needs and they never take ii heartily however some people understand everything to the money and they can do anything for getting the money such as murder corruption underworld work smuggling promoting bribe etc

168

ENGLISH TYPEWRITING ndash MANUSCRIPT LOWER GRADE

Course Title English Typewriting (Manuscript Lower Grade)Semester IITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks



S No

Major Topics

1 Practice from typing manuscripts with Simple abbreviations StatementInvoiceDebit NoteCredit NoteAccount Sales)

2 Practice of Professional LetterBusiness LetterApplication Letter

3 Govt OrderMemorandum

NOTE The question paper is to be issued by the SBTET TS

Pre-requisite The students should have basic knowledge of English and abbreviations

COURSE OUTCOME

CO1Practice from typing manuscripts with Simple abbreviations StatementInvoiceDebit NoteCredit NoteAccount Sales by using spread sheet and formula

CO2 Practice of Professional LetterBusiness LetterApplication LetterCO3 Govt OrderMemorandum

COURSE CONTENTS

Unit-I Statement Duration 10 hrs

Practice tabular statements debit note credit note invoice and account sales

Unit-II Letters Duration 15 hrs

Practice from typing manuscripts with simple abbreviations ndash Practice of simple business professional letter Application for situation letter from manuscript

Unit-III Government Orders Duration 20 hrs

169

Practice Government Correspondence like Government Order and Government Memorandum

(FIVE depressions of key is to be taken as one word)

Note The question paper is to be issued by the SBTET TS

The question paper for Mid Semester 1and 2 one question either in Business letter or Government order and the duration of exam is 45 minutes

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Text book to beginners2 Business typewriter by Fredrick3 Abbreviations by National Shorthand School (Books)4 Lay outs and Formats of Typewriter ndash Published by SBTET


10 Know Typing of Statement Debit and Credit Notes Account Sales not exceeding 4 Columns (60 Words) (300 Strokes) (25 Marks)

11 Interpret the abbreviation in a given script12 Select the appropriate spacing of the statement columns13 Correct the mistakes in a given script14 Display the typed statement15 Practice typing statements for neatness and accuracy16 Outline the format of a debit note and credit note17 Practice typing debit and credit note18 Outline the format of Account Sales19 Practice typing account sales for neatness accuracy

20 Know Typing of Business Letters Professional Letters and Applications not exceeding 100 Words (500 Strokes) (35 Marks)

21 Define the terms business letter professional letter and application22 Outline the format of a business letter23 Identify the abbreviations in a script letter24 Amplify the abbreviations while typing the matter25 Prepare a typed business letter26 Practice the business letter for neatness and good display27 Outline the format of a professional letter28 Prepare a typed professional letter29 Practice the professional letter for neatness and good display210 Outline the format of an application211 Prepare a typed application212 Practice the application for neatness and good display

30 Know Typing of Government Order and Memorandum (140 Words) (700 Strokes) (40 Marks)

31 Understand a Government Order and Government Memorandum32 Distinguish between the two

170

33 Outline the format of a Government order34 Outline the format of a Government Memorandum35 Practice Government Order and Memorandum36 Prepare a typed Government Order and Memorandum

40 Demonstrate Speed and Accuracy In Typing A Given Matter50 Demonstrate Accuracy In Typing Manuscript According To The Layout

Suggested Student Activities1 Student visits Library to refer to Manual for typing of manuscripts2 Students prepare charts for different types of communication letters and



1 httpssense-langorgtypingtutorkeyboardingphp 2 httpswwwspeedtypingonlinecomtyping-tutor



CO1

Practice from typing manuscripts with Simple abbreviations StatementInvoiceDebit NoteCredit NoteAccount Sales by using spread sheet and formula

RU 123678910 10

CO2

Practice of Professional LetterBusiness LetterApplication Letter

RUA

123678910 15

CO3 Govt OrderMemorandum 20

171

Model Question Papers

MID-I

Duration 1 HourMarks20

172


MID-II

Duration 1 Hour Marks10

173

Q 2

Duration 1 Hour Max Marks 20

174


END EXAMINATION-CCP-208P


Q 1

Q 2Marks15

175

Q 3 Marks15

176

WORD PROCESSOR AND PRESENTATION LAB

Course Title Word Processor and Presentation LabSemester IITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks



Pre-requisite The students should have basic knowledge of using computer

COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Creating and Saving a presentation inserting text and pictures amp Formatting the text and pictures in MS-POWER POINT

CO2 Slide transition and Animation effects in MS-POWER POINTCO3 Creating and saving a document Formatting of text in MS-WORDCO4 Spell checking Mail merging and Printing of Documents in MS-WORD

Course Contents

Unit-I Creating and Saving a presentation in MS Powerpoint Duration 10 hrs

MS-POWER POINT - Creating and saving a presentation - Inserting text and pictures - Formatting the text and pictures

Unit-II Slide transition and Animation effects in MS Powerpoint Duration 10 hrs

MS-POWER POINT - Effects of slide transition - Animation effects - Slide show amp views of slides

Unit-III Creating Saving a document Formatting of text in MS-WORD Duration 10 hrs

MS_WORD - Creating and saving a document Formatting of text

Unit-IV Spell checking Mail merging and Printing of Documents in MS-WORD MS Word Duration 15 hrs

MS-WORD - Spell Checking - Mail merging - Printing of Documents

177


10 Practice operation of MS-Power Point11 Demonstrate starting MS Power Point12 Identify the opening screen elements13 Identify the tool bars in the opening screen14 Demonstrate the selection of the methods of creating a new presentation15 Identify the different Auto Layouts of a slide16 Demonstrate creating a new slide17 Demonstrate inserting a new slide

20 Slide transition and Animation effects in MS Powerpoint 21 Demonstrate slide transition effects

22 Demonstrate a slide show23 Demonstrate animation effects24 Demonstrate creating an organization chart25 Identify the different slide views

30 Practice Operation of MS-Word31 Demonstrate starting MS word32 Identify the word screen elements33 Identify the tool bars on the screen34 Demonstrate loading different tool bars for their functionality35 Identify the drop down menus of the main menu and their functionality36 Demonstrate creating a sample text37 Demonstrate text formatting38 Demonstrate page formatting39 Demonstrate selecting deselecting the text from menu and Copying310 Demonstrate importing text from other packages

40 Spell checking Mail merging and Printing of Documents in MS-WORD

41 Demonstrate search and replace of text 42 Demonstrate spell checking 43 Demonstrate mail merging of documents 44 Demonstrate creating tables 45 Demonstrate printing documents merge printing of documents 46 Demonstrate word procedure for importing figures charts from other installed software

EXERCISES

1 Create and save a new presentation using MS Power Point2 Choose Auto Layout for a new slide3 Inserting text and pictures into a blank slide4 Inserting new slides into the presentation

178

5 Applying slide transition effects6 Demonstrate a slide show7 Set animation to text and pictures in a slide8 Set the sounds order and timing for animation 9 Create and save a document using MS WORD10 Format the Text document11 Change the page set-up and Insert HeaderFooter12 Spell checking in the document13 Print the document14 Create main document and data file for mail merging15 Print the document with mail merging16 Create a table in the document17 Add row column to a table


ExNo

Name of Experiment

Objectives Key Competencies

1 Inserting a new slide in the existing Power Point file

Able to Insert a new slide in the existing Power Point file using new slide option in home menuAble to Insert a new slide in the existing Power Point file using slide layout option in home menu

Check whether able to Insert a new slide in the existing Power Point file using new slide option in home menuCheck whether able to Insert a new slide in the existing Power Point file using slide layout option in home menu

2 Create a simple Power Point presentation for a small topic and saving in ppt or pptx format

Able to create a simple Power point presentation for a given topic Able to Save the presentation in both ppt orpptx format

Check able to create a simple Power point presentation for a given topicCheck able to Save the presentation in both ppt or pptx format

3 Inserting chart or image in a Power Point slide

Able to Insert chart in a power point slide using Insert menu optionAble to Insert image in a power point slide using insert menu option

Check able to Insert chart in a power point slideCheck able to Insert image in a power point slide

4 Exercise with animation and

Able to work with animation and sound

Check able to work with animation and sound

179

sound features in Power Point

features in power point using custom animation option in Animations menuAble to work with Media clip options in insert menu

features in power point using custom animation option in Animations menuCheck able to work with Media clip options in insert menu

5 Exercise with Rehearse Timings feature in Power Point

Able to work with Rehearse Timings feature in Power Point using slide show menu rehearse option

Check able to work with rehearse timings features




7 Exercise in printing the PowerPoint file in (a) Slides (b) Handout

Able to print the PowerPoint file in Slides using File menu Print optionAble to print the PowerPoint file in Handout using file menu print option

Check able to print the PowerPoint file in Slides using File menu Print optionCheck able to print the Power Point file in Handout using file menu print option

8 Open MS-word and Identify the components on the screen

Able to Open MS-Word and Identify the components on the screen

Check whether able to Identify the components on the screenCheck whether able to Identify all components on the screen of MSWORD are identified and learnt thoroughly

9 Create a document using MS-word and save it in docx or doc format

Able to create document using MS-word Able to save document in docx or doc format

Observe whether created document using MS-word Observe whether saved document is in docx or doc format

10

Create a table using MS-Word and save it

Able to Create a table using MS -Word and save it

Verify a table is created using MS-Word and save it

180

Able to create table properly with required rows and columns Able to Create a table using Insert table methodAble to Create a table using draw table methodAble to Create a table using quick table method

Check whether table is properly created with required rows and columnsVerify a table is created using Insert table methodVerify a table is created using draw table methodVerify a table is created using quick table method

11

Insertion of new rows and columns in the existing table

Able to Insert new rows and columns in the existing table

Check whether able to Insert new rows and columns in the existing table Check whether able to Insert new rows and columns as per requirement

12

Changing the background color of the table

Able to Change the background color of the table

Check whether able to change the background color of the table

13

Merging and splitting of cells in a Table

Able to Merge and split cells in a Table using right click method

Check whether able to Merge and split cells in a Table using right click method

14

Changing the formatting of font

Able to Change the formatting of font using right click menuAble to Change the formatting of font using menu options

Check whether able to change the formatting of font using right click menu Check whether able to change the formatting of font using menu options

15

Exercise with Headers and Footers

Able to change Headers and Footers using menu optionAble to change Headers and Footers by clicking top and bottom document

Check whether able to change Headers and Footers using menu optionCheck whether able to change Headers and Footers by clicking top and bottom document

16 Create mailing Able to use mail merge Check whether able to use

181

letters using mail merge tool of MS-Word

tool of MS-Word using start mail merge option in mail menu

mail merge tool of MS-Word in creating letter using mail merge option in mail menu




182

RECOMMENDED BOOKS


2 The ABC s of MS Office 2007ndash Guy Hard-Davis BPB Publications3 Working in MS Office - Ran Mansfield Tata McGraw Hill Publications


1 httpswwwtutorialspointcomwordindexhtm2 httpswwwtutorialspointcompowerpointindexhtm



CO1

Creating and Saving a presentation inserting text and pictures amp Formatting the text and pictures in MS-POWER POINT

RU 123678910 12

CO2

Slide transition and Animation effects in MS-POWER POINT RUA 1236789

10 14CO3

Creating and saving a document Formatting of text in MS-WORD RUA 1236789

10 08CO4

Spell checking Mail merging and Printing of Documents in MS-WORD RUA 1236789

10 11

183


TIME 1 hr MARKS 20


1 Demonstrate starting of MS Power Point and identify the opening screen elements

2 Draw and explain the groups and commands in Home tab under ribbon in MS Power Point

3 Demonstrate different Auto Layouts of a Slide in MS Power Point

4 Demonstrate Slide Transition effects in Ms Power Point

6 Demonstrate different Animation effects in Ms Power Point

7 Draw and explain the groups and commands in Animations tab under ribbon in MS Power Point

8 Demonstrate different Slide views in MS Power Point

9 Draw and explain the groups and commands in Review tab under ribbon in MS Power Point

10 Demonstrate inserting and formatting of text and pictures in MS Power Point


TIME 1 hr MARKS 20


1 Demonstrate Starting MS word and identify the word screen elements

2 Draw and explain the groups and commands in Home tab under ribbon in Ms word

3 Demonstrate text formatting in Ms word

4 Demonstrate procedure for checking of spelling and grammar using dictionaries

5 Demonstrate paragraph formatting in Ms word

6 Draw and explain the groups and commands in page layout tab under ribbon in Ms word

184

7 Demonstrate page formatting in Ms word

8 Demonstrate procedure for creating Mail merging process in Ms word

9 Demonstrate creating of table and adding rows and columns to the existing table in Ms word

10 Demonstrate finding and replacing of text amp searching for a bookmark


TIME 2hr MARKS 40


1 Write procedure for Creating and saving a document and draw and label the different parts of

opening screen elements in Ms word


3 Write procedure for applying sounds order timing and effects of animation in a presentation

4 Write procedure for character formatting in Ms word


6 Write procedure for creating main document and data file for mail merging

7 Write procedure for page formatting in Ms word

8 Write procedure for checking spelling and grammar using dictionary in Ms word

9 Write procedure for printing of document in Ms word


Record book - 10 marks Viva-voce- 10 marks

185




Semester II Course Group CoreTeaching Scheme in Periods(LTP)

15030 Credits 15


CIE 60 Marks SEE 40 Markscourse requires basic knowledge of grammar and basic Listening Speaking Reading and Writing skills

Unit No Unit name Periods Questions for SEE Marks weightage

Weightage

R U A1 Role plays 6 0 12 Team presentations 8 13 Describing objects

people places 10 4

4 Reading with proper pauses pitch and intonation

6 0 0 1

5 Construction of questions through language games and activities

8 0 1

6 Paragraph writing 7 2Total

45 10 110 100

CO1 Speak in different contexts

CO2 Frame questions and elicit information

CO3 Give effective team presentations

CO4 Describe objects people and places

CO5 Read the content aloud with appropriate pauses pitch and intonation

CO6 Write a paragraph on a given topic

UNIT 1 Role Plays

186

Pre requisites

Course Outcomes

Role plays (formal and informal situations- At the library railway station post office principals

office etc Duration 6 Periods (L 1 ndash T7)

UNIT 2 Team Presentations Duration 8 Periods(L1 ndash T5)

Pair presentations and group presentations on topics of their choice

UNIT 3 Describing Objects People Places Duration 10 Periods (L 2 ndash T4)

Describing objects ndash size shape colour ndash words used in describing objects describing people ndash

words used in describing people describing places ndash words used in describing places

UNIT 4 Reading with Proper Pauses Pitch and Intonation Duration 6 Periods (L 3 ndash T7)

Reading with proper pauses loudness pitch intonation Reading articles from newspapers

magazines or any given text

UNIT 5 Construction of Questions through Language Games and Activities Duration 8

Periods (L 2 ndash T6)

Guess the person game other language games for framing questions

UNIT 6 Paragraph Writing Duration 7 Periods (L 1 ndash T6)

Paragraph writing with hints Paragraph writing without hints Topic sentence unity clarity

coherence








8 Games for Language Learning By Andrew Wright David Betteridge and Michal Buckby



187Suggested Learning Outcomes

Recommended Books

10 Role Plays

11 Conversation at the market

12 Conversation at the library

13 Conversation at the theatre

14 Conversation with elders superiors

15 Conversation with peers

16 Conversation at formal venues

20 Team Presentations

21 Give pair presentations on different topics

22 Give group presentation on different topics

23 Know significance of audio visual aids in presentations

24 Know appropriate body Language in effective presentations

30 Describing Objects People Places

31 Know vocabulary phrases used in describing people

32 Know vocabulary phrases used in describing places

33 Know vocabulary phrases used in describing objects

34 Understand spatial chronological logical aspects in describing places

30 Reading with Proper Pauses Pitch and Intonation

41 Read with proper pauses

42 Read with proper intonation and pitch

43 Read with voice modulation

50 Construction of Questions through Language Games and Activities

51 Know how to frame YesNo questions

52 Know how to frame Wh Questions

53 Use questions to elicit information

60 Paragraph Writing

61 Write a short paragraph with hints

62 Identify topic sentence

63 Know Principles of unity coherence and clarity

64 Write a paragraph on a given topic

INTERNAL EVALUATION

188


t1 5



2 Identify 10 common errors in English and correct them 3 Compare any two monuments of your choice using degrees of comparison4 Describe a place of your choice 5 Use a dictionary to write 10 words their meanings phonetic transcription and

parts of speech6 Narrating stories

e-learning1wwwduolingocom 2 wwwbbccouk3 wwwbabbelcom4 wwwmerriam-webstercom 5 wwwelloorg6 wwwlang-8com7 youtubecom8 Hello English(app)9 moocorg 10 httpsonlinecoursesnptelacin



Reading skills 10m

Speaking skills 10m


PART-A 23 10M

PART-B 12 10M

189



Model paper for MID-SEM I TIME-1hr 18CCP-210P TOTAL MARKS20

PART-A 2x5=10m


6 Construct a dialogue for role play about environmental pollution7 What steps are involved for preparing a role play8 How do you prepare for a pair presentation

PART-B 1X10=10M


4 Prepare a role play for the topic lsquoAt the Libraryrsquo

5 What are the advantages and disadvantages of a group presentation


TIME-1hr 18CCP-210P TOTAL MARKS20 PART-A 2x5=10m


1 Describe your college in a few lines

2 What are Intonation pitch and pause with regard to speaking skills

3 Describe a mobile

PART-B 1X10=10M


9 Describe the day you met your best friend for the first time in your life 10 Describe how you improved your reading skills

190

MODEL PAPER FOR SEMESTER END EXAMINATION

TIME-3hrs 18CCP-110P TOTAL MARKS40

1 READING SKILLS ask the student to read an unknown passage 10m2 Frame ten questions you will ask in a market3 Write a paragraph on the importance of voting on an Election Day4 Prepare a role play about Sports Day in your college

191



CO1 Speak in different contexts 123489 10

CO2 Frame questions and elicit information 123 4 8 9 10

CO3 Give effective team presentations 1 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10

CO4 Describe Objects People and Places 123 4 8 9 10


12 3 4 8 9 10

CO6 Write a paragraph on a given topic 123 4 5 6 7 8 10

STUDENTS ACTIVITIES FOR SKILL UPGRADATION FOR SECOND SEMESTER


I SWATCH BHARATH






II HARITHA HARAM












way

192

IV ROLE PLAY







1 Analytically evaluate the solutions to traffic problems2 Global warming is caused more by developed countries3 Women are good Managers4 Computer viruses are good5 E- Learning is good for the education system and society







VI QUIZ




enthusiastically193



1 Developing Countries need trade not Aid2 Business and Ethics do not go together3 Share Markets and Mutual funds ndash Is it a good Investment4 Cursing the weather is bad farming5 The medium of teaching in schools should be in English











11 Pollution control12 Fire fighting Safety Precautions and First aids13 Computer opportunities14 Career opportunities15 Yoga Meditation16 Aids awareness and health awareness17 Office Environment

194

18 Interview Techniques19 Environmental pollution and control20 Total Quality Management







q Public sector enterprises r State government undertakings Public limited companiest Private limited companiesu Individual ownership organisationsv Local Garment industriesw Paper millsx Sugar millsy Dairy Industryz Agricultureaa Education and Training Institutions bb Banks cc IT companiesdd MNCsee State and Central Government Officesff Any small and Medium Enterprises



195








XI Life skills






196


1 Company Registration Procedure2 Registration of Business Organisation3 E-Business4 Distribution channels for consumer goods in India5 Availability of Industrial and Business Finance6 State of Employment in India






DimensionExcellent Good Satisfactor

yImproving unsatisfactor

y5 4 3 2 1

Collection of data







Performs his duties








No response





Showing interest


197

III SEMESTER

198


SN

o Course Code Course Name


Week

Tota

l Per

iods

Per

Se

mes

ter

Cre

dits

Continuous Internal


L T P

Mid

Sem

-I

Mid

Sem

-II

Inte

rnal

Ev

alua

tion

Max

Mar

ks

Min

Mar

ks

Tota

l Mar

ks

Min

i m

arks

for

pass

ing

incl

udin

g In

tern

al

1 18CCP-301F English Literature 2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

2 18CCP-302C Advanced Accountancy 2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

3 18CCP-303C English Shorthand 2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

4 18CCP-304CConcepts of Spread sheets and database

2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

5 18CCP-305C Business Statistics 2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

6 18CCP-306P English Shorthand-(60 wpm) 1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

7 18CCP-307P English Typewriting Speed (45 wpm) 1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

8 18CCP-308PEnglish Typewriting (Manuscript Higher Grade)

1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

9 18CCP-309P Spread Sheet and Data base Lab 1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

10 18CCP-310P Income Tax Practice Lab 1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50




2) 18CCP-307P ndash English Typewriting Speed 45 WPM and 18CCP-308P ndash English Typewriting Manuscript - These subjects are framed with an evaluation structure of 20+20+40+20 as per C-18 curriculum However a candidate securing 45 at end examination excluding mid sem ndash 1 mid sem-2 and sessional marks shall only be considered to treat the aforementioned subjects as equivalent to Typewriting English Higher Grade (TEH) Certificate awarded by the SBTET TE to non formal candidates appearing for English Typewriting Examination separately

199

ENGLISH LITERATURE

Course Title English Literature Course Code 18CCP-301Semester III Course Group CoreTeaching Scheme in Periods(LTP)

30150 Credits 3


Course ContentsUnit Name Periods Questions to be set for SEE

R U A1 The Magical Earth

Word- Stress 10

Q1 Q9(a) Q13(a)2 Dancing in the RainPunctuationVocabulary

14

3 Polonius Advice To His SonNon- Verbal Data

8Q2 Q10(a) Q14(a)4 To Sir With Love

Advertisements 8

5 Footprints On the SandPolluting the World

8 Q3 Q5Q6 Q9(b) Q11(a) Q11(b)

Q14(b) Q15(a) Q15(b)

6 The Sand BoxResume CVBio- DataCover Letter

12Q4Q7

Q8 Q10(b) Q12(a) Q12(b)

Q13(b) Q16(a) Q16(b)

Total 60 8 8 8

PREREQUISITES


CO1 Use right accent (Word Stress) while speaking

Use right punctuation in writing

CO2 Know new words know one word substitutes

Use new words in sentences Use one word substitutes

CO3 Interpret non-verbal data

CO4 Interpret Advertisements and respond to basic comprehension questions

CO5 Read different texts (prose poetry and short story) and answer basic

200

Course Outcomes

comprehension questions

CO6 Respond to different job advertisements

Write effective cover letters Write effective resumes

UNIT 1 Duration 4 + 6 = 10 Periods (L 6 ndash P6 )

1 The Magical Earth

2 Word-Stress

UNIT 2 Duration 4 + 4 + 6 = 14 Periods (L 7 ndash P7)

3 Dancing in the Rain

4 Punctuation

5 Vocabulary


3 Polonius Advice to His Son

4 Non-Verbal Data


2 To Sir With Love

3 Advertisements


4 Footprints On The Sand

5 Polluting The World


9 The Sand Box

10 ResumeCVBio-data

11 Cover Letter

201

Course Content

1 INTERactive ENGLISH - Intermediate Second Year English Textbook



3 English Vocabulary in Use by Michael McCarthy Felicity ODell Cambridge University Press



6 A Textbook of English Phonetics for Indian Students by T Balasubramanian

7 Better English Pronunciation Second Edition by JDOConnor

8 Business Communication Strategies by Matthukutty M Monipally

9 A course in Phonetics and Spoken English Second Edition by J Sethi and PV Dhamija

10 The Magical Earth Word-Stress

115 Know about syllabic division

116 Know about accent

117 Know the rules of word-stress

118 Know primary stress

119 Appreciate poetry and understand the nuances of language



122 Know the theme of the poem

20 Dancing in the Rain Punctuation Vocabulary

221 Know about punctuation

222 Know rules for punctuation

202


Recommended Books

223 Know synonyms antonyms one word substitutes prefixes suffixes

224 Appreciate Essay

225 Know about public speaking


30 Polonius Advice to His son Non-Verbal Data




322 Understand and Interpret non-verbal data

323 Interpret pie-charts bar-graphs flow-charts tables

40 To Sir with Love Advertisements

418 Respond to advertisementsjob advertisements

419 Appreciate biography

420 Know new words

50 Footprints on the Sand Polluting the World


512 Know the theme

513 Appreciate the Essay

514 Know different factors that affect the environment and discusssuggest

solutions

60 The Sand Box ResumeCVBio-data Cover Letter

616 Know the different parts of a resume

617 Know how to write a resume

618 Know how to write cover letters

619 Appreciate the play

620 Know the theme and characterisation

203




1 Group Discussions on social issues 2 Role plays and skits3 Group Presentations on environment related topics 4 Poster presentations on environment related topics5 Using a dictionary to identify pronunciation of words word stress 6 Writing resume and cover letter to advertisements from

newspapersmagazines 7 Vocabulary games 8 Reading biographies and presentations on different people

e-learning

1 wwwduolingocom

2 wwwbbccouk

3 wwwbabbelcom


5 wwwelloorg

6 wwwlang-8com

7 youtubecom

8 Hello English (app)

9 moocorg


204

Internal evaluation



One Model paper each for Semester End Examination and Midterm Examination

205



Model Question papers


Part A 8 0 8

Part B 0 48 12

Part C 0 48 20

Total 08 816 40


Part A 4 0 4

Part B 0 24 6

Part C 0 24 10

Total 4 48 20


Max time 1 Hr TOTAL MARKS 20PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M


1 ldquoI dug a lot but found nothingrdquoa) Who is I in the given lineb) Who wrote this poem

2 Mark Stress for the given wordsa) Referee b) Fifty

3 When will India be radiant according to Premji4 Punctuate the following statement

this is my cousins carPART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M


5 a Give some examples of Earthrsquos magicOR

b Mark stress for the given words i Carriage ii Economy iiiCertificate

iv Absent v Junior vi Cigarette6 a Why is robbing children of their childhood a criminal act

ORb write one word substitute for the following meanings

a) One who helps the needyb) A decision that is accepted by allc) A great lover of books

PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M


7 a What tricks does the Earth show according to GulzarOR

b Mark stress for the following wordsi people ii Indian iii examination iv record (v) v water

8 a Which type of freedom is wanted for children as told by PremjiOR

b Match the following A B

I Breakfast a] Fear of blood

206

II Frank b] Temporary stay in a place away from home

III Sojurn c] One who flies aeroplaneIV Hematophobia d] The first meal of the dayV Pilot e] Truthful and honest in expressing

onersquos opinion

207



PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions

Answer all the questions Each question carries one mark

1 ldquoNeither a borrower nor a lender berdquo

a) Who said this line

b) What is the title of the poem

2 Study the given table and answer the questions that follow

List of colleges that offer different courses

a) How many colleges are given in the table

b) Which course is offered in all the colleges

3 How many ways are there to enter a classroom

4 Study the given advertisement and answer the questions given below

208

GPT-HYDERABAD DCE DEC DCCP

GPT-TIRUPATHI DME DMet DCCP

GPT-ADILABAD DCE DEE DCCP

GPT-MEDAK DCCP

GPT-VIJAYAWADA DME DCE DCCP

a) How many reels of joy are there

b) What is the title of this advertisement

PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M

Instructions

Answer any TWO questions Each question carries three marks

5 a Mention any two advices given by Polonius

OR

b Read the given Pie - Chart and answer the questions that follow

832

1412

Sales1st Qtr2nd Qtr3rd Qtr4th Qtr

a) What is the pie chart about

b) How many quarters are mentioned

c) Which quarter has 14 sales

6 a How should the top class students behave in the opinion of the teacher

OR

b Read the given advertisement and answer the questions that follow

a) Which magazine gave this advertisement

b) Is the future in our hands

c) How many trees are there in the hand

209

PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions

Answer any two questions Each question carries five marks

7 a Summarize Polonius advice to his Son in your own words

OR

b Analyse the given chart and answer the questions that follow 5 M

a) Which type is the most favorite

b) What information is given in the chart

c) How many types of movies are mentioned

d) Which is the least favourite

e) Which type occupies the second place

8 a How did the teacher change the students attitude 5 M

OR


210

I What is the message conveyed in this advertisement

II Who issued this advertisement

III Is the girl advertising for white teeth

IV How can we live more

V How can we know more

II SEMESTER END EXAMINATION MODEL PAPER


PART - A 8 x 1 = 8 M

Instructions


1 ldquoI have heard that it can hide a river inside itrdquo

a) Who is lsquoIrsquo in the given line

b) Who is lsquoItrsquo in the given line

2 ldquoPotter Sirrsquo The lsquoSirrsquo was somewhat delayed

a) From which lesson this line is taken

b) Which was delayed

3 ldquoMy precious child I love you and never leave yourdquo

211

a) From which poem this line is taken

b) Who said these words

4 Which problem was highlighted in the play lsquoThe Sandboxrsquo

5 Who had a dream about God

6 What are the other two things that can destroy mankind apart from nuclear

warfare

7 What does the young man represent in the play The Sand Box

8 What do you write as your objective in a Resume

PART - B 4 x 3 = 12 M

Instructions

Answer any FOUR questions Each question carries three marks

9 a In what ways a child is different from adults according to Premji

OR

b What are the effects of massive industrialization

10 a Mention any three advice given by Polonius to his son

OR

b Describe grandmarsquos feelings as she addresses the audience

11 a How did the poet feel after observing one set of footprints

OR

b What are the causes of pollution

12 a Describe Mummys behaviiour towards her mother

OR

b Write a cover letter to the HR Manager of the BDL Ltd for your job application as a

Stenographer

PART-C 4 x 5 = 20 M

Instructions

Answer any four questions Each question carries five marks

13 a Summarize the poem The Magic Earth

OR

212

b Summarize the poem lsquoFootprints on the Sandrsquo

14 a How did the teacher bring change in the students of top class

OR

b Describe the insensitive of behavior of Mommy and Daddy towards Grandma

15 a Will God leave us alone in trouble Explain

OR

b What are the causes and effects of Pollution in the World

16 a Prepare your Resume for the post of Personal Assistant in MVS Industries

OR

b Write a cover letter for the above Resume




1 2 3 4 8 9 10

CO2 Know new words know one word substitutes Use new words in sentences Use one word substitutes

1 2 3 4 8 9 10

CO3 Interpret Non-verbal Data 1 2 3 4 8 9 10

CO4 Interpret Advertisements and respond to basic comprehension questions 1 2 3 4 8 9 10


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

CO6 Respond to different Job Advertisements

Write effective Cover Letters Write effective Resumes

1 2 3 4 8 10

213



Model Rubrics for Poster Presentation


improvement1 Knowledge

gainedStudent can accurately answer all questions related to facts in the poster and processes used to create the poster

Student can accurately answer most questions related to facts in the poster and processes used to create the poster

Student can accurately answer about 75 of questions related to facts in the poster and processes used to create the poster

Student appears to have insufficient knowledge about the facts or processes used in the poster

2 Content accuracy

At least 7 accurate facts are displayed on the poster

5-6 accurate facts are displayed on the poster



3 Attractiveness

The poster is exceptionally attractive in terms of design layout and neatness

The poster is attractive in terms of design layout and neatness

The poster is acceptably attractive though it may be a bit messy

The poster is distractingly messy or very poorly designed It is not attractive

4 Grammar There are no grammatical mistakes on the poster

There is 1 grammatical mistake on the poster

There are 2 grammatical mistakes on the poster

There are more than 2 grammatical mistakes on the poster

5 Labels All items of importance on the poster are clearly labeled with labels that can be read from at least 3 ft away

Almost all items of importance on the poster are clearly labeled with labels that can be read from at least 3 ft away

Several items of importance on the poster are clearly labeled with labels that can be read from at least 3 ft away

Labels are too small to view OR no important items were labeled


214

ADVANCED ACCOUNTANCY

Course Title Advanced Accountancy Semester IIITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks

Course Code 18CCP-302 CCourse Group CoreCredits 3Total Contact Hours 60 PdsSEE 40 Marks


COURSE OUTCOME

CO1

Preparation of Receipts and Payments Account Income and Expenditure Account

CO2

Preparation of Balance Sheet with the help of Receipts and Payments account and Adjustments

CO3

Preparation of Consignee and Consignor Accounts and Invoice price problems

CO4

Valuation of Unsold stock Normal loss and Abnormal loss

CO5

Calculation of Depreciation in various methods

CO6

Journalise the transactions of honour the bill dishonour the bill and endorsement of the bill

Course Contents

Unit-I Accounts of Non-Trading Concerns Duration10Hr

Accounts of a Non-Trading Organisation Preparation of Receipts and Payments Account and Income amp Expenditure Account

Unit-II Accounts of Non-Trading Concerns Duration10 Hr

Preparation of Balance Sheet of a Non-Trading Organisation

Unit-III Consignment Duration10 Hr

Meaning and features ndash Distinction between consignment and sale ndash proforma invoice ndash ordinary and Del credere commission ndash accounting treatment in the books of consignor and consignee

Unit-IV Consignment Duration10 Hr

215

Valuation of unsold stock ndash normalabnormal loss evaluation

Unit-V Depreciation Duration 10 Hr

Depreciation Definition Need for calculation of depreciation Methods of calculation - Straight Line Method ndash Meaning and Advantages Diminishing Balance balance Method ndash Meaning and Advantages

Unit-VI Bills of Exchange Duration10 Hr

Bills of Exchange ndash Accounting treatment for all bill transactions - Accommodation Bills ndash Accounting treatment for accommodation billsNote Except Part A all questions are of problems only

Specific Learning Outcomes Upon completing the course the student will be able to

10 Understand the Accounts of Non-trading concerns 11 Distinguish between trading and non-trading concerns 12 Explain the terms capital and revenue expenditures and capital and revenue receipts 13 Differentiate between capitalrevenue receipt and expenditure14 Explain the term lsquodeferred revenue expenditurersquo15 Explain the terms used in non-trading concernrsquos final accounts16 Draw the proforma of Receipts and Payments account17 Explain the features of Receipts and Payments Account18 Draw the proforma of Income and Expenditure account19 Explain the features of Income and Expenditure Account110 Compare the Income and Expenditure Account with the Profit and Loss Account111 Compare the Receipts and Payments Account with the Cash book112 Compare the Receipts and Payments account with the Income and Expenditure account113 Prepare Receipts and Payments Account from the list of balances114 Prepare Income and expenditure account from the receipts and payments account or list of balances

20 Understand the Accounts of Non-trading concerns 21 Prepare previous yearrsquos balance sheet to calculate capital fund 22 Prepare current yearrsquos balance sheet

30 Understand the Consignment Accounts31 Explain the need for Consignment32 Explain the terms Consignor and Consignee33 Distinguish between consignee and agent34 Distinguish between consignment and sale35 Distinguish between consignment and joint venture36 Explain Account Sales and Proforma Invoice37 Explain types of commissions ndash 1) Ordinary 2) Del Credere38 Prepare both journal and ledger accounts without proforma invoice price for a consignment transaction39 Prepare both journal and ledger accounts with proforma invoice price for a consignment transaction

40 Understand the Consignment Accounts 41 Explain the procedure of calculating the unsold stock

216

42 Solve problems with unsold stock 43 Explain Normal Loss and Abnormal Loss 44 Solve problems on normal and abnormal loss50 Understand the need for Depreciation and different methods of Depreciation

51 Define ldquoDepreciationrdquo52 Explain the need for depreciation53 List and state the meaning of different methods of calculating depreciation54 Meaning of Straight Line Method55 State the advantages of Straight Line Method56 Meaning of Diminishing Balance Method57 State the advantages of Diminishing Balance Method 58 Compute depreciation under Straight Line method and Diminishing Balance Method

60 Understand Bills of Exchange 61 Meaning of Negotiable Instruments62 Define Bill of exchange Give its proforma63 Explain the terms ndash Drawer Drawee Payee Endorsement Endorser Endorsee 64 Holder in due course Noting charges65 Prepare journal entries for (a) honour of bill (b) dishonour of bill (c) endorsement of bill (d) discounting of bill (e) sending bill for collection in the books of drawer and drawee66 Meaning of retirement of bill67 Meaning of renewal of bill68 Meaning of an accommodation bill and prepare journal entries69 Distinguish between trade bill and accommodation bill

RECOMMENDED BOOKS1) Grewal T S lsquoIntroduction to Accountancyrsquo2) Maheswari SN lsquoIntroduction to Accountancyrsquo3) Gupta and Gupta lsquoPrinciples and Practice of Accountancyrsquo4) Jain and Narang lsquoAdvanced Accountsrsquo5) Shukla and Grewal lsquoAdvanced Accountsrsquo6) Gupta and RadhaSwamy lsquoAdvanced Accountsrsquo7) Telugu Academy publications of Intermediate course8) Basuamp Das - Advanced Accountancy Vol I and Vol II9) Basuamp Das ndash Problems in Advanced Accountancy Vollamp Vol II



organizations 3 Visit nearby Industry to familiarize with Business Development techniques4 Analyze the issues in the different types of industries 5 Quiz 6 Group discussion7 Surprise test8 Role plays 9 Verifying the health hazards of various business units and steps taken to

curb them in different industrial units 10Visit a Sole trading concern partnership firm and a JSC

217





CO1

Depreciation RUA

12345678910 10

CO2

Preparation of Journal entries in the books of Drawer and Drawee - Bills of Exchange

RUA

12345678910 10

CO3

Preparation of Ledger accounts in the books of Consignor and Consignee

RUA

12345678910 10

CO4

Valuation of Unsold stock RUA

12345678910 05

CO5

Preparation of Receipts and Payments account and Income and Expenditure account

RUA

12345678910 15

CO6

Preparation of Balance sheet Opening balance sheet to findout Capital fund

RUA

12345678910 10

218

MID I SEM III MODEL QUESTION PAPERCCP-302C ACCOUNTANCY

PART AANSWER ALL THE QUESTIONS EACH QUESTION CARRIES ONE MARK

1State the meaning of Non-trading concerns2 State the meaning of Capital Revenue3 State the meaning of Capital Fund4 State any two assets which will be shown on the Assets side of a Balance Sheet of a Non-trading concern

PART ndash BANSWER EITHER (a) OR (b) IN EACH QUESTION AND EACH QUESTION CARRIES THREE MARKS 2X3=6 M

5 a From the following Receipts and payments ac prepare IncomeampExpenditure acReceipts Rs Payments RsTo DonationsTo SubscriptionsTo Entrance Fees

25000 4501600

27050

By postageBy salariesBy InvestmentsBy balance cd

125900

90001702527050

Adjustments

1) Outstanding salaries Rs100 2) Half of the Donations are to be capitalized

(OR) b Prepare Receipts and Payments ac from the following information

Opening balance of cash in hand Rs1800 Stationery purchased Rs450 Rent paid Rs540 Subscriptions received Rs5850 Donations received Rs3000 Repair expenses Rs684

6 a Prepare BALANCE SHEET from the following Receipts and Payments ac

Receipts RsPayments

Rs

To DonationsTo SubscriptionsTo Tournment Fund

400001000050000

By SalariesBy InvestmentsBY Furniture

3500 34500 37500

(OR)

219

b From the following Receipts amp Payments ac prepare Balance Sheet

Receipts Rs Payments RsTo DonationsTo LegacyTo Subscriptions

420007500050000

167000

By Investments By salariesBy FurnitureBy Balance cd

35000180004000074000

167000

ADJUSTMENTS

1) Donations are to be capitalized

2) Outstanding Salaries Rs2000

7 a From the following particulars prepare Receipts and Payments account of South League Tennis Club for the year ending 31-3-2006

01-04-2005 Cash Balance Rs1800Bank Balance Rs1200Postage Rs500Printing and stationery Rs200Subscriptions received Rs4500Locker rent Rs2000Wages to staff Rs500Tennis Balls purchased Rs500Sale of Old Balls Rs200Entracefees Rs500Life membership fees Rs2500Rent and rates Rs750Purchase of furniture Rs3000 (OR)

7 b Prepare Income and Expenditure account of HEALING HOSPITALS for the year ended 31 st March 2008

Receipts Rs Payments Rs

To balance bd To DonationsTo Entry feesTo Subscriptions(Includes Rs 2000 for 2009)To Interest receivedTo Rent receivedTo other receipts

25000300002000

15000

12001800

10000________

85000

By Printing and stationeryBy PostageBy salariesBy InsuranceBy Buildings By InvestmentsBY FurnitureBy balance cd

2000150035001500

3000018500 2500

25500_________

85000

220

Adjustments1) Accrued subscriptions of 2007-08 Rs10002) Prepaid Insurance Rs1503) Outstanding salaries Rs5004) Accrued Interest Rs600

8 a From the following Receipts and Payments account for the year 2009 prepare Balance sheet of WELLNESS SPORTS CLUB for the year 2009

Receipts Rs Payments RsTo DonationsTo Entrance feesTo Subscriptions(includes Rs100 for 2010)To Tournament FundTo Miscellaneous expenses received

5300070004200

130001200

________78400

By Tournament expenses By SalariesBy Investments By Cricket expensesBy FurnitureBy BuildingsBy GardeningBy InsuranceBy balance cd

3900 2300 18000

12403000

45000600360

4000_________

78400Additional Information

1) Salaries unpaid Rs1702) 2 Entrance fees are to be capitalized

3) Subscriptions receivable for the year 2009 Rs3004) Capital Fund Rs58000

(OR)

b The following is the Receipts and Payments account of SIMHAPURI SENIORCITIZENS WELFARE TRUST for the year ended 31-12-2009Prepare Balance sheet as on that date

Receipts Rs Payments RsTo DonationsTo Entrance feesTo SubscriptionsTo Life Membership feesTo Welfare fundTo InterestTo Other receipts

450001500300020003000150900

________55550

By Government Bonds By SalariesBy Investments By PrintingBy FurnitureBy InsuranceBy welfare expensesBy balance cd

28000 1800

10000 1504000360

18009440

_________55550

ADJUSTMENTS

1) Outstanding salaries unpaid for the current year Rs2502) Interest on investments yet to be received is Rs4003) Subscriptions for 2009 are Rs400 are outstanding

221

MID II SEM III MODEL QUESTION PAPERPART - A

ANSWER ALL THE QUESTIONS EACH QUESTION CARRIES ONE MARK 4X1=4 M

1 State the meaning of Consignment2 State who is a consignor3 State the meaning of Normal Loss4 State the examples for Abnormal loss

PART ndash B

ANSWER EITHER (a) OR (b) IN EACH QUESTION AND EACH QUESTION CARRIES THREE MARKS 2X3=6 M

5 aJahnavi consigned goods of the value of Rs22000 to Rajani Jahnavipaid Insurance and other charges Rs350 and Rajani paid Rs200 as Freight Write the necessary Journal entries in the books ofJahnavi

(OR)

b Navya of Tirupathi consigned goods worth Rsof 25000 to Indu of Kakinada Navya paid Rs350 as carriage Indu paid Rs400 as Freight and sold the entire stock for Rs30000 and her commission is 10 on sales Write necessary Journal entries in the books of Indu

6 a Ramu consigned 50 wireless handsets costing Rs500 each to Raju and incurred Rs1200 for freight Raju spent cartage expenses of Rs250Godown rent Rs1000 Godown insurance Rs800 Raju sold 40 handsets Calculate the value of Closing stock on consignment

(OR)

b Lakshmi sent 100 boxes of electrical equipment to Tulasi costing Rs100 each She paid Rs600 for freight Rs100 as forwarding charges Tulasi paid Rs150 towards carriage She sold 34 of stock at Rs200 each Calculate the value of unsold stock

PART ndash C

ANSWER EITHER (a) OR (b) IN EACH QUESTION AND EACH QUESTION CARRIES FIVE MARKS 2X5=10 M

7 (a)Pavan of Guntur consigned goods value of Rs35000 to Prudhvi of Kadapa Pavan paid forwarding charges Rs1100 and drew a bill on Prudhvi for Rs10000 at 2 months The bill was discounted with the bankers at Rs9850 Pavan received the Account sales of the consignment stating that the entire stock of goods are sold for Rs42000 less agents commission Rs2200 and a Bank draft for the balance amount was sent Pass necessary journal entries in the books of PAVAN

(OR)

222

(b) Sastry of Nellore andWajid of Warangal are in consignment business Sastry consigned goods to Wajid for Rs10000 and paid Rs200 for Freight Insurance Rs900 Wajid sold the entire stock for Rs24000 and met Sales expenses of Rs800 He is entitled to a Commission 5 on sales Prepare necessary ledger accounts in the books of Sastry

8 (a) Kamakshi of Kurnool consigned goods of 100 boxes valued of Rs30000 to Kavya of Chennai Kamakshi paid carriage Rs400 freight Rs600 Kavya sent Account sales with the following information

1Half of the goods were sold for Rs 20000

2 Commission is 5 on Sales

Prepare necessary Journal and Ledger accounts in the books of Kamakshi

(OR)

b Mehta of Gujarat are in consignment withMahendra of Chirala doing Textiles business at 5 Commission basis Cost of the goods sent to Mahendra was Rs80000 Mehta paid Rs1000 as Packing and Forwarding charges The Account sales sent by Mahendra to Mehta revealed that 34 of the consignment was sold for Rs60000 Mahendra deducted Rs1000 as his expenses Commission Rs4000 A bank draft was sent for the balance

Record the above transactions in the books of Mahendra and show Consignment account

END EXAM MODEL QUESTION PAPER

PART ndash A

ANSWER ALL THE QUESTIONS EACH QUESTION CARRIES ONE MARK 8x1=8 Marks

1State the meaning of Non-Trading concern2State the meaning of lsquoDel Credere Commission3List different methods of calculating depreciation4State the meaning of Revenue Income5State the meaning of Depreciation6State any one reason for calculating depreciation7Define lsquoBill of Exchangersquo8State the parties in a bill of exchange

PART ndash BAnswer either (a) or (b) in each question and each question carries THREE marks 4x3=12 Marks

9 (a) Draw the proforma of Receipts and Payments account with imaginary figures (OR)

bVamsi purchased an asset for Rs48000The estimated life of the asset is 10 years The residual value at the end of its life period is Rs8000 Calculate the annual depreciation

10 a Karthika consigned 100 i-pads to Mallika to be sold on her behalf at Rs50000 per set The expenses spent by Karthika are Rs400 towards Insurance Freight Rs400 Mallika met the

223

expenses of Rs200 for dock dues Rs250 for customs duty Godown rent Rs500 Mallika sold only 80 i-pads Calculate the value of closing stock on consignment

(OR)

b On 1st January 2006 Vijay sold goods worth Rs10000 to Upendra and drew a Bill on Upendra at 3 months for the amount Upendra accepted the bill and returned it to Vijay The bill is dulyhonoured at maturity Pass the necessary Journal entries in the books of Vijay

11 a Srinu purchased Furniture for Rs50000 The rate of depreciation is 20 per annum Prepare the Furniture account for 2 years under Fixed Installment method

(OR)

b Srilatha purchased machinery for Rs75000 The rate of depreciation is 10 pa Prepare machinery ac for two years under Diminishing Balance Method

12 a On 31st May 2010 Sravan purchased goods worth Rs18000 on credit from Ravi and accepted a bill drawn upon him by Ravi for 2 months Ravi sends the Bill to his Bank for collection before the due date On the due date the bill was honoured Journalise the transactions in the books of Ravi

(OR)

b Manoj bought goods costing Rs14000 from Murari on 5th September 2008 Manoj accepts the bill drawn on him by Murari for the same amount for 4 months On the due date the bill was dishonoured and Murari paid noting charges of Rs120 Journalise the transactions in the books of Murari

224

PART ndash C


13 a From the following particulars Prepare a Receipts and Payments account of a Sports association

Cash in hand Rs1000Cash at Bank Rs5000Subscriptions received Rs33000Donations received Rs2600Investments purchased Rs10000Rent paid Rs4000General expenses Rs2100Postage and stationery Rs700Sundry expenses Rs300Salaries Rs1200Sports equipment purchased Rs3000Closing cash balance Rs200 (OR)b On 31st March 2008 Vamsi Traders purchased a machine for Rs45000 On 1st January 2009 another machine was bought for Rs20000 Show the machinery account for 4 years charging depreciation 10 pa under Fixed Installment method The books are closed on31st December every year

14 aVasudha of Vizag consigned 100 bales of cloth Rs410 per bale to Vaishnavi ofAdilabad Vasudhapaid carriage and other expenses of Rs1100 Vaishnavi sold all the bales for Rs56000 and spent sales expenses of Rs600 Pass journal entries in the books of both the parties

(OR)

b Srinivas drew a Bill of exchange on Ramu for Rs60000 payable after 5 months on 1st April2010 Immediately he endorsed the Bill to his creditor Ramesh On the due date the Bill was duly honoured Write necessary Journal entries in the books of all the parties

15 a An asset was purchased by Sudha on 1-1-2008 worth Rs75000 On 30-6-2009 another asset was purchased worth Rs20000 The asset purchased on 1-1-2008 was became unsuitable to the firm and it was sold for Rs 60000 on 31-12-2011 Depreciation is to be charged 5 pa under straight line method Show the Asset account assuming the books are closed on 31st December every year

(OR)

bOn 1st April 2004 Vishnu purchased a second hand machine for Rs126000 and spent Rs24000 for installation charges Depreciation is charged at 5 pa under diminishing balance method On October2007 the machine was sold for Rs70000 because it was not useful to the firm Show the machine account assuming that the books are closed on 31st March every year

225

16 aOn 31st May 2011 Phanindraboughts goods on credit from Prasad for Rs24000 On 6 th June 2011 he accepted the bill drawn upon him by Prasad for 2 months for the same amount Prasad sent the bill immediately to his Banker for collection On due date the banker informed him that the bill was dishonouredJournalise the above transactions in the books of both the parties

(OR)

b Girija sold goods to Pushpa forRs5000 and drew a bill of exchange for the same amount on the same day for 3 months Pushpa accepts the bill and returned it to Girija Girija discounted the bill with her Bank 6 pa on the same day On the due date the bill was honoured Pass necessary Journal entries in the books of both the parties

226

ENGLISH SHORTHAND

Course Title English Shorthand Semester IIITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture+AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks


Prerequisite The students should have basic knowledge of English

COURSE OUTCOME

CO1

Doubling Principle employed and not employed rules

CO2

rules for writing rules for writing Diphones Medial Semi-circle and Essential Vowels

CO3

Rules for writing Prefixes

CO4

Rules for writing General Contractions amp Special Contractions

CO5

Meaning of and rules for writing Suffixes amp Terminations

CO6

Rules for writing Precis writingand Figures


a Practise the exercises using the Doubling principle11 Explain the doubling principle12 State the limitations of doubling principle13 Use the doubling principles in Phraseography

20 Practise the exercises using the Diphones to consonants14 Define diphone15 Categorise various diphonic signs and their placing16 Explain the principles of Diphones

20Practise exercises using Medial Semi-circle lsquowrsquo to consonants and Essential Vowels21 Define medial semi-circle lsquowrsquo22 Explain the principles of medial lsquowrsquo21 Categorise the insertion of initial medial and final vowels22 Practice the exercises covering essential vowels23 Categorise the various principles in figures and special monetary symbols

227

30 Practise exercises in Prefixes 31State the meaning of prefix32Explain the principles of various prefixes

40 Practise exercises using the General Contractions amp Special Contractions 12131415

a Explain the General contractionsb Categorise the use of general contractionsc Explain the use of special contractions d Practice the special contractionse Practice the exercises on special contractions

50 Practise exercises using the suffixes and terminations and Figures 51 State the meaning of suffix52 Explain the principles of various suffixes53 Practice exercises covering suffixes

60 Practise of figures and special symbols and preacutecis writing 54 Categorise the various principles in figures and special monetary symbols55 Practice exercises covering figures and special symbols 56 Explain the rules of Preacutecis writing57 Practice condensation of passagesCOURSE CONTENTS

Unit1- Explanation of Doubling Principle ndashUnit 2 ndash Explanation of principles of writing Diphones and Medial Semi circles and essential vowelsUnit 3- Prefixes meaning and rules for writing prefixes Unit 4- Rules for writing Contractions ndash General amp Special contractions ndash Unit 5- Meaning of Suffixes and Rules for writing suffeixes and terminations Unit 6 ndash rules for writing preacutecis writing and figures

1 Outlines for the words in the Exercises 2 Preacutecis writing 3 Speed Development Exercises - 30WPM 40 WPM 50 WPM 60 WPM

Student Activities

1 Student visits Library to refer to Manual for the specifications2 Quiz 3 Group discussion4 Surprise test5 Attending Webinars and Video lectures 6 Submission of videos on assigned topics

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Shorthand Instructor and Key (Pitman)2 Shorthand Theory Guide by late Sri GVR Kameswararau coSri P Raghunath

13-441 Road No10 Alakapuri Hyderabad ndash 500 035 (phone 040-24037762)3 Shorthand dictionary4 New course in Pitmanrsquos Shorthand

228

5 Shorthand Theory Book by Sri G Ram Reddy Sr Lecturer in CCP Government Polytechnic for Women Warangal

6 English Shorthand Speed passage Books published by National Shorthand School Visakphapatnam

229


COURSE OUTCOME CL Linked POTeaching Hrs

CO1


RUA

12345678910

10

CO2


RUA

12345678910

10

CO3

Rules for writing Prefixes RUA

12345678910

10

CO4


RUA

12345678910

05

CO5


RUA

12345678910

15

CO6


RUA

12345678910

10


MID-EXAM ndash I - CCP-303C ENGLISH SHORTHAND SEM-III MODEL QUESTION PAPER

PART ndash A

Answer all Questions and each question carry One mark 4X1=4 Marks

1Define Diphone

2 Define Medial Semi-circle

3List Diphonic signs

4Write the outlines for a) Asleep and b) Tasty

PART ndash B

Answer any two questions and each question carries three marks 2x03=06

5a) Write how doubling principle is used in Phraseography

230

OR

b) Write the rules for writing medial ldquoWrdquo

6a) Write about the position writing of Diphonic vowel signs

OR

b) State any two rules when Doubling Principle is not employed

PART-C

Answer any two questions and each question carries five marks 2x05=10

7A) Explain how doubling principle is employed

OR

b) Explain the principles of diphones

8 a) Explain the principles of Medial lsquoWrsquo

OR

c) Explain the principles of indicating essential vowels

MID-EXAM ndash II - SEM-III MODEL QUESTION PAPER - CCP-303C - ENGLISH SHORTHAND

PART ndash A


1State the meaning of prefix

2 List any two general contractions

3Give an example using accommoaccom as prefix

4 Write outlines for a) Respect b) public

PART ndash B

Answer any two questions and each question carry 03 marks 2x03=06

5a) State the rules for using con dot

OR

b) State the rules for using self- com

6a) Write outlines for a) retrospect b) Iron-monger c) Post- man

OR

231

b) Write outlines for a) English b) Whom-so-ever c) Introduce

PART-C


7a) Explain the principles of writing special monetary symbols

OR

b) Explain the rules of Precis writing

8a) Condense the following passage

OR

b) Condense the following passage

MODEL QUESTION FOR III SEMESTER END EXAMINATION

CCP-303C ENGLISH SHORTHAND

PART ndash A

Answer all Questions and each question carries one mark 8X1=8 Marks

1State the meaning of Doubling Principle

2State the meaning of Prefix

3State the meaning of Suffix

4Define Medial Semi-circle

5Write outline for a) Friendship

6Write outline for b) Management

7 Write the symbol for writing five hundred dollars

8Write the sign for writing a Pound

PART ndash B


9a) State the when doubling principle is not employed

OR

b) Write outlines for a) coming b) back-yard c) thankings

10a) Write outlines for a) transfer b)accommodation c) consider

232

OR

b) Write the symbol for writing lsquoMillionrdquo Pounds and Rupees

11a) Write rules for using the suffixes a) LY b) Wart b) Fullness

b) Write outlines for a) Instrumental b) Uselessness c) Leadership

12 a) Write outline for a) 5 per cent B) 600 Pounds c) 500 thousand

b) Explain the rules for writing Precis Writing

PART ndash C


13a) Explain the rules for writing Doubling PrincipleOR

b) Explain the principles of various suffixes14 a) Explain the principles for writing various prefixes

ORb) Explain the principles of using figures and special monetary symbols with examples15a) Write outline for Backyard with principle

OR

b) Write the outline for Magnanimity with principle

16 a) Condense the following passage

OR b) Condense the following the passage

233

CONCEPTS OF SPREAD SHEETS AND DATABASE

Course Title Concepts of Spread Sheets and DatabaseSemester IIITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks


Pre-requisite The students should have basic knowledge of Computers

COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Know the features of spread sheet and excel and Identifying various commands groups tabs and ribbon layout

CO2 Building up Spread SheetCO3 Building up Charts and database in EXCELCO4 Understand Data base concepts and Data Base Management in ACCESSCO5 Printing of a worksheet Create Forms and Queries in MS-ACCESSC06 Filters and Create Reports in MS-ACCESS

Course Contents

Unit-1 Introduction to Ms ndashEXCEL Duration 06 hrs

Introduction to MS-EXCEL- History of spreadsheet software- features of spreadsheet software - features of MS EXCEL - Applications used with Ms-Excel - window description - options in office button- customizing the quick access tool bar Definitions of term Cell Current Cell Cell pointer Range- tabs and groups of ribbon - layout and their functionality

Unit-2 Building up Spread Sheet Duration 08 hrs

Building up Spread Sheet- EXCEL - Edit the contents of the cell-Format the number text in the cells- Change the width and height of the cells-Definition of the formula- operators used in the formula- different types of function-Enter formulae with functions- Jump to different work books- Import worksheet from different workbooks- printing of a worksheet

Unit-3 Building up Charts and database in EXCEL Duration 08hrs

Different types of charts - create chart-formatting features of charts- printing chart-features of data management-definition of Criteria range- criteria and extract the data- features of Forms in EXCEL- creation of a Form

Unit-4 Data base concepts and Data Base Management in ACCESS Duration 08 hrs

234

Definition of Data information Database- Entity Attribute Record Table Field Row RDBMS - Objectscomponents of MS ACCESS- features of the objectscomponents of MS ACCESS-Creation of a database ndashcreation of table using design view ndashdefine primary key-entering of data into the table-viewing of data from the table

Unit-5 Printing of a work sheet Forms and Queries in MS-ACCESS Duration 15 hrs

Printing of a Table - Create forms using form tool Forms Wizard and Custom Form - Adding new records through Form - Navigating and searching using Form- printing of forms ndash Define a query - Types of queries- Creation of different types of queries-print query filters -

Unit-6 Filters and Reports in MS-ACCESS Duration 15 hrs

Define filter ndash Different types of filters - Filter by selection - Filter by form - Advance filter -Reports in MS-ACCESS- Define reports- Uses of a reports - different methods of reports-types of views- Creation of reports using labelsblank reportreport wizard - create custom reports- Printing of reports


10 Know the evolution of spreadsheet software11 Explain the history of spreadsheet software12 Explain the features of spreadsheet software13 Explain the features of MSEXCEL14 List the applications used with MSEXCEL15 Describe the EXCEL window16 List the options in office button

17 List the steps to customizing the quick access tool bar18 Define the term Cell Current Cell Cell pointer Range19 Describe tabs and groups of ribbon layout and their functionality

20 Understand building of a spreadsheet11 Explain procedure to Edit the contents of the cell12 Explain procedure to format the numbers in the cells13 Explain procedure to Format the text in the cells14 Explain procedure to Change the width of the cells15 Explain procedure to Change the height of the cells16 Define a formula17 List the operators used in the formula18 List the different types of functions19 Explain procedure to Enter formulae with functions110 Explain procedure to jump to different work books111 Explain procedure to import worksheet from different workbooks112 Explain the procedure for printing of a worksheet

30 Understand the creation of charts and database management features31 List the different types of charts32 Explain the procedure to create a graph33 Explain the formatting features of chart34 Explain the procedure for printing a chart

235

35 Explain the features of data management36 Define Criteria range37 Explain the procedure for writing criteria and extract the data38 Explain the features of Forms in EXCEL39 Explain the procedure for creating a Form

40 Understand about database Concepts and database management in MS Access41 Define Data information Database42 Explain the terms Entity Attribute Record Table Field and Row43 Define RDBMS44 List the objectscomponents of MS ACCESS45 Explain the features of the objectscomponents of MS ACCESS46 Explain the procedure to create a database 47 Explain the procedure to create a table using design view data sheet view48 Define primary key49 Explain entering of data into the table410 Explain viewing of data from the table

50 Understand printing of worksheet access forms and queries51 Define printing52 List and explain the options of print window53 Explain the procedures to choosing a print area54 explain the procedure to print active sheet55 Explain the features of print preview56 Explain the procedure to print a selection57 Explain the procedure to create forms using Access form tool58 Explain procedure for creating a Form using Forms Wizard59 Explain the procedure for creating a Custom Form510 Explain procedure for adding new records through Form511 Explain procedure for navigating and searching using Form512 Define a query513 List types of queries514 Explain procedure for creation of different types of queries

60 Understand Filters and access reports61 Define a filter62 List the different types of filters in ACCESS63 Explain Filter by Selection64 Explain Filter by Form65 Explain advance filter66 Define reports67 List the Uses of reports 68 List the different methods of reports69 Explain the Different types of views610 Explain the procedure to Creation of reports using labelsblank reportreport wizard 611 Explain the procedure to create custom reports612 Explain the procedure for Printing of reports

236


1 Student prepare excel worksheets2 Student will use different formulas and functions to calculate3 Create graphscharts4 Create data base in access

237

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 MS Office BPB Publications2 Rapidex computer course Rapidex publications


1 httpswwwtutorialspointcom excel2 httpwwwonline-tech-tipscom



CO1

Know the features of spread sheet and excel and Identifying various commands groups tabs and ribbon layout

RUA

12345678910 6

CO2 Building up Spread Sheet R

UA1234567891

0 8

CO3 Building up Charts and database in EXCEL R

UA1234567891

0 8

CO4

Understand Data base concepts and Data Base Management in ACCESS

RUA

12345678910 8

CO5

Printing of a worksheet Create Forms and Queries in MS-ACCESS

RUA

12345678910 15

CO6 Filters and Create Reports in MS-ACCESS R

UA1234567891

0 15


TIME 1 hr MARKS 20

PART-A 4 x 1 = 4


1 Define the term cell

2 List any four applications used with MSEXCEL

3 Define a formula

4 List any four types of functions



238

5(a) Define the following -

i) Current Cell ii) Cell Pointer iii) Range (or)5(b) List any three options in office button

6(a) Write steps to edit the contents of the cell (or)6(b) List any three operators used in the formula



7(a) Draw the Excel window and label the parts (or)7(b) Explain the features of MSEXCEL

8(a) Explain the procedure to format the text in the cells (or)8(b) Explain the procedure for printing of a worksheet

MODEL PAPER OF MID SEM- II EXAM TIME 1 hr MARKS 20

PART-A 4 x 1 = 4

ANSWER ALL THE QUESTIONS EACH QUESTION CARRIES ONE MARK 1 List any four types of chart

2 Define criteria range

3 Define Database

4 Define RDBMS



5(a) Write the steps for printing of a chart

(or)5(b) List any three features of data management

6(a) Define the following terms - i) Table ii) Field iii) Row

239

(or)6(b) List any three components of MS ACCESS



7(a) Explain the formatting features of chart

(or)

7(b) Explain the procedure for creating a Form

8(a) Explain the procedure to create a database

(or)8(b) Explain the procedure to create a table using data sheet view


TIME 1 hr MARKS 40

PART-A 8 x 1 = 8







6 Define a shortcut


8 Define Web site



240





(or)



(or)




13(a) Write about any five capabilities of computers (or)13(b) Explain the functions of any five options of the start menu



(or)



(or)


241

STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING TELANGANA

C-18- SEMESTER END EXAM(SEE)

CONCEPTS OF SPREADSHEET AND DATABASE

TIME 2 HRS MARKS 40

PART ndash A

Answer all the questions Each carries one mark 8 x 1M =8M

1 Define the spreadsheet

2 Define Formula

3 Define Printing

4 List any two types of charts

5 List any two options of print window

6 Define Query

7 Define a Filter

8 Define reports

PART ndash B

Answer the following questions Each carries three marks 4 X 3M = 12M

9(a) Explain the features of spread sheet software

or

(b) Explain the procedure to print active sheet

10(a) Explain the procedure to create a graph

or

(b) Explain filter by selection

11(a) Explain the procedure to create forms using access forms Wizard

or

(b) List types of Queries

242

12(a) List different types of filters in access

Or

(b) Explain the procedure to create custom reports

PART ndash C

Answer the following questions Each carries five marks 4 x 5M = 20M

13(a) Explain the procedure to enter formula with functions

Or

(b) Explain the procedure for navigations and searching using forms

14(a) Explain the procedure to entering of data into the table

Or

(b) Explain the procedure to create of reports using lables

15(a) Explain the procedure for adding new records through forms

Or

(b) Explain the procedure for creation of different types of queries

16(a) Explain the procedure to creation of reports using blank reports

Or

(b) Explain the procedure for printing reports

243

244

BUSINESS STATISTICS

Course Title BUSINESS STATISTICS Semester IIITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks


Prerequisite The students should have basic knowledge of General Mathematics

COURSE OUTCOME

CO1

Present huge data in a simple way of graphs and diagrams

CO2

Calculation of arithmetic mean geometric mean ampharmonic mean for different data

CO3

calculate Median ModeQuartiles for open-end data

CO4

compare data and finalize the best with the help of Standard deviation Coefficient of variation and Skewness

CO5

calculate Correlation Co-efficient Rank Correlation Co-efficient

CO6

understand Regression Analysis and able to calculate Regression Lines

Course Contents

Unit-I INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS Duration 08Hr

Meaning definition functions importance and limitations of Statistics ndashFrequency distribution ndash tabulation - diagram and graphic presentation of data

Unit-II MEASURES OF CENTRAL TENDENCY- I Duration12HrMeasures of Central Tendency ndash types of Averages- Arithmetic Mean Geometric Mean Harmonic Mean Median Mode quartiles - Properties of averages and their application- Calculation of Arithmetic Mean Geometric Mean Harmonic Mean for the given data

Unit-III Unit-II MEASURES OF CENTRAL TENDENCY- II Duration10Hr

Measures of Central Tendency - Median ndash Mode-Calculation of MedianMode Quartiles Deciles and Percentiles for the given data

Unit-IV MEASURES OF DISPERSION Duration10HrMeaning definitions objectives of dispersion ndash different measures of dispersion - Range - Quartile Deviation ndash Mean Deviation - Standard Deviation ndash Co-efficient of variation ndash Calculation of Range Quartile Deviation Mean Deviation for the given data

Unit-V CORRELATION CO-EFFICIENT Duration12Hr

245

CORRELATION CO-EFFICIENT -Meaning definition and uses of Correlation ndash types of correlation - Karl Pearsonrsquos Coefficient of Correlation Probable Error ndash Spearmanrsquos Rank correlation ndash Calculation of Karl Pearsonrsquos Coefficient of Correlation and Spearmanrsquos Rank Correlation for the given data

246

Unit-VI REGRESSION ANALYSIS Duration08Hr

REGRESSION ANALYSIS- Meaning and utility of Regression Analysis ndash comparison between Correlation and Regression ndash Regression Equations ndash Regression Coefficients ndash Computation of Regression Equations for the given data and estimate the value with the help of regression equations

Note Except Part A all questions are of problems only

RECOMMENDED BOOKS1 Business Statistics C R Reddy Deep publications New Delhi2 Statistics - Problems and solutions VKKapoor3 Statistical Methods ndash S PGupta4 Fundamentals of Statistics ndash SCGupta5 Statistics ndash Theory Methods and Applications ndash DC Sanchetiaamp VK Kapoor


10 10 Understand the concepts of Statistics-Classification of Data11 Define Statistics12 Explain the functions of Statistics13 Explain the importance of Statistics14 List out the limitations of Statistics15 State the methods of collection of data16 Explain the sources of primary data17 State the sources of secondary data18 Explain the need for classification of data19 Explain the important guide lines for the tabulation of data110 Prepare a table with class interval and frequency distribution from a given individual

Observations111 List out the types of graphs to represent the data112 Choose the appropriate graph for a given data113 Represent the data given in the form of a graph

20 Understand the Measures of Central Tendency I 21 List out the various measures of central tendency22 Explain the uses of Averages23 Explain the merits and demerits of Arithmetic Mean24 Calculate Arithmetic Mean for individual observations25 Calculate Arithmetic Mean for discrete series of data under direct method and short cut

method26 Calculate Arithmetic Mean for continuous series of data under direct method and deviation

method27 Explain the merits and demerits of Geometric Mean28 Explain the merits and demerits of Harmonic Mean29 Calculate Geometric Mean for individual observations210 Calculate Geometric Mean for discrete series and continuous series211 Calculate Harmonic Mean for individual observations and discrete series212 Calculate Harmonic Mean for continuous series of data

30 Understand the Measures of Central Tendency II31 Explain the uses of Median32 Calculate Median for individual series of data33 Calculate Median for discrete series34 Calculate Median for continuous series

247

35 Explain the uses of Mode36 Calculate Mode for individual series of data37 Calculate Mode for discrete series38 Calculate Mode for continuous series39 Meaning of Quartiles310 Meaning of Deciles311 Meaning of Percentiles312 Know the formulae for Quartiles Deciles and Percentiles under different series313 Calculate Quartiles Deciles and Percentiles for the given data

40 Understand the concepts of Measures of Dispersion41 Explain the meaning of Dispersion42 List out the various Measures of Dispersion43 Calculate Range amp Coefficient of Range for different types of data44 Calculate Quartile Deviation and itrsquos co-efficient for different types of data45 Calculate Mean Deviation and itrsquos co-efficient for different types of data46 Calculate Standard Deviation Coefficient of Variation for the given data

50 Understand the measures of Correlation51 Explain the meaning and definition of Correlation52 Explain the uses of Correlation53 List out the various types of Correlation54 Mention the methods of Correlation (Graphic amp Algebraic)

55 Explain the meaning of Probable error56 Calculate Karl Pearsonrsquos Correlation coefficient and Probable Error for the given data57 Calculate Spearmanrsquos Rank Correlation coefficient (when Ranks are given when

Ranks are NOT given when Ranks are Equal)60 Understand the concepts of Regression Analysis

61 Define Regression Analysis62 Explain the meaning and utility of Regression Analysis63 Differentiate between Correlation and Regression64 Explain the concept of Regression Equations 65 Solve the Regression equation for a given data66 Calculate Regression coefficients for the given data67 Interpret the Regression coefficients and estimate the value of variable with the help of

regression equations

1 Student visits Library to refer various available books 2 Quiz 3 Group discussion4 Surprise test


httpswwwtutorialspointcomaccounting_basicsindexhtm

248




CO1

Know presenting of huge data in a simple way of graphs

RUA

12345678910 6

CO2

Able to know various measures of central tendency and calculate arithmetic mean geometric mean ampharmonic mean

RUA

12345678910 8

CO3

Able to calculate Median ModeQuartiles for open-end data

RUA

12345678910 8

CO4

understand various measures of dispersionand compare data and finalize the best with the help of Standard deviation Coefficient of variation and Skewness

RUA

12345678910 8

CO5

able to understand Correlation and able to calculate Correlation Co-efficient Rank Correlation Co-efficient

RUA

12345678910 15

CO6

able to understand Regression Analysis and calculate Regression Lines

RUA

12345678910 15

249


18CCP-305C MID SEM 1 BUSINESS STATISTICS

Time 1 hour Marks 20


5 Define Statistics6 State the limitations of Statistics7 State the measures of Central Tendency8 Find Arithmetic Mean for the data 4585647230



5 (a) Present the following in a pie chartName of the expenditure

Education House Rent Miscellaneous Household expenses

Amount in thousands

12 10 8 20

OR

(b) Represent the following in bar graph

year 1976 1986 1996 2006 2016

Population

in millions

58 72 85 112 128

6 (a) Calculate Arithmetic Mean from the following

X 10 20 30 40F 5 12 18 2

250

OR

(b) Calculate Hormonic Mean from the following

X 10 20 30 40

F 8 22 10 5



7 (a) Explain the importance of Statistics

OR

(b) Explain the sources of Primary data

8 (a) Calculate Arithmetic Mean from the following information

Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60

No of students

8 16 34 24 12 5

OR

(b) Calculate Geometric Mean from the following data

x 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60

f 12 16 45 24 18 8

251

18CCP-305C MID SEM II BUSINESS STATISTICSTime 1 hour Marks 20


1 List the measures of Dispersion2 Calculate Range and Coefficient of Range from the following data

Wages 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50

workers 3 28 45 12 7

3 Given Lower Quartile = 36 and upper quartile = 84 compute quartile deviation and coefficient of Quartile Deviation

4 Give Standard Deviation = 3485 and Arithmetic Mean = 38 fine Coefficient of Variation



5 a) Compute Median from the information 8 3 45 26 97 34 56 13 14

OR

b) find Mode from the data of ten students shoe size is given as 3 55 4 55 4 2 4 45 3 35 4 1

6 a) Compute Mean deviation from Median for the following information

X 10 20 30 40

f 4 6 3 2

OR

b) Calculate Mode from the following information

X 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80

f 125 456 987 159

252

PART C


7a) Calculate Median from the followingMarks Less

than 10Less than 20

Less than 30

Less than 40

Less than 50

Less than 60

Less than 70

No of students

4 16 34 56 66 74 80

OR b) Calculate Mode by Grouping Table

X 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60

f 12 18 30 31 8 2

8 a) Calculate Quartile Deviation and Coefficient of Correlation from the following data

CI 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100 100-120

frequency 25 48 60 78 34 18

OR

b) Calculate Standard Deviation from the following

X 10 20 30 40

f 4 6 3 2

253

18CCP ndash305C

BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATIONS (C-18)DCCP ndash THIRD SEMESTER END EXAMINATION

BUSINESS STATISTICSTime 2 hours Total Marks 40


The length of the answer shall not exceed frac14 of page 1 Define Statistics

2 Find Arithmetic mean for the data 25 63 108 75 45 56 78 95 12 84

3 Define Correlation

4 List the measures of Central Tendency

5 State different types of Correlation

6 State the merits of Correlation

7 Define Regression

8 State the merits of Regression Analysis



9 (a) From the following draw appropriate chart

Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50No of students

35 54 78 32 18

(OR)

(b) Calculate Rank Correlation from the following dataX 123 456 789 741 852

y 963 159 753 357 951

10 a) Calculate Range and Coefficient of Range from the following data

Wages 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50

workers 3 28 45 12 7

254

(OR)

(b) Estimate the value of X when Y is 54 for the given regression equation of X on Y ie X = 0548 Y + 36

11 (a) Calculate Probable Error when r = 0459 and N = 10

(OR)

(b) Calculate Rank correlation from the following ranks given by two judges

participants A B C D E

Judge 1 5 3 1 2 4

Judge 2 3 2 5 1 4

12 (a) From the following prepare two regression equations

X 4 6 8 3

Y 1 5 2 3

(OR)

(b) Compute Correlation Coefficient when bxy = 0548 and byx = 0785



13 (a) Compute Arithmetic Mean from the following dataX 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70

f 3 16 34 22 12 7 2

(OR)

(b) Compute Rank Correlation from the data given below

X 25 64 25 54 96 72

Y 45 58 30 30 30 24

255

14 (a) Calculate Median Quartiles from the following data

Marks Less than 10

Less than 20

Less than 30

Less than 40

Less than 50

Less than 60

No of Students

6 24 56 84 96 100

(OR)

(b) Compute two Regression Equations from the following data

Advt expenses in crores

25 40 60 30 75

Sales in crores 235 385 456 284 620

15 (a) Calculate Karl Pearsonrsquos Coefficient Correlation from the following

Height 63 28 45 65 15

Weight 96 32 82 74 25

(OR)

(b) Calculate Spearmanrsquos Rank Correlation from the following marks allotted by the two judges in a beauty contest of six competitors

A B C D E F

Judge 1 159 753 456 456 123 852

Judge 2 123 951 123 123 753 123

16 (a) From the following information compute

i) Two regression equations

ii) estimate the value of X when Y = 68

iii) estimate the value of Y when X = 52

X 12 25 18 7256

Y 5 12 15 10 (OR) (b)

PARTICULARS X SERIES Y SERIES

Arithmetic Mean 18 100

Standard Deviation 14 20

Correlation coefficient 08

Find i) Two regression equationsii) Find the most probable value of Y when X = 70iii) Find the most probable value of X when Y = 90iv) If the regression coefficients are 08 and 06 what will be the value of

coefficient correlation

257

ENGLISH SHORTHAND ndash 60 WORDS PER MINUTE

Course Title English Shorthand (60 WPM) Semester IIITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks


COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Understand Doubling principle and practicing exercises CO2 Understand Diphonic vowel sounds and writing relevant exercises

CO3 knowing the concepts of prefixes and Suffixes and practiciing relevant exercises

CO4 understand Essential Vowels placing them for consonants

CO5 Understand General Contractions and Special consonants and practice of relevant exercises

CO6 Understand rules for Precis writing and practice of preacutecis writing

Specific Learning Outcomes Upon completing the course the student will be able to10 Practise the exercises using the Doubling principle11 Practice of passages from Doubling Principle ( 30WPM)12 Practice of dictation of text book exercises at 20 30 and 40 rates13 Practice of transcription from English to Shorthand and from Shorthand to English20 Practise the exercises using the Diphones to consonants21 Practice of passages from Diphones ( 30WPM)22 Practice of dictation of text book exercises at 20 30 and 40 ratesa Practice of transcription from English to Shorthand and from Shorthand to Englishb Categorise various diphonic signs and their placingc Explain the principles of Diphones30 Practise exercises using Prefixes suffixes31 Practice of passages from Prefixes ( 30WPM)32 Practice of dictation of text book exercises at 20 30 and 40 rates33 Practice of transcription from English to Shorthand and from Shorthand to English34 Categorise different prefixes and their placing35 Practise exercises using the suffixes and terminations36 Practice text books exercises covering suffixes37 Practice of dictation of text book exercises at 20 30 and 40 rates38 Practice of transcription from English to Shorthand and from Shorthand to English39 Categorise different suffixes and their placing40 Indicate the essential vowels to consonants 41 Practice the insertion of initial medial and final vowels42 Practice the exercises covering essential vowels43 Practice the various principles in figures and special monetary symbols44 Practice exercises covering figures and special symbols50 Practise exercises using the General Contractions Special contractions and figures51 Practice the General contractions52 Practice the use of special contractions53 Practice the use of special contractions 54 Practice the special contractions

258

55 Practice the exercises on special contractions amp figures60 Practise Preacutecis Writing 61 practice the rules of Preacutecis writing62 Practice condensation of passages63 Write outlines for the word64 Practice outlines from the exercises65 Speed Practice66 Practice of speeds 30 40 50 and 60 wpm

COURSE CONTENTS _

1 Doubling Principle ndash Diphones Medial Semi-circle ndash Prefixes Suffixes and terminations ndash Contractions ndash General amp Special contractions ndash Figures and Essential Vowels

2 Outlines for the words in the Exercises 3 Preacutecis writing 4 Speed Development Exercises - 30 WPM 40 WPM 50 WPM 60 WPM

Reference Books

1 Shorthand Instructor and Key (Pitman)

2Shorthand Theory Guide by late Sri GVR Kameswararau coSri P Raghunath 13-441 Road No10 Alakapuri Hyderabad ndash 500 035 (phone 040-24037762)3 Shorthand dictionary4 New course in Pitmanrsquos Shorthand5 Shorthand Theory Book by Sri G Ram Reddy Sr Lecturer in CCP Government Polytechnic for Women Warangal 5 English Shorthand Speed passage Books published by National Shorthand School Visakphapatnam

Suggested Student activities1 Student visits Library to refer to Manual for the specifications2 Quiz 3 Group discussion4 Surprise test5 Attending Webinars and Video lectures 6 Submission of videos on assigned topics


1 httpswwwtutorialspointcomshorthand _basicsindexhtm



CO1

Understand Doubling Principle and Practice exercises RUA

12345678910 6

CO2

Understand Diphonic vowel sounds and writing relevant exercises

RUA

12345678910 8

CO3

knowing the concepts of prefixes and Suffixes and practiciing relevant exercises

RUA

12345678910 8

CO understand Essential Vowels placing them for consonants R 12345678 8259

4 UA 910CO5

Understand General Contractions and Special consonants and practice of relevant exercises

RUA

12345678910 15

CO6

Understand rules for Precis writing and practice of preacutecis writing

RUA

12345678910 15

Model question paper MID I CCP-306P ENGLISH SHORTHAND

Time 1 HourMarks20

Answer any two questions and each question carries 10 marks1Write shorthand outlines for the following

05 marksa angerb painter c creation d Jewele weaken

2Transcribe the following passage in English 10 marks

3Write the following passage in shorthand 05 Marks

260

We thank you for your letter of last week and we are asking Mr Srinivas to look into the matter forthwith We hope that the flow of water into the workings may dwindle away with the advent of the dry weather and that the trouble may cease off itself In any case you may rely upon us to do all that we can to stop the nuisance in question WE have already told our engineer to make close enquiry into the matter and we thank you again for the kindly way in which you have warned us of the possible laws both to ourselves and to you

261

Model question paperMID II CCP-306P ENGLISH SHORTHAND

Time 1 HourMarks20

Answer any two questions and each question carry 10 marks1Write shorthand outlines for the following 05 marksa Incompleteb Selfishnessc Commerced Callinge recognize2Transcribe the following passage in English 10 marks


I cannot quite understand how you came to act as you did in the court today nor how you could put the case against that child with such particular course missing no opportunity that you were able to seize to make the poor child appear guilty of the theft You may say that without the evidence of the gentleman whose verse was taken and without the statements of the other gentlemen who said they saw the

262

child put her hand in to the old gentlemanrsquos pocket there would certainly have been no case for the jury

263

Model question paperCCP-306P END EXAMINATION

Time 1 HourMarks40

1Write shorthand outlines for the following 10

marks

A Flattery

b Winter

c Obey

d Quality

e Self-made

f conflict

g sentiment

h director

i prompt

j production

264

2Transcribe the following passage in English (give a passage of 10

lines for transcription)- 15 marks

3Write the following passage in shorthand 15 Marks In dealing with the charge against the prisoner the metropolitan magistrate passed the maximum sentence after a close cross examination of the offender and after several witnesses had been cross examined and despite the fact that the prisonerrsquos action had been governed by financial troubles over which he had no control The magistrate is a man of wide tastes and is one of the prime movers in

265

our agricultural show and he is regarded as an authority on most matters relating to the land His model farm is a splendid example of scientific farming and it is a source of amazement to the farmers in the district who are mostly satisfied with seeking for the best results by empherical methods


Course Title English Typewriting ndashSpeed(45 wpm)Semester IIITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 marks


Pre-requisite The students should have basic knowledge of Typewriting Keyboard

COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Test the typing skills with various speed testsCO2 Test the typing Skills on Computer using word document in a customized softwareCO3 Test the typing skills with various speed tests on computer

COURSE CONTENTS


Regular practice of speed and accuracy passages at 40 amp 45 wpm ndash Practice of speed test at various rates ndash Speed spurt drills End Exam at 45 wpm


Note Examination will be conducted on par with SBTET pattern ie Speed 45wpm for 10 minutesThe question paper is to be issued by the SBTET TS

The question paper for MID-I is 35 wpm for 10 minutes and MID-II 40 wpm for 10 minutes

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

3 Speed spurt drills4 Examination question papers of SBTET Typewriting English Higher Grade


10 Type printed matter accurately at 35 wpm11 Drill the speed parts at varying speeds on typewriter or computer12 Drill the difficult words13 Reproduce the printed matter and Examination question papers into typed matter accurately

14 Repeat the typing of printed matter with accuracy at 35 wpm

266

20 Type the printed matter at 40 wpm accurately21 Practice typing at 30 wpm and more22 Drill the difficult and lengthy words23 Reproduce the printed matter and Examination question papers at 40wpm accurately24 Repeat the typing of printed matter with accuracy at40 wpm

30 Type the printed matter at 45 wpm accurately31 Practice of Higher Grade Question Papers typing at 45 wpm and more32 Drill the lengthy and difficult words33 Reproduce the printed matter (Higher Grade question papers) at 45 wpm accurately

COURSE CONTENTS1 Practice of running matter selected from exercises ndash Accuracy and speed tests2 Practice of running matter ndash Examination Question Papers ndash Accuracy and speed3 Practice at 35 40 45 words per minute4 Practice of running matter ndash Examination Question papers ndash Accuracy and speed5 Tests at 45 wpm End examination at 45 wpm(Five Depressions of key are treated as one

word)




1 httpssense-langorgtypingtutorkeyboardingphp2 httpswwwspeedtypingonlinecomtyping-tutor



CO1


0 12

CO2


RUA

123678910 14

CO3


RUA

123678910 08

267


MID I

CCP-307P III SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Time 10 Minutes Marks 20

The Automobile industry has been passing through extremely difficult phase on account of a sharp decline in off take of heavy and medium commercial vehicles light commercial vehicles passenger cars The increase in end prices as a result of the drastic devaluation of the rupee and upward adjustments in selling prices for indigenous raw materials and higher import and excise duties and interest rates have discouraged seriously fresh purchases A pick up in exports of vehicles as well as components could not offset the drop in sales in the domestic market and the working results of even the efficient auto units may not be satisfactory if immediate measures are not adopted for lowering prices through adjustments in duties and special incentives for boosting exports

The automobile and ancillary industries however are net foreign exchange earners as export of components particularly have been increasing in volume It will not therefore be justifiable to discourage demand for different types of auto units due to fears of a pronounced growth in demand for petroleum products The Continuing development of the road transport industry is vital for ensuring expeditious handling to an increasing volume of passenger and freight traffic even with railways improving their operating efficiency


MID II




The automobile and ancillary industries however are net foreign exchange earners as export of components particularly have been increasing in volume It will not therefore be justifiable to

268

discourage demand for different types of auto units due to fears of a pronounced growth in demand for petroleum products The Continuing development of the road transport industry is vital for ensuring expeditious handling to an increasing volume of passenger and freight traffic even with railways improving their operating efficiency There has of course to be a saving fuel consumption through the adoption of modern technologies and replacement of overaged vehicles with fuel efficient units But tis process will be added only if there is no exaggeration in end prices on account of high import and excise duties

The recessionary trends could be successfully combated only if duties could be lowered significantly as stated above and there has also a retreat from dearer money Otherwise many medium-sized and small units may turn sick while the bigger producers will be seriously handicapped with lower sales and profitability at a time

CCP-307P III SEMESTER END EXAMINATION


A man learns from the company of great thoughts inspiration of great ideals examples of great achievements and consolation of great failures The people he meets the places he visits the books he reads and the situation and circumstances through which he passes all leave an impact and an opportunity to learn and widen his horizon of knowledge provided he keeps his eyes and ears open and alert

In a garden one will observe that the trees full of fruits are all bowing down while the trees without fruits and standing erect For an observer who is receptive it will impress that empty vessels only make much sound the full ones are silent Men full of wisdom are humble and bow in humility which is a great human quality and one who possesses it is held in reverence by the society

I was unhappy without shoes till I saw a man without legs This clearly indicates that happiness is not in your possession but it is purely state of mind A man without anything could be a happy man and that a man with all the possessions could be unhappy and miserable It conveys and reminds a greedy man that what he is running after is within himself Facts are to the mind what food is to the body The wisest in counsel the ablest in debate and the most agreeable companion in human life is the man who has assimilated to his understanding the greatest number of facts enlarging and accelerating his knowledge Once knowledge is gained it will put one in the select quality and one who possesses it is quality and one who possesses it will also give courage determination to explore those fields which have been left untouched

If we unroll the pages of history we will come across many eminent men and women who have gone against the current yet by sheer intellect industry and integrity proved their worth and changed the current to their side Samuel had adverse criticism from the press and Congress but today the click of the telegraph is heard the world over Goodyear was booed by everyone except his wife as he worked for eleven years on Vulcanizing rubber Today without it we will be immobilized

Let everyone be receptive Knowledge will flow into him and elevate him to the high pedestal making life more meaningful and purposeful

269

ENGLISH TYPEWRITING ndash MANUSCRIPT ndash HIGHER GRADE

Course Title English Typewriting-Manuscript ndash HIGHER GRADESemester IIITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks



COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Practice from typing manuscripts with Simple abbreviations Official LetterBusiness Letter

CO2 Govt OrderMemorandumNotificationJudgment

CO3 Income amp Expenditure Statement Balance Sheet Profit amp Loss AccountReceipts amp Payments Account

COURSE CONTENTS

Unit-I Letters Duration 10 hrs


Unit-II Government Orders Duration 15 hrs


Unit-III Statement Duration 20 hrs

Practice from typing manuscripts with Simple abbreviations Income amp Expenditure Statement Balance Sheet Profit amp Loss AccountReceipts amp Payments Account



Question Paper for MID-I GO or Memo and MID-II Balance SheetReceipts amp Payments Profit amp Loss Account

270

RECOMMENDED BOOKS



10 Practice Official Letters And Business Letters (120 Words) (600Strokes)

11 Define official letter and Business letter12 Give format of an official letter and business letter13 Amplify the abbreviations in an official letter and business letter14 Practice of typing official letter and business letter from examination papers

20 Type A GOMemorandumNotificationJudgement (140Words) (700 Strokes)

21 Practice Government Order22 Practice Memorandum23 Explain a notification and judgement24 Draw the layout of a notification25 Draw the layout of a judgement26 Practice typing a notification and judgement accurately

30 Type Income amp Expenditure Statement Balance Sheet Profit amp Loss Account Receipts amp Payments Account (140 words) (700 strokes) (40 marks)

31 Practice Income amp Expenditure Statement32 Practice Balance Sheet33 Practice Profit amp Loss Account34 Practice Receipts amp Payments Account





271




CO1


RU 123678910 10

CO2Practice Government Correspondence like Government Order and Government Memorandum

RUA 123678910 15

CO3


20

272


Mid Sem-I


273

Mid Sem-II


1 Type the following in proper format

274

Type the following GO in proper format Marks10

275

END EXAMINATION


1 Type the following in proper format Marks10

276

2 Type the following GO in proper format Marks15

277


278

SPREAD SHEET AND DATABASE LAB

Course Title Spread Sheet and DatabaseLabSemester IIITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks



COURSE OUTCOME

C01 Building Worksheet amp Charts In Ms-ExcelC02 Database Management In Excel And Printing Of Worksheet C03 Creating Database Tables Forms And Queries In Ms-AccessC04 Creating Access Reports amp Printing Of Access Tables Forms And Reports

TOTALCourse Contents

Unit-I Building amp Charts in MS-Excel Duration 10 hrs

Building Worksheets ndash Building Charts

Unit-II Database Management amp Printing in Ms-Excel Duration 10 hrs

Database management in Excel- Printing EXCEL Worksheet

Unit-III Creating Database Tables Queries and Forms Duration 15 hrs

Creating Table Viewing(ACCESS) ndash Creating Forms ndash Creating Queries and Viewing Database

Unit-IV Creating Access Reports amp Printing of Access Tables Forms and Reports Duration 10 hrs

Creating of ACCESS Reports ndash Printing of ACCESS Tables Forms Reports


10 Building Worksheets amp Charts in MS-Excel

11 Start EXCEL from the start 12 Identify the various parts of the window13 Identify the tabs and groups in ribbon layout14 Identify and customizing the quick access toolbar 15 Identify the office button and commands of the drop down menu16 Practice loading of the existing worksheet or create a new worksheet17 Practice entering into the worksheet

279

18 Practice formatting the cells19 Practice formatting the texts in the cells110 Practice changing the height and width of the cells111 Practice freezing the rows columns112 Practice splitting the screens113 Enter formulas into the cells114 Enter formulas with built in functions115 Create a range name for the cells for group operations116 Create graph for the data in the worksheet

20 Database Management amp Printing in Ms-Excel

21 Practice database management facilities in the EXCEL22 Printing worksheet in Ms-Excel

30 Creating Database Tables Queries and Forms

31 Practice loading Ms Access from the start menu32 Create a database table using Database Wizard33 Enter data into the table34 Edit data in the table35 View data from the database36 Design a query37 View data using the query38 Demonstrate creating Forms39 View the database through Forms310 Practice navigating through the database through Forms311 Practice creating Custom Form using Forms Wizard

40 Creating Access Reports amp Printing

41 Practice creating Reports using the Report Wizard42 Practice printing the tables forms and reports

EXERCISES

1 Create and save a new work book in Excel2 Operating Mouse to selecting tabs groups cells group of cells3 Entering Data into Worksheet4 Editing of Worksheet5 Formatting the text in the cells6 Formatting the numbers in the cells7 Changing the height and width of cells8 Freezing Titles splitting screen9 Enter formulae for calculation in the cells10 Copying the formula over a range of cells11 Inserting built-in functions in to the cells12 Create graphs for the data using Chart Wizard13 Practice Data Forms in Excel14 Printing of worksheet15 Creating Tables using wizard in Access

280

16 Creating Tables using Design View in Access17 Entering Data into tables18 Viewing the data in table19 Creating a new query using wizard20 Creating a new query using design view21 Viewing the data using a Select Query22 Updating the data in table using Update Query23 Linking two Tables on Relational Aspect24 Create forms using Form Wizard25 Create reports using Report Wizard26 Printing the tables forms and reports

Student activities

SNo Name of the experiment Objectives Key Competencies1 Create and save a new work book

in ExcelKnow the features of spreadsheet software

Observe the no of rows no of columns no of worksheets

2 Entering data into workbook Understand entering column headings and data into cells

Observe row address column address cells

3 Editing data of Worksheet Modifying deleting copying moving data in worksheet

Observe fill handle for filling series

4 Formatting the text in the cells Applying font formatting alignments to text

Use text orientation

5 Formatting number in cells Formatting number in different styles

6 Formatting cells Formatting cell borders Know to apply border for required side for cell

7 Copying format of cell along with data format

Use format menu Use format painter tool

8 Changing the height and width of cells

Use format menu Use mouse pointer to drag the cell

9 Freezing Titles splitting screen Use view menu Observe freezing both top row and first column

10 Enter formulae for calculation in the cells

Know to create various formulae according to need

Make totals by different ways

11 Copying the formula over a range of cells

Know different cell references- relative absolute mixed

using paste special Copy the formula

12 Inserting built-in functions in to the cells

Use formulae menu Learn frequently used functions in various categories

13 Create graphs for the data using Chart Wizard

Use insert menu Select appropriate chart depending on data

14 Format graphscharts in Excel Format graphs Learn how to change type of chart

15 Printing of worksheet chart Know various options of printing

Learn how to print a specific selection of worksheet Learn how to print a chart

281

16 Creating database in Access Create and save database in MS-Access

17 Creating Tables using data sheet view

Create Tables using data sheet view

Using different data types

18 Creating Tables using Design View in Access

Create Tables using Design View in Access

Using different data types and Primary Key

19 Entering Data into tables Enter data in corresponding fields

Different methods of data entry in tables

20 Viewing the data in table View data in the table21 Viewing the data using select

QuerySelect required fields from table Create calculated field

22 Creating a new query using design view

Enter criteria for required fields

23 Creating a new query using wizard

Create a new query using wizard

24 Updating the data in table using Update Query

Use Update query Learn about Aappend query Delete query

25 Linking two Tables on Relational Aspect

Link up two or more tablesUse select query to take data from more than one table

Use primary key

26 Create forms using formcustom formForm Wizard

Create Autoform Form in design view Using form wizard

Different types of forms

27 Create reports using labelscustom reportReport Wizard

Create using labelsReport in design viewUsing report wizard

Different types of reports

28 Printing the tables forms and reports

Observe options of print menu


1 Student prepare excel worksheets 2 Student will use different formulas and functions to calculate 3 Create graphscharts 4 Create data base in access 5 Create Tables Queries Forms amp Reports 6 Printing the tables forms and reports 7 Quiz 8 Group discussion 9 Surprise TestRECOMMENDED BOOKS




1 httpswwwtutorialspointcomexcel2 httpswwwtutorialspointcomaccessindexhtm

282


COURSE OUTCOME CL Linked PO Teaching HrsCO1 Building Worksheet A 123678910 12

CO2 Building Charts in Excel A 123678910 8

CO3 Data Base Management in Excel A 123678910 7

CO4

Creating Database Table Forms Queries in Access A 123678910 13

C05 Reports in Access amp Printing A 123678910 5

MODEL PAPER OF MID SEM- I EXAM18CCP-309P SPREAD SHEET AND DATA BASE LAB

TIME 1 hr MARKS 20 ANSWER ANY ONE QUESTION EACH QUESTION CARRIES TWENTY MARKS 20 x 1 = 20

1 Write procedure to open Excel window and Draw and label the parts in Excel window

2 Draw and Write about groups and commands under Formulas tab under the ribbon in MS- Excel

3 Write procedure to format the text in the cells

4 Write procedure to enter formulas with built in functions

5 Write procedure for creating chart in MS-excel

6 Write Procedure for formatting numbers in MS-Excel

7 Write procedure for writing criteria and extract the data

8 Write procedure for printing of a worksheet

9 Write procedure for formatting of chart in Ms-excel

10 Write procedure to jump to different workbooks amp import worksheet from different workbook

283


TIME 1 hr MARKS 20


1 Write procedure to create a database

2 Write procedure to create a table using design view

3 Write procedure to create form using forms wizard

4 Write procedure for creating reports using report wizard

5 Write procedure for creating a Custom Form

6 Write the procedure to create custom reports

7 Write the procedure to print active sheet

8 Write the procedure for Printing of reports

9 Draw and explain the groups and commands in create tab under ribbon in Ms access

10 Write the procedure for creating Filter by form

284


TIME 2hr MARKS 40













285

INCOME TAX PRACTICE LAB

Course Title Income Tax practice Lab Semester IIITeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks

Course Code 18CCP-310PCourse Group Core Credits 3Total Contact Hours 45 PdsSEE 40 Marks


COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Introduction to Income Tax ndash Direct amp Indirect Taxes ndash DefinitionsCO2 Income from Salary ndash Exemptions ndash Computation of Salary IncomeCO3 Income from House Property ndash Exemptions ndash Computation of House PropertyCO4 Filing of Income Tax Returns by Individuals ndash Relevant Forms ndash PAN Challans

Form 16 16A ITR-1 ITR-2

Course contents

Specific Learning Outcomes Upon the completion the student will be able to

10 Introduction to Income Tax ndash Direct amp Indirect Taxes ndash Definitions11 Introduction to Indian Taxation System ndash Direct amp Indirect Taxes12 Overview of Direct Taxes 13 Overview of Income Tax Act and Finance Act14 List Sources of Income ndash Different Types15 Income Tax Basic concepts definitions pertaining to ldquoIncome from Salariesrdquo and

ldquoIncome from House Propertyrdquo ndash Income Residential Status Incidence of Tax of an individual Assessment Year Previous Year Agricultural Income Incomes Exempt from Tax Gross Total Income Tax on Total Income Net Tax

16 PAN TAN Tax evasion Vs Tax avoidance

20 Income from Salary ndash Exemptions 20 Income from Salary ndash Meaning of Salary Allowances Perquisites Profits in lieu of

Salary and their treatment21 Explain Deductions from Salary Income including HRA Professional Tax22 Explain Computations of Salary Income23 Problems on Computation of Salary Income under the Head ldquoIncome from Salariesrdquo

30 Computation of Salary Income31 Explain Qualified Savings and Provident Funds Us 80C 80D 80G ndash CMRF PMRF National Institutions Housing Loan Interest and Educational Loan Interest NPS us 80 CCD (1) amp 80 CCD (1B) of income Tax Act 1961

32 Briefly explain Income from Other Sources like Bank Interest Dividends

40 Income from House Property ndash Exemptions ndash Computation of House Property40 Income from House Property ndash Meaning41 Explain Annual Value Let-out House Self-occupied House Deemed to be Let-out

House Deemed Ownership Co-ownership Unrealised Rent286

42 Explain relevant Deductions from Annual Value 50 Computation of Income from House Property

51 Computation of Income from House Property52 Explain how Income from Salary Income from House Property and Income from

Other Sources treated with respect to Gross Salary

6 Filing of Income Tax Returns by Individuals ndash Relevant Forms ndash PAN Challans Form 16 16A ITR-1 ITR-2

61 List out various Procedures for filing of Income Tax Returns by Individuals62 Explain how to obtain PAN and relevant form63 Challan No STNS280 for Depositing Income Tax64 FORM 16 16A ndash Filling of Application for FORM 16 and relevant rules for issuing44

filing of ITR-1 ITR-2 ndash Online and Offline (limited to Demonstration and Questions may be given only on usage of ITR-1 ITR-2 and not on the procedure for filing online and offline)

SUGGESTED READINGS

1 Student guide to Income tax Singhania - Taxman publications 2 Elements of Income tax Gaur and Narang - Kalyani publications 3 Elements of income tax PVRamana Rao ASudhakar ndash National publishing 4 Taxation HPrem raja - Sri Hamsrala publications 5 Practicals in Taxation HPrem raja - Sri Hamsrala publications

E-learning references

1 httpswww Incometaxindiagovin2 httpswwwcommlabindiain 3 httpswwwveertutorialcom

287

MODEL QUESTION PAPERS18CCP-310P ndash INCOME TAX PRACTICE

MID SEM ndash ITIME ONE HOUR MARKS 20 MARKSANSWER ANY TWO QUESTIONS FROM THE FOLLOWING (Choosing atleast any one from 8 9 10)

1 Explain overview of Income Tax Act2 Explain the basic concepts a) Income b) Residential status c) Assessment Year3 Explain the basic concepts a) Financial Year b) Agricultural Income c) Previous Year4 Explain the importance of PAN and TAN5 Explain the terms Tax evasion and Tax avoidance6 Explain the head ldquoIncome from Salariesrdquo7 Explain the following concepts

a Salaryb HRAc Professional Tax

8 Compute the Salary Income from the following Data including HRA Deduction allowed

a Basic Salary Rs 45000-b HRA 20 of Basicc Allowances Rs 3000-d Professional Tax Rs 1500-e Dearness Allowance 35 of Basicf Standard Deduction Rs 40000-


a Basic Rs 25000-b HRA 25 of Basicc Allowances Rs 6000-d Professional Tax Rs 1000-e Entertainment Allowance Rs 2000-f Dearness Allowance 35 of Basic



288

STUDENTS ACTIVITIES FOR SKILL UPGRADATION FOR THIRD SEMESTER


I SWATCH BHARATH






II HARITHA HARAM











14 The teacher should fix up the time duration for initiating and conducting the activity289

15 The teacher should provide tips to accept feedback in a constructive and considerate way

IV ROLE PLAY







1 Rain forests help in maintaining the earthrsquos echo system2 Electronic Media Vs Print Media3 Multinational Corporations ndash are they devils in disguise4 Advertising is a waste of resources5 Privatization will lead to less corruption







290

VI QUIZ




enthusiastically14 The teacher should fix up the time duration for initiating and conducting the activity15 The teacher will act as Quiz Master


1 Freedom of press should exist2 India needs a strong dictator3 Quality is a myth in India4 If you are not a part of the solution you are part of the problem5 A room without books is a body without soul









291



21 Pollution control22 Fire fighting Safety Precautions and First aids23 Computer opportunities24 Career opportunities25 Yoga Meditation26 Aids awareness and health awareness27 Office Environment28 Interview Techniques29 Environmental pollution and control30 Total Quality Management







gg Public sector enterprises hh State government undertakingii Public limited companiesjj Private limited companieskk Individual ownership organisationsll Local Garment industriesmm Paper millsnn Sugar millsoo Dairy Industrypp Agricultureqq Education and Training Institutions

292

rr Banks ss IT companiestt MNCsuu State and Central Government Officesvv Any small and Medium Enterprises










XI Life skills


293

Methodology for conducting activity1 The teacher will assign a topic for individual student give sufficient time to complete the task Ask the student to submit an hand written report2 The teacher should conduct any one specified life skill activity with local placement cell of the institute



1 Online Suppliers of consumer products2 Agencies for maintenance of Home appliances3 NGOs promoting Self employment in your city4 Preacutecis writing condensation of passages5 State of Employment in India







Collection of data







Performs his duties








No response





Showing interest


294

IV SEMESTER

295


SN



Week

Tota

l Per

iods

Per

Se

mes

ter

Cre

dits

Continuous Internal


L T P

Mid

Sem

-I

Mid

Sem

-II

Inte

rnal

Ev

alua

tion

Max

Mar

ks

Min

Mar

ks

Tota

l M

arks

Min

i m

arks

for

1 18CCP-401F

Comprehensive English 2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

2 18CCP-402C

Partnership Accounts 2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

3 18CCP-403C

Office Organisation amp

Correspondence2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

4 18CCP-404C C Programming 2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

5 18CCP-405E

Elective-1A) Banking B) Mercantile Law

2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

6 18CCP-406P

English Shorthand (80

wpm)1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

7 18CCP-407P

English Shorthand (80 wpm)

(Transcription on Computer)

1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

8 18CCP-408P

Office Organisation amp Banking Lab

1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

9 18CCP-409P DTP Lab 1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

10 18CCP-410P

C Programming Lab 1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

Academic Activities 0 0 7 105 25 0 0 Rubrics -- -

15 10 17 630 25 200 200 200 400 170 1000 425Activities student performance is to be assessed through Rubrics

18CCP-106P-Phonography Lab 18CCP-206P-Advanced Phonography Lab 18CCP-306P-English Shorthand Speed 60 WPM amp 18CCP-406P-English Shorthand Speed 80 WPM ndashAll these subjects

are framed with an evaluation structure of 20+20+40+20 as per C-18 curriculum However a candidate secured 45 of end examination excluding mid sem ndash 1 mid sem-2 and sessional

marks shall only be considered to treat the aforementioned subjects as equivalent to Shorthand English Lower Grade (SEL) Certificate awarded by the SBTET TE to non formal candidates

appearing for Shorthand Examination separately

296

COMPREHENSIVE ENGLISH

Course Title COMPREHENSIVE ENGLISH Course Code 18CCP-401

Semester IV Course Group Core


30150 Credits 3

Methodology Lecture + Assignments+ Practice

Total Contact Hours

45Hrs60Pds


Unit No

Unit Name Periods

Questions to be set for SEER U A

1 The Boy Who Broke the BankVerb Patterns

4 + 4 = 8

Q4

Q1 Q9(a) Q13(a)2 ParigeDescribing a Process

4 + 4 = 8

3 My Elder BrotherFilling in Forms 4 + 6

= 10 Q2 Q10(a) Q14(a)4 Idioms amp Phrases

Note-Making6 + 6 =

125 The Awakening

Dialogue Writing 4 + 4 = 8

Q3 Q4Q5Q6Q7Q8

Q9(b) Q11(a) Q11(b)

Q13(b) Q15(a) Q15(b)

6 Donrsquot Die Hilton Donrsquot DieJob advertisementsReading Comprehension

4 + 6 + 4 = 14

Q10(b) Q12(a) Q12(b)

Q14(b) Q16(a) Q16(b)

Total 60 8 8 8


297Course Outcomes



CO1 Frame sentences in given verb patterns CO2 Describe a Process effectivelyCO3 Fill forms with easeCO4 Use Idioms and Phrases effectively Make notes CO5 Speak in different contexts properly CO6 Respond to Job Advertisements Read and comprehend a given passage

UNIT 1 Duration 4 + 4 = 8 Periods (L 4 ndash P 4 )

3 The Boy Who Broke The Bank

4 Verb-Patterns


6 Parige

7 Describing a Process


5 My Elder Brother

6 Filling ndashin- Forms


4 Idioms and Phrases

5 Note-Making


6 The Awakening

7 Dialogue Writing

UNIT 6 Duration 4 + 6 + 4 = 14 Periods (L 6 ndash P 8)

1 Donrsquot Die Hilton Donrsquot Die298

Course Content

2 Job Advertisements





12 English Vocabulary in Use by Michael McCarthy Felicity ODell Cambridge University

Press







10 The Boy Who Broke the Bank Verb-Patterns

123 Know different verb-patters

124 Know different types of sentences


126 Know Characterisation and theme



20 Parige Describing a Process

227 Describe a process effectively

228 Know about linkers

229 Appreciate a short story


299

Recommended Books



30 My Elder Brother Filling - in ndash Forms

324 Fill different forms with ease


326 Know about characterisation and theme

40 Idioms and Phrases Note Making

421 Know how to make notes

422 Know meaning of different idioms and phrases

423 Know usage of different idioms and phrases

424 Know how to frame sentences using idioms and phrases

50 The Awakening Dialogue Writing


516 Know new words

517 Understand theme and characterisation

518 Write dialogues for different situations

519 Know how to converse in different contexts

60 Donrsquot Die Hilton Donrsquot Die Job Advertisements Reading Comprehension

621 Know how to respond to different job advertisements

622 Read a passage comprehend and answer questions


624 Understand theme plot and characterisation




Slip Test 1 1 and 2 5 2 Essay Questions out of 3 QuestionsSlip Test 2 3 and 4 5 2 Essay Questions out of 3 QuestionsAssignment 1 5 Group assignmentsSeminars 1 5

300

Internal evaluation

Total 60

1 Group Discussions on social issues2 Role plays and skits3 Group Presentations on social issuesgrammar topics4 Using a dictionary to know meaning of different idioms and phrases5 Poster presentations on idioms and phrases6 Writing resume and cover letter to advertisements from newspapersmagazines

Preparing charts on the same7 Vocabulary games for idioms and phrases 8 Presentations on people who won bravery awards9 Describing a process Demonstrations of the process10 Note making on selected articles paragraphsextracts from realia

e-learning1 wwwduolingocom 2 wwwbbccouk3 wwwbabbelcom4 wwwmerriam-webstercom 5 wwwelloorg6 wwwlang-8com7 youtubecom8 Hello English (app)9 moocorg 10 httpsonlinecoursesnptelacin

301





Part A 8 0 8

Part B 0 48 12

Part C 0 48 20

Total 8 816 40



PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M


1 Why was Nathu grumbling

2 Frame a sentence with the given pattern

S+V+O

3 Why did Mallaiah wail silently

4 Write the pattern for given sentence

we play cricket

PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M


5 a How did Sitaram try to help Nathu

OR

b Frame a sentence each with the given patterns

i S + V + SC ii S + V + DO + IDO iii S + V + O + OC

6 a How did Mallaiah get news about his family

OR

b Describe the process of cooking rice

PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 MInstructions Answer any two questions Each question carries five marks

7 a How did the rumour break the bank

OR



iv S + V vS + V + IDO + DO

8 a Summarize the plight of Mallaiha as portrayed in Parige

OR

b Describe how to open an account in a bank

302




PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M


1 Which brother always passed the examination

2 Write the meaning of the given Idioms

a A drop in the ocean

b Feather in onersquos cap

3 Use the following Idioms in a sentence

a Save onersquos neck

b At the eleventh hour

4 Write the Idioms to the given meanings

a A weak spot

b Show no emotion

PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M


5 a Did the elder brother love to play

OR

B Fill the form with the given data M Vijay born on 23102000 studying tenth class in ZPH School in Medaram with admission number9567

6 a Write the meaning of the given idioms

i Burry the hatchet ii Cloud nine iii Rags to riches

303

b Make notes for the following passage

Writing and speaking are the two modes of Communication We also

communicate through other modes such as pictures symbols signs and gestures

Communicating through these is called non-verbal communication They occupy less

space yet communicate ideas quickly and clearly We find symbols and pictorial

representation in many public places like railway stations bus stations airports and also

on roads and highways

PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions

e Answer any two questions

f Each question carries five marks

7 a Sketch the character of the younger brother

OR

b Fill the given form with the given details Withdraw an amount of Rs500 from your

account number 23235956710 in Balapur branch

8 a Write meaning for the following idioms

i bolt from the blue ii storm in a tea cup iii go the extra mile

iv keep at arms length v let the cat out of the bag

OR

b Make notes for the following paragraph

304

One of the most familiar ways of representing the global community of English

speakers is in terms of three circles The inner circle represents the native speakers

The outer circle consists of second language speakers in countries like India The

expanding circle is the ever increasing number of people learning English as a

foreign language

305

IV SEMESTER END EXAMINATION MODEL PAPER


PART - A 8 x 1 = 8 M


1 What was the complaint of Nathuram2 How did the elder brother give rest to his mind3 How old is Alka and which class did she pass4 Why was Peta-Lynn excited5 How old is Hilton6 Complete the Dialogue

Good morning I help you7 Who rescued Hilton from the crocodile8 Is qualification mentioned in the job advertisements

PART - B 4 x 3 = 12 M


9 a Frame a sentence with the given pattern

i S + V + O

ii S + V

iii S + V + SC

OR

b Complete the given dialogue with appropriate sentences

Student helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Teacher You are late again Ravi

Student helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Teacher Its ok But donrsquot repeat it Come on in for today


a Fill the form with the given details Take a demand draft for Rs 250 in favour of the Secretary SBTET

306

ORb Prepare an advertisement for a Stenographer Job in Adharvana Finance Pvt Ltd

10 a What did Alka find in her fathers briefcase

OR

b Construct a dialogue between two friends who are discussing about their annual

examinations Write three turns of conversation

11 a Which parts of Hiltons body was attacked by the crocodile

OR


Once there was a minister who grew old his hair fell off and he

became bald So he bought a wig of someone elsersquos hair and wore it whenever he

went out One day as he was rushing out of Parliament there was a gust of wind and

his wig fell off thus exposing his bald head Everyone there started laughing at him

The Minister himself laughed out loud saying ldquoHow could I expect someone elsersquos

hair to stay upon my head while my own would not stay there

[i] Give a suitable title to the passage

[ii] Why did the minister become bald

[iii] Is the name of the minister mentioned anywhere in the passage

307

PART-C 4 x 5 = 20 M

Instructions

e Answer any four questions


12 a Describe how you prepare for your semester exams

OR

b Summarize how Alka gets awakened

13 a Read the given passage and make notes

The Indian Antarctic Program was initiated in 1981 Under this programme

atmospheric biological earth chemical and medical sciences are studied The

Antarctic holds scientific interest for a number of reasons like the origin of continents

and can help in the study of climate change meteorology and pollution

OR

b Describe how Hilton was rescued by Peta-Lynn

14 a Complete the dialogue with appropriate sentences

Clerk helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Manager Good morning I see that you are late to work again

Clerk helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Manager Irsquom getting tired of your excuses

Clerk helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Manager You can go to your desk now


OR

b Write a dialogue between a customer and a salesman in a mobile shop Write five

turns of conversation

308

15 a Prepare a resume for the given Job advertisement

ARE YOU THE ONE WE ARE LOOKING FOR

ARE YOU THE ONE WHO MANAGES A DIFFICULT

TASK WITH PATIENCE

ARE YOU THE GRADUATE WITH GOOD

COMMUNICATION SKILLS

ARE YOU THE CANDIDATE BELOW 25YRS OF

AGE

ARE YOU THE ONE WILLING TO WORK IN ANY

STATE OF INDIA

OR


We make notes when we read text book or a reference book or prepare

for an exam or plan to write a paper Making notes involves collecting information

and to collect information we have to understand and remember things we listen to or

things we read The main difference between note taking and note making is that

note taking involves the listening skill whereas note making involves the reading skill

During note making we need to take down only the important points The form of

taking down notes depends upon the subject of the passage we are studying

a) Give a suitable title to the passage

b) What is the difference between note taking and note making

c) When do we make notes

d) What do we do to collect information

e) On which thing the forms of taking notes depend

309

Model Rubrics for Group PresentationMethod of evaluation of the student activities ( Rubrics) CCP-401


improvement1 Quality of

WorkProvides work of the highest quality

Provides high quality work

Provides work that occasionally needs to be checkedredone by other group members to ensure quality

Provides work that usually needs to be checkedredone by others to ensure quality

2 Preparedness Brings needed materials to class and is always ready to work

Almost always brings needed materials to class and is ready to work

Almost always brings needed materials but sometimes needs to settle down and get to work

Often forgets needed materials or is rarely ready to get to work

3 Working with Others

Almost always listens to shares with and supports the efforts of others Tries to keep people working well together

Usually listens to shares with and supports the efforts of others Does not cause waves in the group

Often listens to shares with and supports the efforts of others but sometimes is not a good team member

Rarely listens to shares with and supports the efforts of others Often is not a good team player

4 Attitude Never is publicly critical of the project or the work of others Always has a positive attitude about the task(s)

Rarely is publicly critical of the project or the work of others Often has a positive attitude about the task(s)

Occasionally is publicly critical of the project or the work of other members of the group Usually has a positive attitude about the task(s)

Often is publicly critical of the project or the work of other members of the group Often has a negative attitude about the task(s)

5 Time Management

Routinely uses time well throughout the project to ensure things get done on time Group does not have to adjust deadlines or work responsibilities because of this persons procrastination

Usually uses time well throughout the project but may have procrastinated on one thing Group does not have to adjust deadlines or work responsibilities because of this persons procrastination

Tends to procrastinate but always gets things done by the deadlines Group does not have to adjust deadlines or work responsibilities because of this persons procrastination

Rarely gets things done by the deadlines AND group has to adjust deadlines or work responsibilities because of this persons inadequate time management


310

Course Title Partnership AccountsSemester IVTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks



COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Meaning need and calculation of Average Due DateCO2 Meaning need and calculation of Account Current

CO3Profit sharing ndash Distribution of profits considering Interest on CapitalDrawingsLoan ndash P amp L Appropriation ac ndash Goodwill ndash Meaning and methods of goodwill goodwill valuation

CO4New profit sharing ratio goodwill treatment methods preparation of P amp L Adjustment ac (or) Revaluation ac capital ac and new Balance Sheet when partner admits

CO5Preparation of P amp L Adjustment ac (or) Revaluation ac capital acs and new Balance Sheet when a partner retires Causes of dissolution ndash difference between P amp L Adj ac and Realisation ac

CO6 Meaning and features - Different methods of maintaining Joint Venture accounts

Course Contents

Unit-I Average Due Date Duration 08 Hr

Meaning need and calculation of average due date

Unit-II Account Current Duration10 Hr

Meaning need and calculation of account current

Unit-III Partnership Accounts Duration08 Hr

Methods of profit sharing and goodwill treatment ndash Accounting procedure for distribution of profits considering Interest on CapitalDrawingsLoan ndash Difference between P amp L ac and P amp L Appropriation ac ndash Goodwill ndash Meaning and methods of goodwill calculation factors influencing goodwill goodwill valuation

Unit-IV Partnership Accounts - Admission of a Partner Duration10 Hr

311

PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNTS

New profit sharing ratio goodwill treatment methods preparation of P amp L Adjustment ac (or) Revaluation account capital accounts and new Balance Sheet

Unit-V Partnerrsquos Retirement Dissolution of Partnership firm Duration14 Hr

New profit sharing ratio goodwill treatment methods preparation of P amp L Adjustment ac (or) Revaluation ac capital ac and new Balance SheetCauses of dissolution ndash difference between P amp L Adj ac and Realisation ac ndash capital accounts ndash bank ac on dissolution when partners are solvent ndash Garner Vs Murray ndash preparation of accounts when all partners (except one) are insolvent applying Garner Vs Murray ndash preparation of ac when all partners are insolvent

Unit-VI Joint Venture Duration10 Hr

Meaning and features ndash Distinguish between Joint Venture and partnership - Distinguish between Joint Venture and Consignment ndash Different methods of maintaining Joint Venture accounts

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1) Grewal T S lsquoIntroduction to Accountancyrsquo2) Maheswari SN lsquoIntroduction to Accountancyrsquo3) Gupta and Gupta lsquoPrinciples and Practice of Accountancyrsquo4) Jain and Narang lsquoAdvanced Accountsrsquo5) Shukla and Grewal lsquoAdvanced Accountsrsquo6) Gupta and RadhaSwamy lsquoAdvanced Accountsrsquo7) Telugu Academy publications for Intermediate course8) Basuamp Das - Advanced Accountancy Vol I and Vol II9) Basuamp Das ndash Problems in Advanced Accountancy Vollamp Vol II

Suggested Learning Outcomes Upon the completion the student will be able to

10 Understand the Average Due Date11 Meaning of Average Due Date 12 List and explain the advantages of Average Due Date13 Explain the procedure for calculation of Average Due date14 Calculation of Average Due Date15 Calculation of the interest from the due date to the date of payment

20 Understand the Account Current21 Definition of Account Current22 List the important points in calculating the number of days 23 Explain the different methods of calculating interest24 Prepare the account current in different methods25 State the significance of Red Ink Interest in account current

30 Understand the Partnership accounts 31 Explain the method of distribution of profits taking into account the interest

on capital interest on drawings outstanding expenses interest on loan32 Pass journal entries on the above33 Distinguish between Profit and Loss account and Profit and Loss

Appropriation account 312

34 Solve problems pertaining with adjustments 35 Define goodwill36 Explain the methods of calculating goodwill37 List the factors influencing goodwill38 List the circumstances when the goodwill is valued

40 Understand accounting treatment for Admission of a Partner41 Calculate the new profit sharing ratio on admission of partner42 Explain the various methods of treatment of goodwill on admission of new

partner43 Explain the Profit and Loss adjustment account or Revaluation account44 Give accounting treatment in case of admission of a new partner preparing

Revaluation account capital accounts and new balance sheet 50 Understand accounting treatment of Retirement and Dissolution of

Partnership51 Calculation of the new profit sharing ratio on retirement of partner52 Calculation of gaining ratio53 Explain the various methods of treatment of goodwill on retirement of partner54 Give accounting treatment in case of retirement of partner -preparing

Revaluation account capital accounts and new balance sheet55 Meaning of Dissolution56 List the circumstances leading to dissolution of partnership57 Explain the Realisation account58 Distinguish between Realisation account and Revaluation account59 Preparation of Realisation account capital accounts and bank account on

dissolution where the partners are solvent510 Explain the ruling in Garner Vs Murray case511 Give accounting treatment for dissolution when all but one partner are

insolvent without applying the ruling in Garner Vs Murray case 512 Give accounting treatment for dissolution when all but one partners are

insolvent applying the ruling in Garner Vs Murray case513 Explain when the lsquodeficiency accountrsquo is prepared514 Give accounting treatment for dissolution of partnership when all the

partners are insolvent60 Understand Joint Venture

61 Explain the concept of joint venture62 State the features of Joint Venture business concern63 Distinguish between joint venture and partnership64 Distinguish between Joint Venture and Consignment65 Explain the different methods of maintaining joint venture accounts66 Explain the maintenance of joint venture accounts by any one of the parties

by all the parties67 Explain the method of maintaining accounts in a separate set of books

Solve problems in different methods

Suggested Student Activities1 Student visits Library to refer to Manuals and magazines on Business development in

various countries2 Students prepare charts and posters for different types of business organizations 3 Visit nearby Industry to familiarize with Business Development techniques4 Analyze the issues in the different types of industries 5 Quiz 6 Group discussion7 Surprise test

313

8 Role plays 9 Verifying the health hazards of various business units and steps taken to curb them

in different industrial units 10 Visit a Sole trading concern partnership firm and a Joint Stock Companies


COURSE OUTCOME CL Linked POCO1 Calculation of Average Due Date ndash Interest RUA 12345678910

CO2 Calculation of Account Current with various methods RUA 123478910

CO3 Partnership Accounts RUA 125678910CO4 Admission of Partnership RUA 12345678910

CO5 Retirement of Partner and Dissolution of Partnership RUA 123456710

CO6 Joint Venture RUA 1235678910MID- I MODEL QUESTION PAPER

Time 1 Hour Max Marks 20

PART ndash A

Answer all questions Each question carries ONE Mark

4x1 = 4 Marks

1 State the meaning of the concept Average Due Date2 State any two advantages of Average Due Date3 State the meaning of Account Current4 List different methods of calculating interest in Account Current

PART ndash BAnswer either (a) or (b) in each question Each question carries THREE Marks

2x3=6 Marks

5 a Find out the Average Due Date from the following for the year 2003

DUE DATE AMOUNT Rs

January 7th

February 20th

April 4th

250015002000

(OR)

bCalculate Average Due Date from the following

DUE DATE AMOUNT Rs

314

May 10th June 15th August 20th

150010003000

6 a From the following transactions prepare an Account Current to be sent by Nataraj to Jayaraj as on June 30th 2005 charging interest 5 pa

2005 Rs

January 1st Balance due from Jayaraj 3000January 10th Sold goods to Jayaraj 2000February 1st Cash received from Jayaraj 3000

(OR)b From the following transactions prepare an Account to be rendered by Bhajanlal to Ramlal as on 30th June 2006 Calculate interest 5 pa

2006 Rs

January 10th Sold goods to Ramlal 500February 8th Received cash from Ramlal 200March 10th Bought goods from Ramlal 1400

7 a Raju purchased goods and the dates of payment are as follows

DUE DATE AMOUNTRs

January 6th

February 16th

March 15th

April 1st

April 14th

20003000400050006000

He intends to give one bill for the total amount payable on the average due date Find out the Average Due Date

(OR)

bFind the Average Due Date of the following bills drawn

Rs2000 due on 4th MarchRs1000 due on 23rd AprilRs 100 due on 1st MayRs1500 due on 15th MayRs500 due on 31st July

8 a Balance due from Ramesh 2000 to Suresh in the year 2006 The following are the transactions which took place between them Interest is to be charged 5 pa Prepare an Account Current to be rendered by Suresh to Ramesh upto 30th April 2006

2006 Rs

315

January 16th Suresh sold goods to Ramesh 2000January 29th Purchased goods from Ramesh 1000February 15th Paid cash to Ramesh 1500March 15th Bills receivable from Ramesh 2000

(OR)

b Srinivas is in Account Current with Sunder The following transactions have taken place between 1-1-2009 to 30-4-2009 Prepare account current to be rendered by Sunder to Srinivas as at 30th April 2009 The rate of interest is 5 pa

2009 Rs

January 1st Balance due by Srinivas 800

January 15th Sold goods to Srinivas 1500January 25th Received cash from Srinivas 500February 12th Received Bills Receivable from Srinivas 800

February 20th Sold goods to Srinivas 2500 March 15th Purchased goods from Srinivas 1000 March 31st Received cash from Srinivas 1000

C-18 CCP-402 Accountancy

MID II MODEL QUESTION PAPER


PART ndash A

Answer all questions Each question carries ONE Mark 4x1 = 4 Marks

1State the methods of calculating goodwill2Define goodwill3State the methods of treatment of goodwill on admission of new partner4State what is Revaluation Account


2x3=6 Marks

5 a P and Q are in partnership with capitals of Rs25000 and Rs40000 respectively with 21 ratio P is entitled for a salary of Rs200 per month Interest at 5 is allowed on capitals There is no interest on drawings P withdrew Rs1500 and B withdrew Rs1000 during the year Net profit before the above adjustments was Rs6000 Show Profit and Loss Appropriation Account

(OR)

b Srinivas and Nagesh are partners in a firm sharing profits and losses as Srinivas-45 and Nagesh-15 On 1-4-2005 the capitals of partners are Srinivas-Rs50000 and

316

Nagesh-40000 The Profit and Loss account of the firm for the year ended 31st March 2006 showed a net profit of Rs 175000 Interest on capital is 5 And the interest on drawings Srinivas Rs450 and Nagesh Rs300 Prepare Profit and Loss Appropriation Account

6 a A and B are in partnership sharing the profits and losses equally C was admitted as a new partner bringing as capital Rs60000 and goodwill Rs30000 The amount of goodwill should be retained in the business Write the journal entries to this effect

(OR)

bAnand and Balu are in partnership sharing the profits and losses in the ratio of 31 Chandu was admitted as a new partner for 15th share bringing as capital Rs50000 and goodwill Rs20000 The amount of goodwill should be withdrawn by the old partners Write the journal entries to this effect

PART ndash CAnswer either (a) or (b) in each question Each question carries FIVE Marks

2x5=10 Marks

7 a A and B are in partnership with capitals of Rs15000 and Rs10000 respectively A is entitled for a salary of Rs200 per month Interest at 5 is allowed on capitals There is no interest on drawings A withdrew Rs1500 and B withdrew Rs1000 during the year Net profit before the above adjustments was Rs6000 A and B share the net divisible profits or losses in the ratio of 6040 Show Profit and Loss Appropriation Account and partnersrsquo capital accounts

(OR) bSeetha and Geetha entered into partnership on 1-1-2008 contributing capitals of

Rs40000 and Rs30000 respectively sharing profits in the ratio of 32 Geetha is to be allowed a salary of Rs8000 per annum Interest on capitals is to be allowed at 6 pa During the year Seetha withdrew Rs6000 and Geetha Rs12000 interest on drawings being Rs100 and Rs140 respectively Profit before the above adjustments was Rs21160 Show how the profit is to be distributed among the partners and also show their capital accounts under Fixed Capitals Method

8 a Akhila and Bhoomika are in partnership sharing the profits and losses equally Swetha was admitted as a new partner bringing as capital Rs50000 and goodwill Rs40000 Write the journal entries in the following cases

1 When the goodwill is retained in the business2 When the goodwill is withdrawn from the business

(OR)

b Geethika and Mallika are in partnership sharing the profits and losses in the ratio of 31 Chandrika was admitted as a new partner for 15th share bringing as capital Rs80000 The amount of goodwill is Rs20000 Write the journal entries when the goodwill is created and withdrawn by the old partners

317

318

END EXAM MODEL PAPER - C-18 18CCP-402C

Time 2 Hours Max Marks 40

PART ndash A


1 State the meaning of the concept Average Due Date2 Define Goodwill3 State what is Realisation Account4 Define Account Current5 State the meaning of Dissolution6 State the ruling in Garner Vs Murray case7 State the meaning of the concept Joint Venture8 State the methods of maintaining accounts in Joint Venture

PART ndash B 4x3=12 MarksAnswer either (a) or (b) in each question Each question carries THREE marks

9 a Find out the Average Due Date from the following

DUE DATE AMOUNT Rs

January 17th

February 10th

April 14th

500 1800 2500

(OR)

b A and B are in partnership sharing profits and losses in the proportion of 23 and 13 respectively They decided to dissolve the partnership on 30-6-2006 on which date the balance sheet of the firm was as follows

Liabilities Amount Assets AmountCapitalsAB

Sundry creditors

17004000

30008700

CashDebtorsStockFurniture

800240040001500

8700

The furniture is taken over by A at an agreed value of Rs1240 The debtors realised Rs2200 stock realised Rs5200 and expenses of realisation amounted to Rs120 and creditors are paid off at a discount of 5 Prepare realisation account

10 a The profits of a company for 2004 2005 and 2006 were given as Rs50 000 Rs30 000 and Rs70000 respectively Goodwill is calculated at the 2 years purchase of average profit Calculate the amount of goodwill

(OR)

319

bRama purchased goods worth Rs1500 and sent them to Krishna on joint venture They share profits and losses equally On the same day Rama paid carriage and freight Rs90 On receiving the goods Krishna paid for carriage Rs30 and insurance Rs40 Krishna sent Account Sales showing that the goods were sold for Rs2550 Write journal entries in the books of Rama

11 a A and B are in partnership sharing profits and losses in the proportion of 23 and 13 respectively They decided to dissolve the partnership on 30-6-2006 on which date the balance sheet of the firm was as follows


Sundry creditors

17004000

30008700


800240040001500

8700

The furniture is taken over by A at an agreed value of Rs1240 The debtors realised Rs2200 stock realised Rs5200 and expenses of realisation amounted to Rs120 and creditors are paid off at a discount of 5 Prepare Realisation Account

(OR)

B) Verma Sharma and Shastri are partners sharing profits as 321 Their balance sheet as on 31-12-2005 is given below

Liabilities Amount Assets AmountCreditorsBills payableReserve fundCapitalsVermaSharmaShastri

19000500012000

400003000025000131000

BankDebtorsStockMotor vehiclesPlant and machineryBuildings

250015500250008000

3500045000131000

Shastri retired subject to the following adjustments

a Goodwill of the firm is to be taken as Rs18000b Reduce plant by 10 and motor vehicles by 15c Stock to be appreciated by 20 and buildings by 10d Reserve on debtors is to be created by Rs1950

Prepare Revaluation account

12 aKaruna of Madras sent cotton goods to Bhanu of Delhi worth Rs10000 and paid Rs1000 for freight Bhanu incurred expenses amounting to Rs1200 and sold entire stock for Rs18000 Karuna and Bhanu share profits and losses equally Prepare Joint Venture account in the books of Karuna (OR)

320

12 bRamya and Kavya entered into Joint Venture sharing profits and losses equally Kavya sells the articles and is allowed a commission of 2 on sales Ramya purchased goods worth Rs10000 and sent them to Kavya Ramya paid freight and insurance Rs400 Kavya sold the stock for Rs25000 Write the journal entries in the books of Ramya

PART ndash C 4x5=20 Marks Answer either (a) or (b) in each question Each question carries FIVE Marks

13 a A partner has withdrawn the following sums of money during the half year ending 30-6-2011

BILL DATE AMOUNTRs

January 17th

January 28th

February 18th

March 5th

April 24th

June 2nd

150020001200 80020001500

Interest is to be charged 9 pa Find out the Average Due Date and calculate the interest

(OR)

b Suresh and Balu are partners in a business sharing profits and losses as 35 and 25 respectively Their balance sheet as on 1-1-2008 is given below

Liabilities Amount Assets AmountCapital accountsSuresh 20000Balu 15000

Reserve acSundry Creditors

35000

15000 750057500

Plant and MachineryStockBankCashSundry Debtors

2000016000 6000 500

1500057500

Balu retires from the Business The following revaluations were made

a The goodwill of the firm is valued at Rs25000b Depreciate plant and machinery by 7 frac12 and stock by 15c A bad debts provision is made against debtors at 5

Prepare necessary ledger accounts and balance sheet of the firm

14 a Seetha and Geetha entered into partnership on 1-1-2008 contributing capitals of Rs40000 and Rs30000 respectively sharing profits in the ratio of 32 Geetha is to be allowed a salary of Rs8000 per annum Interest on capitals is to be allowed at 6 pa Furing the year Seetha withdrew Rs6000 and Geetha Rs12000 interest on drawings

321

being Rs100 and Rs140 respectively Profit before the above adjustments was Rs21160 Show how the profit is to be distributed among the partners and also show their capital accounts under Fixed Capitals Method

(OR)

b MrMahesh bought goods worth Rs12000 and sent them to Karthik on a joint venture Profits are to be shared equally On the same day he paid carriage of Rs120 on receipt of the goods Karthik paid carriage of Rs40 and insurance of Rs100 Mahesh received an account sales from Karthik showing gross sales of Rs16500 and sent demand draft for the same Pass necessary post them in ledger accounts in the books of Mahesh

15a The balance sheet of Gopi Ravi and Kiran sharing profits in the ratio of 433 stood as follows as on 31-12-2009

Liabilities Amount Assets AmountSundry creditorsCapital accountsGopiRaviKiran

30500

20000150001500080500

Cash at bankSundry debtorsStockMachineryFurniture

3500

350001500025000200080500

On 31st December 2009 Kiran retires from the firm and for this purpose the goodwill of the firm has been valued at Rs18000 Stock has been revalued at Rs20000 machinery at Rs15000 and furniture at Rs1000 A reserve of Rs3000 for doubtful debts has been agreed to be created Prepare Revaluation account capital accounts and balance sheet of Gopi and Ravi

(OR)

b) Pran and Verma are in partnership sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 32 The following is the balance sheet on the date of dissolution

Liabilities Amount Assets AmountSundry creditorsPranrsquos capitalVermarsquos capital

3000 7504504200

CashStockLoose toolsfurniture

100240012005004200

The stock Loose tools and furniture realised Rs2700 and the expenses of winding up is Rs75 Prepare necessary ledger accounts

16a Anand enters into joint venture with Vijay to ship mangoes to Das in Delhi Anand buys and sends mangoes to the value of Rs100000 and pays freight etc Rs500 and other expenses Rs200 Vijay sold the goods for Rs400000 and spent Rs2500 for freight

322

Rs570 towards insurance and Rs730 for other expenses Prepare necessary ledger accounts in the books of Anand

(OR)

b Rajesh bought goods worth Rs2000 and sent them to Somesh on a joint venture Profits are to be shared equally On the same day he paid carriage of Rs150 and drew a bill on Somesh for Rs1000 and discounted it for Rs950 On receipt of the goods Somesh paid carriage of Rs60 and insurance of Rs80 Rajesh received an account sales from Somesh showing gross sales of Rs3800 and sent demand draft for the same Pass necessary post them in ledger accounts in the books of Rajesh

323

OFFICE ORGANISATION AND CORRESPONDENCE

Course Title Office Organisation amp Correspondence Semester IVTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks



COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 The importance of Office and Office Manager in modern business and importance of Departmentation and different departments in modern organizations

CO2 Need for Office Organisation Office lay out and meaning Objectives importance and consequences of poor organization

CO3 Meaning of filing - different methods of filing meaning of indexing and types of indexing - Inward and Outward correspondence procedure

CO4 the Essentials of Business Correspondence Letters of Orders Quotations and acceptance

CO5 order order Confirmation Execution and Cancellation letters CO6 letters of claims complaints Collection Circular and Application for a situation

COURSE CONTENTS

Unit-I Office Management and Departmentation Duration10 Hr

Office Management ndash Office meaning ndash Importance of Office basic and administrative functions of office-ndash Functions of office manager ndash qualifications of office manager - Meaning of Departmentation The need for departmentation ndash Various departments in an office and their functions

Unit-II Need for Office Organisation Duration10 Hr

Need for Office Organisation ndash Consequences of poor organization ndash meaning of Office Layout amp Objectives of Office layout ndashimportance of office layout

Unit-III Filing and Indexing and Procedure for Inward and Outward Mail Duration10 Hr

Meaning of filing and Indexing different types of filing and indexing Procedure for Inward and Outward correspondence

Unit-IV Correspondence ndash Types ndash Letters of Enquiry Quotations acceptance Duration10 Hr

Correspondence ndash Various types of correspondence ndash Essentials of a business letter ndashndashLetters of Enquiry ndash Quotations ndash Offers- acceptance

324

Unit-V Order confirmation execution and cancellation letters Duration10 Hr

Order Confirmation execution and cancellation letters - Circumstances under which order is cancelled

Unit-VI Claims complaints application for a situation and circular letters Duration10 Hr

Claims ndash characteristics of claims- Complaints ndash Reasons for complaint ndash Collection letters ndash Circular letters ndash Circumstances for circular letters ndash Drafting of circular letters and Application for a situation

NOTE The Essay questions in lsquoCorrespondencersquo - Section B of Part B ndash should test the candidatersquos ability to draft independent correspondence based on situations


10 Understand the importance of Office and Office Manager and departmentation in modern business11 Define the meaning of office12 Explain the importance of office13 State the basic and administrative functions of a modern office14 List out the functions of Office Manager15 List the qualifications of Office Manager16 Meaning of departmentation17 Explain the need for departmentation18 Name various departments19 Explain functions of each department

20 Understand the features of Office lay out 21 Explain the need of office organization22 List the consequences of poor organization23 Explain the importance of office layout24 List out the objectives of office layout25 Explain the meaning of centralization26 List out the merits and demerits of centralization27 Explain the meaning of decentralization28 List out the merits and demerits of decentralization

30 Understand the different methods of filing and indexing Inward and Outward correspondence 31 meaning of filing 32 Explain various methods of filing33 the meaning indexing34 Explain the different types of indexing35 Explain receiving and sorting of letters36 Explain opening recording marking and distributing letters37 Explain maintaining inward mail register38 Understand folding of letters and envelope preparation for outward mail39 Explain sorting sealing weighing and stamping310 Explain recording in dispatch register (outward mail register)

325

40 Understand the Essentials of Business Correspondence Letters of Orders Quotations and acceptance 41 Define Correspondence and essentials of good correspondence 42 State what is an Enquiry and draft letters of Enquiry43 State the difference between an Offer and Quotation 44 List out the important points in letter of Offer and Quotation45 Draft letters of Offer and letters of Quotation46 Draft letters of accepting Quotation47 List the points to be kept in placing Order

50 Understand order order Confirmation Execution and Cancellation 51 Give the meaning of order order Confirmation Execution and Cancellation52 Write the points in letter of Confirmation Cancellation and Execution of Orders53 Name the situations when Orders are cancelled54 Draft letters of order order Confirmation Execution and Cancellation

60 Understand letters of claims complaints Collection Circular and Application for a situation

61 Name of the characteristics of a letter of claim and complaint62 Mention the characteristics of claim and circumstances when a complaint is made63 Draft letters of complaint on delay in delivery of goods defective poor quality of

goods etc64 Explain when collection letters are sent65 List the different stages of collection letters66 Draft Collection Letters67 Define a Circular Letter68 Draft Circular letter informing the shifting of business admission retirement of

partners and introduction of new product69 State various elements of an application for a situation610 Draft letters of application for a situation

REFERENCES

1 Office Organization and Management Chopra2 Office Organization and Management SP Arora3 Essentials of Business Communication Rajendrapal and Korlahalli4 Commercial Correspondence R Mohan


correspondence 2 Students prepare charts and posters for different types of office organizations 3 Visit nearby Industry to familiarize with Office organization techniques4 Analyze the issues in the different types of Offices 5 Quiz 6 Group discussion7 Surprise test8 Role plays 9 Verifying the health hazards of various business offices and steps taken to curb them

in different industrial units 10 Preparing of charts for routine office correspondence 11 Drafting letters on various contextssituations

326

E-learning References 1 httpswwwelelearning-officecom2 httpswwwelcomcmscom3 httpswwwintercomcom


COURSE OUTCOME CL Linked PO

CO1The importance of Office and Office Departmentation and different departments in modern organizations

RUA 123 678910

CO2 Need for Office Organisation Office lay out meaning Objectives importance and consequences of poor organization

RUA 1245678910

CO3Meaning of filing - different methods of filing meaning of indexing and types of indexing - Inward and Outward correspondence procedure

RUA 123458910

CO4 The Essentials of Business Correspondence Letters of Orders Quotations and acceptance RUA 12345678910

CO5 Order order Confirmation Execution and Cancellation letters RUA 1234578910

CO6 Letters of claims complaints Collection Circular and Application for a situation RUA 1345678910

327

MODEL QUESTION PAPERS MID I - FOURTH SEMESTER EXAMINATION

CCP-403C - OFFICE ORGANISATION amp CORRESPONDENCE




1 State the meaning of Office2 State the meaning of Departmentation3 List any two consequences of poor office oragnisation4 List any two merits of de-centralisation


5a) List any three functions of Office ManagerOR

b) List various departments

6a) State the need of office organization OR

b) State the meaning of de-centralisation


7a)Explain the importance of office

OR

b)Explain functions of any two departments

8a) Explain the importance of Office Layout

OR

b) Explain the meaning of Centrtalisation

328

MID ndashII EXAMINATION





1State the meaning of Filing

2List any two types of Indexing

3Define Corrrespondence

4List any two points to be kept in placing order


5a) List the methods of FilingOR

b) Write a short note on Inward Mail Register6a) State the meaning of an enquiry Letter

OR

b) List out the points in letter of Offer



7a) Explain receiving and sorting of letters

OR

b) Explain recording and distribution of letters

8a)Draft a letter of Enquiry From Messrs Harsha amp Company to Messrs RAdha amp Company enquiring about mobile varieties and costs

OR

b)Draft letter of accepting quotation from Messrs Radhika amp Company to Messrs Ceat Tyres Company

329

MODEL PAPER FOR END SEMESTER

18CCP ndash403C

BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATIONS (C-18)DCCP ndash FOURTH SEMESTER END EXAMINATIONOFFICE ORGANISATION amp CORRESPONDENCE

Time 2 hours Total Marks 40



1List any two departments2State the meaning of Indexing3State the meaning of order confirmation4List any two qualifications of Office Manager5State the meaning of execution of order6List any two circumstances when order is cancelled7List any two characteristics of letter of claim8Define a Circular letter



9a) List any two functions of Purchases Department OR b) State the meaning of execution of a letter10a) Write a short note on enquiry letter

OR b)define a circular letter 11a) Write a short note on order confitmation

OR b) State the meaning of order and order execution12a) State when collection letters are written

ORb) List any two circumstances when a complaint is made



13a) Explain functions of Accounts Department and Advertisement DepartmentOR

b) Write a letter of execution from Balagi amp Sons to Krishna amp Sons for the product of refrigirators of high end model for 500 nos

330

14a) Explain opening recording marking and distribution lettersOR

b) Write a letter of order cancellation from Messrs Krishna amp Sons to Balaji amp Sons to cancel the order placed by them15a) Explain the situations when orders are cancelled

ORb) Write a letter of Orders for handbags of 2000 nos from Messrs Bhavani Leathers to Madhavi traders of Hyderabad 16a)Write a letter for apply for a situation vacant for the post of Office Assistant Hisduatan Lever Ltd

ORb)Explain various elements of an application for a situation

331

C PROGRAMMING

Course Title C Programming Semester IVTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks



COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Understanding Algorithms amp Flowcharts ndash Programming MethodologyCO2 Understanding Origin amp Structure of C languageCO3 Understanding Variables Data types amp Operators in C languageCO4 Understanding Input amp Output Statements in C language CO5 Understanding Control structures in C Programming

C06 Understanding Arrays amp Functions in C Programming File Handling Commands ndash File opening closing handling data accessing

Course contents

Unit-I Programming Methodology Duration 05 hrs

Problem Solving - Different steps involved in Problem solving Algorithm and Flowchart Steps for Algorithm development symbols used in Flowcharts

Unit-II Features of lsquoCrsquo Language Duration 04 hrs

Features of lsquoCrsquo Language - Origin of lsquoCrsquo Compilers Interpreters Linkers amp Loaders Structure of lsquoCrsquo Programme

Unit-III Data Types Variables Operators Duration 08 hrs

Keywords identifiers constants and variables Rules for naming identifiers Data types in lsquoCrsquo Type of statements Format for declaring variables constants Format for assignment statement Type conversion in lsquoCrsquo Arithmetic operators Unary operators Relational operators Logical operators Precedence of operators Increment and Decrement operators Conditional operator

Unit-IV Input Output Statements Duration 05 hrs

Functions viz printf scanf getchar putchar Method of format specification for input and output operations New line character semicolon Escape sequence amp control characters Header files in lsquoCrsquo language

Unit-V Decision making amp looping statements Duration 22 hrs

if-else switch-case break While Do-While and for loop Preprocessor commands

332

Unit-VI Arrays amp Functions Duration 16 hrs

Term lsquoArrayrsquo Format for single and multi dimensional arrays functions and List of mathematical and string functions File Handling Commands ndash File opening closing handling data accessing

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1) Programming in ANSI C ndash Sri E Balagurusamy McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd

2) Mastering C ndash Sri Venugopalamp Sri Prasad McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd


10 Understand Programming Methodology11 State the different steps involved in Problem solving12 Define Algorithm and Flowchart13 State the steps involved in Algorithm development14 Develop algorithms for simple problems15 Draw the symbols used in Flowcharts16 Draw flowcharts for simple problems17 Differentiate between algorithm and flowchart

20 Understand the basic features of lsquoCrsquo Language21 Explain the origin of lsquoCrsquo22 Explain the Compilers Interpreters Linkers amp Loaders23 Draw the Structure of lsquoCrsquo Programme

30 Know the Variables Data types amp Operators31 Explain Keywords identifiers constants and variables32 Explain rules for naming identifiers33 List the data types in lsquoCrsquo34 List type of statements35 Write the format for declaring variables constants36 Write the format for assignment statement37 Explain the method of type conversion in lsquoCrsquo38 List the Arithmetic operators39 List the unary operators310 List the relational operators311 List the logical operators312 Explain the precedence of operators313 Explain the increment and decrement operators314 List the conditional operator315 Write format for conditional operator

40 Write IO statements41 Explain the use of functions viz printf scanf getchar putchar42 Explain the method of format specification for input and output operations43 Explain the use of new line character semicolon44 List out the escape sequence amp control characters45 Explain the escape sequence amp control characters46 List out the header files in lsquoCrsquo language47 Write input output statements

50 Write the decision making amp looping statements in lsquoCrsquo51 Write format for if-else52 Write formats for switch-case break53 Write the formats for While Do-While and For loops

333

54 List out the preprocessor commands60 Use Arrays amp Functions for writing simple programs

61 Define the term lsquoArrayrsquo62 Write the format for single and multi dimensional arrays63 Explain the use of functions viz gets puts64 Prepare a simple program for single and multi dimensional arrays65 Define a lsquoFunctionrsquo66 List the mathematical and string functions


1 Student visits Library to refer to Manual for the specifications2 Student inspects the available equipment in the Lab to identify the components3 Visit nearby Industry to familiarize with fabrication techniques4 Analyze the connections in the UPS available in the Institution facility5 Quiz 6 Group discussion7 Surprise test8 Preparing Flow charts 9 Preparing special programs for different organizational needs 10 Seminars


httpswwwprogramizcom rsaquo c-programming

httpswwwguru99com rsaquo c-programming-tutorial

httpswwwtutorialspointcom rsaquo cprogramming



CO1

Understanding Algorithms amp Flowcharts ndash Programming Methodology

RUA

123678910 5

CO2

Understanding Origin amp Structure of C language

RUA

123678910 4

CO3

Understanding Variables Data types amp Operators in C language RU 12367891

0 8

CO Understanding Input amp Output Statements RU 12367891 5

334

4 in C language 0CO5

Understanding Control structures in C Programming

RUA

123678910 22

C06 Understanding Arrays amp Functions in C Programming

RUA

123678910 16

335

MID-I ndash MODEL QUESTION PAPERC18-CCP-404C ndash lsquoCrsquo PROGRAMMING

Time 1 Hour Marks20

PART-A

Note Answer all the questions which carries ONE mark each

1 Define Algorithm2 What is Flowchart3 Define the term Complier4 Define Interpreter

PART-B

Note Answer all the questions which carries THREE marks each

5 (a) Develop an Algorithm for summing up of two numbersOr

(b) Draw the symbols used in Flowcharts

6 (a) Briefly explain about LinkersOr

(b) Briefly explain about Loaders

PART-C

Note Answer all the questions which carries FIVE marks each

7 (a) State the different steps involved in Problem solvingOr

(b) Write any two differences between Algorithm and Flowchart

8 (a) Briefly explain the Origin of lsquoCrsquoOr

(b) Draw the structure of lsquoCrsquo Programme

-x-x-x-x-

336

MID-II ndash MODEL QUESTION PAPERC18-CCP-404C ndash lsquoCrsquo PROGRAMMING

Time 1 Hour Marks20

PART-A


1 List any two Keywords2 List any two data types3 Write the symbol used to indicate new line character in the programme4 List any two escape characters

PART-B


5 (a) Write any two rules for naming of identifiersOr

(b) Briefly explain about Constants

6 (a) Briefly explain about printf() functionOr

(b) Briefly explain about any one header file used in C programmes

PART-C


7 (a) Write the format for declaring variablesOr

(b) List and explain about any Two Relational Operations used in C Programmes

8 (a) Briefly explain about scanf() function with an example in C programmes Or

(b) Briefly explain the use of getchar() function with an example in C programmes

-x-x-x-x-

337

END ndash MODEL QUESTION PAPERC18-CCP-404C ndash lsquoCrsquo PROGRAMMING


PART-A


1 Write about Flowcharts2 List any two Reserved Words3 Define a Function4 Define the term lsquoArrayrsquo5 Write the syntax of if-else statement6 List any two conditional statements7 Write in one sentence about gets() function8 Write in one sentence about puts() function

PART-B


9 (a) Develop an Algorithm for printing the result of division of two numbersOr

9 (b) Write the syntax for switch-case statment

10 (a) List and explain any two Logical OperatorsOr

10 (b) Briefly explain the importance of Arrays

11 (a) Write the syntax of For loopOr

11 (b) Briefly explain about Do-While loop

12 (a) Explain about any one mathematical function used in C programmesOr

12 (b) Explain about any one string function used in C programmes

PART-C


13 (a) Write any two differences between Complier and InterpreterOr

13 (b) Explain about any one Preprocessor command used in C Programmes

14 (a) Briefly explain about the precedence of operators Or

14 (b) Write the importance of using functions in C programmes

15 (a) Write a program to print greater of any two numbers using if-else Or

338

15 (b) Write a program to print numbers 1 to 10 using For loop

16 (a) Write a simple program for Single dimensional array Or

16 (b) Briefly explain about user defined functions in C programmes-x-x-x-x-

339

BANKING

Course Title A) BANKINGSemester IVTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks

Course Code 18CCP-405ECourse Group CoreCredits 3Total Contact Hours 60 PeriodsSEE 40 Marks

Pre-requisite The students should have basic knowledge of Banking

COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Able to know the importance types and functions of a BankCO2 Identify the growth of banking industryCO3 To know how RBI controls the banking industryCO4 Understand the types of customers Loans and advancesCO5 Know various Issues relating to Negotiable Instruments Act C06 To know the Customer Services Ombudsman activities

COURSE CONTENTS

Unit-I Understand the basic concepts of Banking Duration 10 hrs

Definition of Banking different types of banks - Salient features of Agricultural Banks Features of Commercial Banks Rural Credit Banks Cooperative Banks - Functions of Agricultural Banks Cooperative Banks Commercial Banks Rural Credit Banks

Unit-II Understand the development of Indian Banking Industry since independence Duration 8 hrs

Definition of Scheduled and Non-Scheduled Banks - Features of the scheduled non-scheduled banks-Nationalisation of banks Objectives of nationalisation of banks Arguments for and against the nationalisation of banks Achievements of the goals of nationalisation in respect of branches deposits and lending

1 Unit-III Understand and appreciate the role of Reserve Bank Duration 10 hrs

Meaning of Central bank Need of a Central bank for a country Evolution of Reserve Bank of India - Functions of Reserve Bank of India -Selective or qualitative and quantitative controls of credit adopted by RBI Objectives of monetary policy

2 Unit-IV Understand the various types of Customers Loans and Advances of a bank Duration 12 hrs

Customers ndash Types of customers - Bankerrsquos duties in case of Special Customers - Differences between a savings bank account and the current account - Meaning of lsquoa statement of transactionsrsquo - Principles underlying the Lending Policy of a bank - Types of credits extended by the banker - Long term and short term loans and advances -Procedure

340

for appraisal of a loan - Meaning of Charge Various modes of creating charge ndash lien pledge hypothecation mortgage - Definition of non-performing asset Measures taken by a banker to control the non-performing assets

3 Unit-V Understand the provisions of the Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Duration 10 hrs

Meaning of Negotiable Instruments - Features of negotiable instruments - promissory note bill of exchange and cheque Distinguish between cheque bill of exchange and promissory note - Meaning of Holder and holder-in-due course and explain their rights Various types of crossing of a cheque - Definition of endorsement Kinds of endorsements

Unit-VI Appreciate the customer facilities offered by the bank Role of Ombudsman Duration

10 hrs

Facilities offered by the bank to the customer in modern banking - Need for networking and automation of branches - Features of Automated Teller Machines Features of DebitCredit cards - Importance and use of internet banking facilities offered by the bank - Procedure for electronic transfer of funds - Definition of Ombudsman - Duties and responsibilities of Ombudsman

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Banking Theory amp Practices DrPKSrivatsava Himalaya Publishers 2 Banking Theory amp Practices KE Shekar Vikas Publications 3 Banking Theory Law amp Practices RR PAUL Kalyani Publishers 4 Money Banking and Financial Markets Averbach RabortD MacMillan Landon 5 Banking NT Somashekar New age international publishers 6 Fundamentals of International Banking Rup Narayan Bose Trinity publishers 7 Modern Commercial Banking HR Machiraju New age international publishers 8 Banking Theory amp Practices RRajesh Tata McGraw Hill 9 Merchant Banking amp Financial Services SGuruswamy Tata McGraw Hill 10 Management of Banking amp Financial ServicesPadmalatha Suresh Pearson 11 Modern Banking D Muralidharan PHI


10 Understand the basic concepts of Banking

11 Meaning of Financial System12 Define Banking 13 List the different types of banks 14 Explain the salient features of Agricultural Banks Commercial Banks Rural Credit

Banks Cooperative Banks 15 Explain the functions of Cooperative Banks Commercial Banks16 Differences between a Cooperative Bank and Commercial Bank

2 Understand the development of Indian Banking Industry since independence

21 Define Scheduled and Non-Scheduled Banks22 Explain the features of the scheduled non-scheduled banks23 Meaning of nationalisation of banks

341

24 List the Nationalised banks25 Explain the objectives of nationalisation of banks 26 Explain the arguments for and against the nationalisation of banks27 Explain the achievements of the goals of nationalisation in respect of branches deposits

and lending

3 Understand and appreciate the role of Reserve Bank

31 Meaning of a central bank32 Explain the need of a central bank for a country33 Explain the functions of a Reserve Bank of India34 Explain the evolution of RBI35 Explain the selectivequalitative controls of credit adopted by RBI36 Explain the quantitative controls of credit adopted by RBI37 Meaning of Monetary Policy38 List and explain the objectives of Monetary Policy

4 Understand the various types of Customers ndash Loans and Advances of a Bank41 List the different types of customers 42 Explain the bankerrsquos duties in case of Minor partner Illiterates Trustees Joint account-

holder joint stock companies43 List the differences between a savings bank account and the current account44 Describe lsquoa statement of transactionsrsquo45 Explain the principles underlying the Lending Policy of a bank46 List and explain the different types of credits extended by the banker47 Define long term and short term loans and advances48 Explain the procedure for appraisal of a loan49 Explain the various modes of creating charge ndash lien pledge hypothecation mortgage410 Define non-performing asset411 Explain the measures taken by a banker to control the non-performing assets

5 Understand the provisions of the Negotiable Instruments Act 1881

51 Define Negotiable Instrument52 Explain the features of negotiable instruments 53 Define promissory note bill of exchange and cheque54 Draw the formats of Cheque bill of exchange and Promissory Note55 Distinguish between Cheque bill of exchange and Promissory Note56 Explain holder and holder-in-due course and explain their rights57 Explain various types of crossings of a cheque58 Define endorsement59 Explain different kinds of endorsements

6 Appreciate the customer facilities offered by the bank

61 List and explain various facilities offered by the bank to the customer in modern banking 62 Explain the need for networking and automation of branches63 List and Explain the features of Automated Teller Machines64 List and Explain the features of DebitCredit cards65 Explain the importance and use of internet banking facilities offered by the bank66 Explain the procedure for electronic transfer of funds (ETFs)67 Meaning of Ombudsman68 List and Explain the duties and responsibilities of Ombudsman

342


1 Student visits to the nearby banks for observing various banking activities2 Student inspects the available Registers etc in the Bank3 Students observation about how the Managers dealing various customers4 Quiz 5 Group discussion6 Surprise tests


1httpswww Ibeforggtindustry2httpswwwtime4educationcomgtcaree3httpswwwmoneycontrolcom



CO1

Able to know the importance types and functions of a Bank

RUA

12345678910 8

CO2

Identify the growth of banking industry RUA

12345678910 10

CO3

To know how RBI controls the banking industry

RUA

12345678910 8

CO4

Understand the types of customers Loans and advances

RUA

12345678910 10

CO5

Know various Issues relating to Negotiable Instruments Act

RUA

12345678910 14

CO6

To know the Customer Services Ombudsman activities

RUA

12345678910 10

343

MODEL QUESTION PAPERSMID SEM- I - FOURTH SEMESTER EXAMINATION

CCP-405E - BANKINGTIME ONE HOUR MARKS20



1Define Banking

2List any two types of Banks

3Define Scheduled bank

4List any two types of nationaised banks



5a) State the meaning of Financial SystemOR

b)Write any three features of Agirucltural banks

6a) Meaning of nationalisation of banksOR

b) State the features of non-scheduled banks


7a) Explain the features of Commercial banks

OR

b) Differences between a Cooperative Bank and Commercial Bank

8a) Explain the objectives of nationalisation of banks

OR

b) Explain the achievements of nationalization

344

MID-IIFOURTH SEMESTER EXAMINATION

18CCP-405E - BANKING TIME ONE HOUR MARKS20



1Meaning of a central bank2Meaning of Monetary Policy3 List the different types of customers 4Define Short term loans


5a) Explain the evolution of RBI

ORb)State the need for Central Bank6a) explain the different types of credits extended by the banker

OR

b)Describe Statement of transactions



7a) Explain the functions of a Reserve Bank of IndiaOR

b)Explain the qualitative controls extended by a banker

8a) Explain the principles underlying the Lending Policy of a bankOR

b)Explain the bankerrsquos duties in case of Minor Illiterates Joint account-holder

345

18CCPndash405E

BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATIONS (C-18)DCCP ndash FOURTH SEMESTER END EXAMINATION

BANKING Time 2 hours Total Marks 40

PART ndash A


1 Define Banking

2 State the meaning of Central Bank

3 Define Negotiable Instrument

4 Define Non-performing Asset

5 Define Promissory Note

6 Draw the format of Cheque

7 State the meaning of ombudsman

8 List any two facilities offered by the banks to customers

PART ndash B 4 X 3 = 12MNote Answer the following questions Each question carries 3 marks The length of the answer shall not exceed 1 page 9a)Explain the features of Commercial banks

OR

b) List any three features of Negotiable Instruments

10 a)State different modes of creating charge

OR

b) State the need for networking of banks

11a)Define Scheduled and Non-scheduled banks

OR

b) Draw the format of Bill of Exchnage

12a) List any three duties of Ombudsman

OR

b) List any three features of Credit Cards

346



13a) Explain the features of Agricultural banks and Co-operative banks

OR

b) Distinguish between Cheque Promissory Note and Bill of Exchange

14a) Explain the quantitative controls of credit adopted by RBI

OR

b) Explain the features of Debit and Credit cards

15a)Explain various types of crossing of a cheque

OR

b) Explain different types of Endorsements

16a)Explain the importance of internet banking facilities offered by the banks

OR

b)Explain the procedure for Electronic Fund transfer

347

MERCANTILE LAW

Course Title B) Mercantile LawSemester IVTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 45150Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks

Course Code 18CCP-405E Course Group CoreCredits 3Total Contact Hours 60 PdsSEE 40 Marks

Pre-requisite The students should have basic knowledge of Mercantile Laws

COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Able to know the importance of Indian Contract Act 1872 upto Offer and Acceptance

CO2 Able to know about consideration its elements terms used in consideration etc CO3 To know what Is Sale of Goods Act 1930 upto Conditions and Warranties CO4 Understand the terms used in Sale of Goods Acct Transfer of title in exceptions

right of resale CO5 Understand the Indian Partnership Act 1932 upto Liabilities of PartnersC06 To know the difference between JC and partnership firm dis-advantages of non-

registered firm dissolution types consequences of dissolution

Course Contents

Unit-I INDIAN CONTRACT ACT1872-I Duration 10 Hr

[The Indian Contract Act 1872 Definition of contract - essential elements of a valid contract performance of contract and breach of contract- Agreement and Contract Definition and meaning of Agreement ndash Meaning or definition of Agreement ndash Types of Contracts (Express Implied Executed Valid and Void contracts) - 2 Offer and Acceptance Definition ndash Essentials Of a valid offer and acceptance ndash Communication and revocation of offer and acceptance

Unit-II INDIAN CONTRACT ACT1872 -II Duration 10 HrConsideration Definition ndash Essentials of valid consideration ndash the Doctrines of lsquoStranger to Contractrsquo and lsquoNo Consideration ndash No Contractrsquo ndash Capacity to contract - Consent Free Consent ndash Coercion undue influence fraud misrepresentation and mistake - Agreements expressly declared to be void ndash 6 Discharge of a contract Various modes of discharge of a contract - 7 Breach of a contract Meaning of breach of contract

Unit-III SALE OF GOODS ACT 1930-I Duration 10Hr1 i) Contract of sale Definition ndash list features of contract of sale ndash definition of the term goods - ii) Types of goods ndash Rules of transfer of property in goods - iii) Differences between sale and agreement to sell - 2 Rights of an unpaid seller - 3 i) Conditions and warranties -

Unit-IV SALE OF GOODS ACT 1930 -II Duration 10 Hr

348

Sale by non-owners Auction sale - Principle of Caveat Emptor - Transfer of Title in Goods - Transfer of Property in Goods from Seller to Buyer - Rule pertaining to Transfer of Title and Exceptions to the Rule - Performance of Contract of Sale - Define Delivery - Rules of Delivery - Rights of Unpaid Seller against goods only ndash List rights pf Re-sale ndash(perishable goods and default payment)

Unit-V INDIAN PARTNERSHIP ACT 1932-I Duration 10Hr

The Indian Partnership Act 1932 Definition and essential element of Partnership - Nature of Partnership ndash types of partners - Rights and duties of partners ndashLiabilities of partners - Registration and dissolution of a firm - Define Partnership - Essential features of a Partnership -- Registered Partnership firm - Un-registered Partnership firm ndash disadvantages of non-registration of firms

Unit-VI INDIAN PARTNERSHIP ACT 1932 -II Duration 10 Hr

- Firm for Wrongful Acts of a Partner - Dissolution of Partnership - Meaning of Dissolution of a Partnership Firm - Modes of Dissolution of a Partnership Firm - Consequences of Dissolution - Settlement of Accounts

Note The question paper should contain only (a) short answer and (b) essay type questions WITHOUT ANY CASE LAWS REFERENCES TO RELEVANT SECTIONS OF THE ACTS


10 Understand the essential features of Indian Contract Act 1872

11 Define an Agreement

12 State the meaning of Agreement

13 Define Contract

14 List and explain essential elements of a valid Contract

15 List and explain different types of Contracts (Express Implied Executed

Valid and Void contracts)

16 Define Offer and Acceptance

17 List and explain the essential features of a valid Offer and Acceptance

18 List and explain the circumstances when offer is revoked

20 Understand meaning of consideration and its essentials

11 Define Consideration12 List and explain essentials of a valid consideration13 Explain terms (a) stranger to consideration (b) No consideration ndash No14 contract (c) capacity to contract

349

25 Explain terms (a) free consent (b) Coercion (c) Undue influence

(d) fraud (e) misrepresentation (f) mistake

26Explain the situations when agreements are declared void

27List and explain different modes of discharging a contract

28 Explain Breach of contract

30 Understand the Sale of Goods Act 1930 - I

31 Define contract of sale

32 List types of goods

33 List and explain different features of contract of sale

34 State the differences between sale and agreement to sell

35 Explain the rights of unpaid seller

36 Explain the conditions and warranties

40 Understand the Sale of Goods Act 1930 - II

41 Explain the terms (a) Sale by non-owners (b) auction sale (c) caveat emptor

42 Explain transfer of title in goods and exceptions

43 List and explain rules of delivery

44 List and explain the rights of unpaid seller against goods only

45 List and explain rights of re-sale (perishable goods buyer defaults payment)

50 Understand the Indian Partnership Act 1932 - I

51 Define Partnership (as per 1932 Act)

52 List and explain essential elements of Partnership

53 List types of partners

54 List and explain rights of partners

55 List and explain duties of partners

56 List and explain liabilities of partners

57 Explain partnersrsquo liability for wrongful acts

60 Understand the Indian Partnership Act 1932 - Ii

61 Explain any five differences between Partnership and JSC

62 List three disadvantages of a non-registered firm

63 State the meaning of dissolution

350

63 Explain different types of Dissolution

64List modes of dissolution

65Explain how accounts are settled after dissolution

66 List and explain consequences of dissolution

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 SSGulshan Mercantile Law Excel Books

2 Kapoor ND Mercentile Law Sultan Chand

3 SN Maheswariamp SK Maheswari Business Laws Himalaya

4 Balachandran V Business Law Tata

5 Tulsian Mercantile Law Tata

6 Tulsian Business Law Tata

7 Pillai Bhagavathi Business Law SChand

8 GognaA Text book of Mercantile Law SChand

9 SSGulshan Business Law Excel Books

10 Bulchandani Business Laws Himalaya

11 MaheswariampMaheswari Mercantile Law Sultan Chand

12 Chandra Bose Business Law PHI

13 Bare Acts of different laws (As per the syllabus) ndash Law Publico

Suggested Student Activities1 Student visits Library to refer to Manuals and articles on laws of different countries from

time to time 2 Students prepare charts and posters for the course laws 3 Visit nearby Law firm to familiarize with various judgements given in various business

laws 4 Analyze the issues in the different types of industries 5 Quiz 6 Group discussion7 Surprise test8 Role plays 9 Verifying the health hazards of various business units and steps taken to curb them in

different industrial units 10 Visit a Sole trading concern partnership firm and a JSC

E-leaning references

1 httpselearning industrycom2 httpselearning iinsuranceinstituteofIndai

351

352



CO1

Able to know the importance of Indian Contract Act 1872 upto Offer and Acceptance

RUA

12345678910 10

CO2

Able to know about consideration its elements terms used in consideration etc

RUA

12345678910 10

CO3

To know what Is Sale of Goods Act 1930 upto Conditions and Warranties

RUA

12345678910 10

CO4

Understand the terms used in Sale of Goods Acct Transfer of title in exceptions right of resale

RUA

12345678910 05

CO5

Understand the Indian Partnership Act 1932 upto Liabilities of Partners

RUA

12345678910 15

C06 To know the difference between JC and partnership firm dis-advantages of non-registered firm dissolution types consequences of dissolution

RUA

12345678910 10

353

MID I MODEL QUESTION PAPER

CCP-405C Mercantile LawsPART ndash A

ANSWER ALL THE QUESTIONS EACH QUESTION CARRIES ONE MARK 4X1=4 MARKS

1 Define an Agreement2 Define Contract3 Define Consideration4 State the meaning of Fraud

PART ndash B 2 X 3 = 6 MARKSAnswer either (a) OR (b) in each question and each question carries THREE marks

5 a State the essential elements of a valid Contract

(OR)

b State the meaning of Offer and Acceptance

6 a State the essentials of a valid consideration

(OR)

b State the meaning of Stranger to Consideration

PART- C 2 X 5 = 10 MARKS

Answer either (a) or (b) in each question and each question carries FIVE Marks

7 a Explain the circumstances when offer is revoked

(OR)

b Explain the types of Contracts

8 a Explain terms (a) free consent (b) Coercion (c) Undue influence

(OR)b Explain the situations when agreements are declared void

354

MID ndash II MODEL QUESTION PAPERCCP-405C Mercantile Laws

PART ndash AANSWER ALL THE QUESTIONS EACH QUESTION CARRIES ONE MARK 4X1=4 MARKS

1 Define contract of sale2 List types of goods3 State the meaning of Sale by non-owners 4 State the meaning ofCaveat Emptor

PART ndash B 2 X 3 = 6 MARKSAnswer either (a) or (b) in each question Each question carries THREE Marks

5 a State the features of contract of sale

(OR)

bState the rights of unpaid seller

6 a State the rights of unpaid seller against goods only

(OR)

b State the rights of re-sale

PART ndash C 2 X 5 = 10 MARKSAnswer either (a) or (b) in each question Each question carries FIVE Marks

7 a State the differences between sale and agreement to sell

(OR)

b Explain conditions and warranties

8 a Explain transfer of title in goods and state its exceptions

(OR)

b Explain rules of delivery


18CCP405C Mercantile Laws

Time 2 Hours Marks40

PART ndash A

Answer all the questions Each question carries ONE Mark 8x1 = 8 Marks

1 State the meaning of Agreement2 Define Contract of Sale3 List types of Partners4 State the meaning of Free Consent5 Define Partnership

355

6 State any two essential elements of Partnership7 List modes of Dissolution8 List any two consequences of Dissolution

PART ndash B 4x3=12 MarksAnswer either (a) or (b) in each question Each question carries THREE Marks


(OR)

b State the liabilities of partners

10 a State the meaning of the terms (a) Capacity to Contract (b) No consideration ndash No contract

(OR)

b State the disadvantages of a non-registered firm

11 a State the rights of partners

(OR)

b State the duties of partners

12 a State any three disadvantages of a non-registered firm

(OR)

b State the meaning of Dissolution and its types

PART ndash C 4 X 5 = 20 MARKS

Answer either (a) or (b) in each question Each question carries FIVE Marks

13 a explain different types of Contracts(OR)

b Explain partnersrsquo liability for wrongful acts

14 a Explain the conditions and warranties(OR)

b Explain how accounts are settled after dissolution

15 a Explain the rights of partners

(OR) b Explain duties of partners16 a Explain any five differences between Partnership and JSC

(OR)

b Explain the consequences of Dissolution

356

ENGLISH SHORTHAND ndash SPEED ndash 80 WORDS PER MINUTE

Course Title English Shorthand (80WPM) Semester IVTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks


Pre-requisite The students should have THOROUGH knowledge of English Shorthand Fundamentals

COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Practice exercise from 700 common words

CO2

Take Dictation amp Transcribe the shorthand notes in longhand at 60WPM amp 70 WPM along with Transcription

CO3

Take Dictation amp Transcribe the shorthand notes in longhand at 80 amp 90WPM (Transcription)

CO4

Take Dictation amp Transcribe the shorthand notes in longhand at 90 amp 100WPMWPM

COURSE CONTENTS1 Practice and dictation of Text book exercises at 60 70 75 80 85 and 90 wpm

Practice of transcription from Shorthand to English2 Dictation and transcription of prepared English passages at 80words per minute3 Practice and drills on the passage from the 700 comment words and other books

covering grammalogues contractions and phrases4 Dictation and transcription of previous examination speed papers and other graded

exercises


10 Practice exercise from 700 common words11 Practice dictation and transcription from 700 common words12 Practice exercises from magazines13 Practice dictation and transcription from Magazines

20 Transcribe the shorthand notes in longhand at 60 and 70 words per minute 21 Practice of transcribing shorthand speed dictation exercises from the textbook up

to special contractions at varied speeds 60 and 70 words per minute22 Compare and correct the transcribed matter with original text

23 Rectify the wrong outlines and spelling24Take down dictation from unseen passage and transcribe on time



33 Rectify the wrong outlines and spelling14 Take down dictation from unseen passage and transcribe on time

40 Rectify the mistakes in outlines and spellings

357

41 Practice dictation from the prepared material out of news-papers editorials and other general matters

42 Practice of transcribing the prepared matter43 Rectify the wrong outlines and spellings44 Practice dictation of examination question papers in a given time45 Practice transcribing the dictated matter in the given time46 Rectify the mistakes Practice corrected spellings and outlines

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Pitman Shorthand Instructor with key2 APGTE question papers3 News paper editorials4 700 common words book5 Karnataka Tamil Nadu and Kerala GTE Speed Papers published by Bhagawan

Associates L-19Thayappa Block JCRoad Bangalore ndash 560 0026 Karnataka Tamil Nadu and Kerala GTE Speed Papers published by National Shorthand

School Visakhapatnam and other publishers

NOTE The question paper 80 wpm should be preferably based on common words and Examination Papers of Andhra Pradesh TELANGANA and Tamil Nadu GTE Not more than 2 per cent of uncommon words should be incorporated in the question paper (considering the studentrsquos level of command over English language)

The Question Papers are to be sent by the SBTET Time for Transcription For 18CCP-406P is as per the Pattern followed by SBTET TS (One Hour)

The Question Paper for Mid-I is 60 wpm and for Mid-II is 70 wpm and transcription time is one hour

358

MID ndash I

CCP-406P ENGLISH SHORTHAND

Time 1 Hour Marks20

359

MID ndash II


Time 1 Hour Marks20

360

END EXAMINATION


Time 2 Hours Marks 40

361

362

ENGLISH SHORTHAND ndash SPEED ndash (80 WPM) TRANSCRIPTION ON COMPUTER

Course Title English Shorthand (80WPM) (Transcription on Computer) Semester IVTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks



COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Practice exercise from 700 common wordsCO2 Transcribe the shorthand notes in longhand at 60WPM amp 70WPM(Transcription

on Computer)CO3 Transcribe the shorthand notes in longhand at 80 amp 90WPM (Transcription on

Computer)CO4 Transcribe the shorthand notes in longhand at 90 amp 100WPM (Transcription on

Computer)


OBJECTIVES At the end of the course the student will be able to10 Practice exercise from 700 common words

11 Practice dictation and transcription from 700 common words12Practice exercises from magazines13 Practice dictation and transcription from Magazines







40 Rectify the mistakes in outlines and spellings41 Practice dictation from the prepared material out of news-papers editorials and

other general matters42 Practice of transcribing the prepared matter43 Rectify the wrong outlines and spellings44 Practice dictation of examination question papers in a given time45 Practice transcribing the dictated matter in the given time46 Rectify the mistakes Practice corrected spellings and outlines

363

COURSE CONTENTS

1 Practice and dictation of Text book exercises at 60 7075 80 and 90 Practice of transcription from Shorthand to English

2 Dictation and transcription of prepared English passages at 80words per minute3 Practice and drills on the passage from the 700 comment words and other books


exercises

REFERENCE BOOKS




Time for transcription on Computer is one hour

364

OFFICE ORGANISATION AND BANKING LAB

Course Title Office Organisation amp Banking LabSemester IVTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks



COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Prepare Horizontal and vertical diagrams showing profits for give no of years

CO2 Practice on files folders office machines and latest applications and Handling mailing department Preparation for a meeting

CO3 Practice Enquiry Offer Quotations and acceptance order order Confirmation Execution and Cancellation letters

CO4 letters of claims complaints Collection Circular and Application for a situation knowing the methods of filing and index

CO5 Practice of opening SB Account in any Bank and depositing amount in accountsCO6 Practice of withdrawing money from bank through ATM withdrawal slips

CO7 Practice of issuing cheque payments

CO8Practice of transferring amounts from one account to another account by using Pay tm NEFT RTGS

CO9 Practice of using credit cards in various restaurants for utility payments

COURSE OUTCOMES

Unit-I Horizontal and vertical diagrams showing profits for give no of years Duration 10 Hr

Prepare the Horizontal and vertical diagrams showing the profits of a concern for a given number of years Prepare a pie chart giving the composition of cost of production

Unit-II files folders office machines and latest applications and Handling mailing department Preparation for a meeting Duration 10 Hr

Locate the different types of files used in business and practice different office machines and equipment Practice various office machines like spiral binding machine Xerox machine laminating machine taking print outs etc

Unit-III SB account documentation crossing and endorsements of cheques practice of ATM using Debitcredit cards and related precautions Duration 10hrs

365

Practice of SB account documentation various types of crossing and endorsements of cheques Practice using credit and debit cards properly without any mistakeUnit-IV Marketing of various banking products via housing educational amp vehicle loans Duration 05 hrs

Practice of documents required for submission to the bank for obtaining Housing personal educational and vehicle loans

Unit-V Ombudsman procedure (complaint redressal procedure) Duration 05 hrs

Practicing the procedure for complaint against the bank for various types of grievances of customers Ombudsman procedure (complaint redressal procedure)

Unit-VI Listening to various speeches of guests from banking sector reforms Duration 05 hrs

Practice to know about the various reforms made from time to time in the banking sector


10 Depict the business progress by means of charts and diagrams11 Prepare the Horizontal and vertical diagrams showing the profits of a concern for a given

number of years12 Prepare a pie chart giving the composition of cost of production2 Locate the different types of files used in business and practice different office

machines and equipment20 Recognise the spike file office file box file folders21 Taking print out of a file stored in your system22 Practice printing both sides using a duplex printer23 Practice binding with spiral binding machine 24 Scan a photo using scanner and save the image in a particular folder25 Practice uploading of scholarship application etc26 Practice taking multiple copies using Xerox machine (including

enlargementreduction of size copy to that of the original document27 Practice binding with spiral binding machine28 Practice laminating different documents or identity cards using electronic laminating

machine29 Software applications are portals such as Income Tax GST AAdhar bio-metric

CCTV 210 Enter the inward mail in the inward register and outward mail in the outward

register211 Practice the salient features of noticeagenda etc of companies being

advertised in newspapers for better and realistic understanding And prepare notice and agenda of a meeting

212 Record the minutes and resolutions of the meeting 213 Conduct of mock annual general meetings involving resolutions

3 Opening an SB account4 Demonstrate various use of various forms for remittance and withdrawals 5 Demonstrate various use of pay-in-slips withdrawal forms and cheques6 Nomination form and its importance

366

7 Practice crossing and endorsements of cheques 8 Guiding about the provisions of the Negotiable instruments Act9 Learning about the provisions of the bouncing of cheque 10 Practice filling up of application form for DD11 The concept of NEFT and RTGS12 Practice withdrawal of funds from ATM 13 Practice other services offered by ATM14 Practice issue of Debit card Credit card Digital payments etc15 Learn precautions against the misuse of plastic money16 Observe the procedure for issue of loansadvances by the bank17 Prepare Project appraisal for Housing loans 18 Prepare Project appraisal for personal loans 19 Prepare Project appraisal for Educational loans 20 Prepare Project appraisal for Vehicle loans 21 Guide the customer about the grievance procedures22 Enlighten the role of banking Ombudsman23 Listening to guest lectures on the issues of banking sector 24 Visit of nearest banks

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Office Organization and Management Chopra2 Office Organization and Management SP Arora3 Essentials of Business CommunicationRajendrapal and Korlahalli4 Commercial Correspondence R Mohan5 Banking Theory amp Practices Dr PK Srivatsava Himalaya Publishers6 Money banking amp Financial MarketsAervash RabortD Macmillian London7 Banking theory and practices R Rajesh Tata Mecgrawhill

Suggested Student Activities1 Student visits Library to refer to Manuals and magazines on different office organizations 2 Students prepare charts and posters for different types of office organizations 3 Visit nearby Industry to familiarize with Office organization techniques4 Analyze the issues in the different types of modern offices 5 Quiz 6 Group discussion7 Surprise test8 Role plays 9 Verifying the health hazards of various modern offices and steps taken to curb them in

different industrial units 10 Visit a Sole trading concern partnership firm and a JSC to see the modern filing and

indexing techniques 11 Student visits Library to refer to various journals on recentbanking reforms12 Student personally know by writing various crossing of cheques and endorsements 13 Visit nearby bank to familiarize with appraisal techniques14 Students role play in solving banking problems as Ombudsman15 preparing charts and posters on new banking automation methods16 Seminars on different banking products 17 Collection of various forms of remittances and withdrawal forms 18 Oral video presentation on the use of Debit and Credit cards19 Role play by students or organizing a bank physically

367

20 Chat skill among students on project appraisal techniques by banks21 Practicing of on line transfer of deposits and payments E-learning References

1 httpswwwelelearning-officecom2 httpswwwelcomcmscom3 httpswwwintercomcom4 httpswww Ibeforggtindustry5 httpswwwtime4educationcomgtcareer 6 httpswwwmoneycontrolcom

Exercises

SlNo

Topic Key Competencies

1 Practice of Different charts and Diagrams

Observe the given dataSelect the appropriate type of chart or diagram Prepare the ChartDiagram duly incorporating the given data

2 Practice on Files and Folders

Identify different types of files and foldersMake sure that the documents to be filed areproperly punchedFile the documents in the relevant file or folder

3Operation of office machines and equipment

Printer Select Printer and give print after checking all the details such as Page range No of copies and other propertiesDuplex Printer Go to properties select lsquoYesrsquo to the option lsquoprint on both sidesrsquoSpiral Binding Machine Identify the different parts of a Spiral Binding Machine Bind your Office Organisation material using Spiral Binding Machine Software applications or portals such as Income Tax GST Aadhar Bio-Metric CCTV

4 Handling of Mailing Department

Draw the columns of Inward and Outward Mail RegistersSelect the correspondence to be entered in the registersMake entries in the appropriate mail registers


Scanner Make sure that the object to be scanned is laid correctly in the scanner and select the type of image you want such as jpg jpeg etcSelecting the size resolution of the picture and type of picture such as colourblack amp whitegray scale and using the options such as crop rotation etc using scanner appropriate to your requirementXeroxCopier Machine Select the properties and no of copies to be taken Enlarge or reduce the size according to your requirementElectronic Laminating Machine Identify different parts of Electronic Laminating Machine Laminate your Identity card using the machine

6 Preparation for meeting

Conduct a Mock Company meetingPrepare Meeting Notice and email it to stake-holdersPrepare AgendaMake arrangements for the meetingRecord Minutes of the MeetingRecord Resolutions of the Meeting

368


COURSE OUTCOME Linked POCO1 Horizontal and vertical diagrams showing profits for give no of years 123456

CO2 files folders office machines and latest applications and Handling mailing department Preparation for a meeting 123456

CO3 Enquiry Offer Quotations and acceptance order order Confirmation Execution and Cancellation letters

123456

CO4 Practice of using remittance forms DD forms withdrawal forms nomination form etc

123456

CO5 Practice of ATM Debit and Credit cards Crossing and endorsements of cheques NEFT and RTGS

123456

CO6 Loan appraisal techniques and documents use for Housing educational personal and vehicle loans

123456

CO7 Practice of transferring amounts from one account to another account by using paytm

123456


123456


MODEL QUESTION PAPER FOR MID I EXAMINATION

CCP-408P OFFICE ORGANIZATION AND BANKING LAB

Answer any two questions and each question carries 10 marks 2x10= 20 marks

1 Prepare a pie chart for a given composition of profits of A to Z Company during the years 2013 to 2018

2 Take a printout of the file stored in your system3 Scan a photo using scanner and save the image in your folder4 Prepare spiral for your book-keeping book 5 Laminate your identity card using electronic laminating machine 6 Demostrate about opening an SB Account in any bank7 Demonstrate the different procedure of withdrawing amount using ATM

withdrawal form and Debit cards8 Demonstrate the procedure to take a DD from any bank9 Demonstrate the procedure to fill the Nomination form for any account10 Demonstrate the procedure for NEFT and RTGS11 Record resolutions of a meeting 12 Draft a letter of Enquiry13 Draft a letter of Acceptance 14 Draft a letter of compliant

369

MID-II-MODEL QUESTION PAPER

CCP-408(P) OFFICE ORGANIZATION AND BANKING LAB

Answer any two questions and each question carries 10 marks 2X10= 20 marks

1 Record resolutions of a meeting 2 Draft a letter of Enquiry3 Draft a letter of Acceptance 4 Draft a letter of compliant 5 Demonstrate various ways of crossing of cheques6 Demonstrate different ways of endorsement of cheques7 Demonstrate the use of Credit cards in detail8 Demonstrate the precautions to be taken while using Debit cards and Credit cards9 Demonstrate the procedure for remittance of funds by pay-in-slip


End Exam Model question paper

Answer any four questions and each question carries 15 marks 4X15= 60 marks

1 Demonstrate about opening an SB Account in any bank

2 Demonstrate the different procedure of withdrawing amount using ATM withdrawal form

and Debit cards

3 Demonstrate the procedure for applying for Personal Loan

4 Demonstrate the procedure for applying for Educational Loan

5 Demonstrate the procedure for applying for Vehicle loans

6 Scan a photo by using scanner and save the image in a folder

7 Record resolutions in a meeting

8 Draft a letter of complaint

9 Draft a letter of cancellation of order

10 Draft a letter of enquiry

370

DTP LAB

Course Title DTPLabSemester VTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks


Pre-requisite The students should have basic knowledge of Computers and MS Word

COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Know the functionalities and learn options in Adobe InDesignCO2 Know the introduction amp parts in Adobe PhotoShopC03 Know the functionalities and learn options in Adobe PhotoShopCO3 Know the functionalities and learn options in Adobe Flash

Course Contents

Unit-I Practice features of ADOBE INDESIGNDuration 15 hrs

Getting Started with InDesign - Creating and Viewing a Document - Managing Pages Using the Pages Panel - Working with Text - Placing and Working with Graphics - Working with Objects and Layers - Applying and Managing Color - Applying Fills Strokes and Effects - Working with Points and Paths - Working with Tables - Working with Style

Unit-II Adobe Photoshop ndash Introduction - Parts Duration 05 hrs

Introduction to Adobe Photoshop ndash Parts of Photoshop

Unit-III Adobe PhotoShop ndash Tools ndash Layers Duration 10 hrs

Photoshop ndash Different tools - Working with Layers - Working with painting tools Colours Brushes

Unit-IV Adobe FlashDuration 15 hrs

New Flash Program Working with Stage Time lines Toolbar options like Arrow Pencil Brush Eye dropper Paint Bucket Lasso tool etc - Working with text Transform options Animation Techniques Frames and Shape Tweening of objects and text - Working with Graphic symbols Motion Tweening Tweening properties Creating and editing Button symbols Assigning actions library and color mixer windows - Grouping of elements working with bitmaps simple animation Creation of animations Transform options color styles working with frames Layer Properties Working with slices - Layer masking Frame by frame animation Editing Frames amp Animation Library Creating amp working with Movie Clips Creating amp adding sounds and animations to Movie presentation Creating web sites optimizing movies and exporting files

371

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Adobe InDesign CC on Demand by Steve Johnson2 Adobe Photoshop 60 Class Room in a Book Pearson Education Asia Publishers

20013 Comdex Series ndash DTP ndash Vivek Gupta Dreamtech Publishers4 Inside Flash 5 ndash Kea thing BPB Publications5 Flash MX (CD) ndash Thyagharajan Tata McGraw Hill Publishers6 The Art of Flash Animation ndash Mark Stephen Smith BPB Publications

Suggested Learning Outcomes 10 Practice features of Adobe InDesign

11 Getting Started with InDesign

Installing InDesign Showing and Hiding Panels Using the Tools and Control Panel Opening a Document Inserting Images or Text in a Document

12 Creating and Viewing a Document

Creating a New Document Creating a New Document Using Presets Changing the Display View Changing the View with the Zoom Tool Viewing and Using Rulers Using Guides Changing Guides amp Pasteboard Options Using Smart Guides

13 Managing Pages Using the Pages Panel

Inserting Navigating Deleting and Moving Pages Working with Page Spreads Working with Master Pages Working with Page Numbers and Sections Changing the Page Size

14 Working with Text

Using Type Tools Creating Type in a Text Frame Creating Path Type Importing Text Flowing Imported Text Working with Overflow Text Copying and Moving Text Changing Fonts Changing Font Size Changing Text Leading Changing Text Kerning Changing Text Tracking Aligning Paragraphs Creating a Drop Cap Setting Text Frame Options

15 Placing and Working with Graphics

Placing Graphics Placing Multiple Graphics Copying or Moving Graphics Using the Links Panel Fitting Graphics in Frames

16 Working with Objects and Layers

Creating Shapes Creating Lines Creating Multiple Objects in a Grid Using the Selection Tool Using the Direct Selection Tool Resizing Objects Moving Objects Duplicating Objects Grouping and Combining Objects Aligning Objects Distributing Objects Arranging Object Stack Order Transforming Objects Scaling Objects Rotating Objects Locking and Unlocking Objects

17 Applying and Managing Color

Applying Colors Using the Eyedropper Tool Creating Tint Swatches

372

18 Applying Fills Strokes and Effects

Applying Fill and Stroke Colours Changing Stroke Attributes Creating Blends and Effects Applying Shadow Effects Applying Feather Effects Applying Corner Object Effects

19 Working with Points and Paths

Drawing with the Pen Tool Selecting and Moving Points and Segments Working with Pathfinder Creating a Compound Path

110 Working with Tables

Creating Tables Entering and Editing Text in a Table Modifying a Table Adjusting Table Rows and Columns Adjusting Tables in the Text Frame

111 Working with Style

Using the Paragraph Styles or Character Styles Panel Creating Paragraph Styles Creating Character Styles Using Quick Apply

20 ADOBE PHOTOSHOP

21 Introduction 22 Parts

30 ADOBE PHOTOSHOP

31 Select tools Marque lasso magic wand 32 Selection of images using these tools 33 Rotation and transformation of a selection 34 Layers ndash Creation viewing and hiding ndash 35 Adding text 36 History palette 37 Quick Mask and channel Mask 38 Conversion of colour 39 Images to grayscale 310 Saving an image

40 ADOBE FLASH

41 Interface of Flash environment 42 Tool bar options 43 Working with Text 44 Animation techniques using time lines layers frames etc 45 Tweening of objects and texts 46 Working with symbols 47 Assigning actions 48 Library window and Colour Mixer window 49 Motion Tweening 410 Animations using two or more layers 411 Animation using Shape Tweening 412 Guide Layer 413 Image Slicing 415 Frame by frame animation

373

416 Library and library properties 417 Special effects 418 Blast and Ripples effects 419 Movie-clip symbols 420 Converting animations to movie-clips 421 Interactive movies 422 Animation techniques 423 Optimizing movies and exporting movies for the web

EXERCISES 1 Getting Started with InDesign






4 Working with Text





Creating Shapes Creating Lines Creating Multiple Objects in a Grid Using the Selection Tool Using the Direct Selection Tool Resizing Objects Moving Objects Duplicating Objects Groupingand Combining Objects Aligning Objects Distributing Objects Arranging Object Stack Order Transforming Objects Scaling Objects Rotating Objects Locking and Unlocking Objects




Applying Fill and Stroke Colors Changing Stroke Attributes Creating Blends and EffectsApplying Shadow Effects Applying Feather Effects Applying Corner Object Effects

374







12 Photoshop introduction amp Parts of Adobe Photoshop13 Select and use the marquee tool lasso tool magic wand tool and more tools14 Select parts of an image using marquee lasso and magic wand tools15 Rotate scale and transform a selection16 Create a new layer17 View and hide layers18 Apply gradient and add text to a layer19 Apply special effects for text20 Save a copy of the file with flattened layers21 Use the basic painting tools22 Work with colours gradients or patterns in a layer23 Set the blending move and opacity of a layer for adjusting the colour24 Use the history palette to make correction25 Create custom brushes in the tool options bar26 Refine selection using a quick mask27 Save a selection as a channel mask28 Create and use a gradient mask29 Convert a colour image to monochrome and improve its overall quality30 Sharpen the image31 Convert a colour image to greyscale40 Start a new Flash program41 Acquaint with Flash environment42 Working with Stage43 Practice with Time lines44 Practice various Toolbar options45 Work with Arrow Pencil Brush Eraser tool46 Use the Magnifier text tool ink bottle47 Use Paint bucket Eye dropper and lasso tool48 Modify the document49 Working with text ndash edit break apart50 Transform options51 Animation Techniques using time lines and layers52 Frames blank key frames key frames53 Shape tweening of objects and texts54 Working with symbols55 Creating graphic symbols56 Simple motion tweening57 Use of guide layers for motion tweening58 Tweening properties ndash rotation orient to path loop and other instance properties

375

59 Creating button symbols60 Edit the button symbol to give different effects for roll overs and clicks61 Assigning actions like start stop etc 62 Library window and colour mixer window63 Grouping of elements64 Importing and working with bitmaps65 Simple animation using motion tweening66 Rotation property scalingColour style properties67 Create animations using two or more than two layers68 Transform options ndash Flip Horizontal Flip Vertical Rotate etc 69 Colour Styles ndash Alpha70 Copy Frames and Paste Frames option from the Edit menu71 Animation using Shape tweening72 Layer properties73 Motion along a path using guide layer75 Image slicing76 Naming slices and inserting slices77 Layer masking78 Frame by frame animation79 Editing animations deleting frames inserting frames80 Library and library properties81 Creating animations for showing special effects ndash Blast effect Ripples effect82 Creating Movie-Clip symbols84 Converting an existing animation into a movie-clip85 Placing movie-clips inside the button symbol86 Placing movie-clips inside the graphic symbol87 Creating interactive moviesCD presentations using the animation techniques88 Adding sounds to a moviepresentation importing and editing sounds89 Creating web sites or home-pages of any web site90 Optimizing movies and exporting movies for the web91 Exporting files


Exp

NoName of the Experiment Objectives Key

Competencies

1

Creating and Viewing a Document


Acquaint Creating a New Document

2 Working with Text

Using Type Tools Creating Type in a Text Frame Creating Path Type Importing Text Flowing Imported Text Working with Overflow Text Copying and Moving Text Changing Fonts Changing Font Size Changing Text Leading Changing Text Kerning Changing Text Tracking Aligning Paragraphs Creating a Drop Cap

Acquaint with using Type Tools Text Frame

376

Setting Text Frame Options

3Placing and Working with Graphics


Usage of Graphics

4

Applying and Managing Color


Acquaint with using color schemes Eyedropper Tool

5

Working with Tables


Acquaint with Tables

6Working with Style


Acquaint with styles

7Exercise to apply Marquee tool

Edit the photo using marquee tool Acquaint using marquee tool

8 Exercise to apply Lasso tool

Edit the photo using Lasso tool Acquaint using Lasso tool

9Exercise to apply Magic wand tool

Edit the photo using Magic wand tool Acquaint using Magic wand tool

10

Exercise on layers

Create new layer and apply gradient and add text to layer

Acquaint creating new layer applying gradient and text

11

Exercise on using basic painting tools colors gradients or patterns in a layer

Use a basic painting tools colors layers Acquaint using painting tools colors layers

12

Exercise on using history palette

Use history palette to make correction Acquaint to make correction of history palette

13

Exercise using brushes

Use brushes in photo editing Acquaint to make use of brushes in photo editing

14

Exercise on converting a color image to monochrome and improve quality of photo

Use different tools and options to learn how to sharpen the image and to improve the quality of photos

Acquaint to use different tools to sharpen and improve the quality of photos

15 Exercise on creating Flash

Creation of Flash program using stage and timeline

Acquaint of using stage

377

program with stage timeline

and timeline in flash program

16

Exercise on toolbar options using arrow pencil brush other tools

Creation of flash program using different options in toolbar

Acquaint of using different toolbar options

17

Exercise on working with text break apart and transform options

Creation of Flash program using text editing text and transform options

Acquaint of using transform options adding text and editing text

18

Exercise on Animation techniques using timelines and layers

Creating flash program using timelines and layers

Acquaint of using timelines and layers

19

Exercise on tweening of objects and texts using symbols

Creating flash program using symbols Acquaint of using symbols and tweening of objects and text

20

Exercise on creating graphic symbols and using simple motion tweening

Create graphic symbols in flash program using simple motion tweening

Acquaint of creating graphic symbols and using simple motion tweening

21

Exercise on creating animations and using transform options

Create flash program using animations and transform options

Acquaint using animations and transform options

22

Exercise on creating movie clips

Creating movie clips using layers animations transform options

Acquaint to create movie clips presentations

23Exercise on creating web sites

Creating web sites using flash program Acquaint to create simple web sites



378


1 httpswwwtutorialspointcomDTPindexhtm 2 httpwebtechstudycomDTP-tutorial


COURSE OUTCOME CL Linked PO Teaching HrsCO1 Adobe InDesign A 12367891

0 15

CO2 Adobe Photoshop ndash Introduction - Parts A 12367891

0 05

CO3 Adobe PhotoShop ndash Tools ndash Layers A 12367891

0 10

CO4 Adobe Flash A 12367891

0 15

379


MODEL PAPER OF MID SEM-I EXAM

TIME 1 Hour MARKS20

Answer any Two Questions and each question carries 10 marks

1 Write procedure to create a New Document Opening a Document Inserting Images or Text in a Document in Adobe Indesign

2 Write procedure for Inserting Navigating Deleting and Moving Pages in Adobe Indesign3 Write procedure to Using Type Tools in Adobe Indesign4 Write procedure to for Placing Graphics Copying or Moving Graphics in Adobe Indesign5 Write procedure for creating a Drop Cap in Adobe Indesign6 Write procedure to Creating Shapes Creating Lines Creating Multiple Objects in a Grid in

Adobe Indesign7 Write procedure to Using the Selection Tool Using the Direct Selection Tool in Adobe Indesign8 Write procedure for Grouping and Combining Objects in Adobe Indesign9 Write procedure to Applying Colors in Adobe Indesign10 Write procedure in Using the Eyedropper Tool Adobe Indesign

MODEL PAPER OF MID SEM-II EXAM

TIME 1 Hour MARKS20


1 Write procedure to marquee tool lasso tool magic wand tool in Adobe Photoshop2 Write procedure to Rotate scale and transform a selection in Adobe Photoshop 3 Write procedure toCreate a new layer View and hide layers add text to a layer4 Write procedure toCreate graphs for the data using Chart Wizard5 Write procedure to Work with colours gradients or patterns in a layer6 Write procedure to Use the basic painting tools7 Write procedure to Use the history palette to make correction8 Write procedure to create a new query using wizard9 Write procedure to Refine selection using a quick mask10 Write procedure to Create and use a gradient mask

380

MODEL PAPER OF SEMESTER END EXAM

TIME2 HRS MARKS 40

Answer any Four Questions and each question carries 10 marks 1 Write procedure to marquee tool lasso tool magic wand tool in Adobe Photoshop2 Write procedure to Rotate scale and transform a selection in Adobe Photoshop 3 Write procedure toCreate a new layer View and hide layers add text to a layer4 Write procedure to Using Type Tools in Adobe Indesign 5 Write procedure to Work with colours gradients or patterns in a layer6 Write procedure to Use the basic painting tools7 Write procedure to Create a New Document Opening a Document Inserting Images or Text in a Document in Adobe Indesign8 Write procedure for creating a Drop Cap in Adobe Indesign9 Write procedure for Grouping and Combining Objects in Adobe Indesign10 Write procedure in Using the Eyedropper Tool Adobe Indesign

381

lsquoCrsquo PROGRAMMING LAB

Course Title lsquoCrsquo Programming LabSemester IVTeaching Scheme in Hrs (LTP) 102Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks

Course Code 18CCP-410PCourse Group PracticalsCredits 15Total Contact Hours 45 PdsSEE 40 Marks

Course Outcome and List of Experiments

SlNo

Major Topics (List of Experiments) No of periods

1 Exercise on structure of C program 32 Execution of simple C program 33 Exercise on operators and expressions 34 Exercise on precedence of operators 45 Exercise on formatted input and output 36 Exercise on simple if statement 47 Exercise on ifelse statement 48 Exercise on elseif ladder statement 49 Exercise on switch statement 310 Exercise on conditional operator 311 Exercise on while statement 312 Exercise on for statement 413 Exercise on do statement 414 Exercise on one dimensional arrays 515 Exercise on two dimensional arrays 516 Exercise on built in functions 5

Total 60


SNo

Name of the experiment Objectives Key Competencies

1

Exercise on structure of C program

For a given C program identify the different building blocks

Identify different building block in a C program

2

Execution of simple C program

Execute a simple C program

Acquaint with C program editingCompile the programRectify the syntactical errorsExecute the program

3 Exercise on operators and expressions

Write a C program that uses different arithmetic operators

Identify different arithmetic operatorsBuild arithmetic expressionsIdentify the priorities of operatorsEvaluate arithmetic expressionCompile the programRectify the syntactical errors

382

Execute the programCheck the output for its correctness

4

Exercise on input and output of characters

Write a C program for reading and writing characters

Know the use of getchar() functionKnow the use of putchar() functionCompile the programRectify the syntactical errorsExecute the programCheck whether the correct output is printed for the given input

5

Exercise on formatted input and output

Write a C program using formatted input and formatted output

Know the use of format string for different types of data in scanf() function Know the use of format string for different types of data in printf() functionCheck whether the data is read in correct formatCheck whether the data is printed in correct format

6

Exercise on simple if statement

Write a C program using simple if statement

Build a relational expressionUse the if statement for decision makingRectify the syntax errorsCheck the output for correctness

7

Exercise on ifelse statement

Write a C program using ifelse statement

Build a relational expressionUse the ifelse statement for decision makingRectify the syntax errorsCheck the output for correctness

8

Exercise on elseif ladder statement

Write a C program using elseif ladder statement

Use elseif ladder statements with correct syntaxRectify the syntax errorsDebug logical errorsCheck the output for correctness

9

Exercise on switch statement

Write a C program using switch statement

Use switch statement with correct syntaxIdentify the differences between switch and elseif ladderRectify the syntax errorsDebug logical errorsCheck the output for correctness

10

Exercise on conditional operator

Write a C program using ( ) conditional operator

Build the three expressions for conditional operatorUse conditional operator with correct syntaxRectify the syntax errorsDebug logical errorsDifferentiate conditional operator and ifelse statement

11 Exercise on while statement

Write a C program using while statement

Build the termination condition for loopingUse while statement with correct syntax

383

Check whether correct number of iterations are performed by the while loopRectify the syntax errorsDebug logical errors

12

Exercise on for statement

Write a C program using for statement

Build the initial increment and termination conditions for loopingUse for statement with correct syntaxRectify the syntax errorsDebug logical errorsCheck whether correct number of iterations are performed by the while loopDifferentiate for and while statements

13

Exercise on do statement

Write a C program using do statement

Build the termination condition for loopingUse do statement with correct syntaxRectify the syntax errorsDebug logical errorsCheck whether correct number of iterations are performed by the while loopDifferentiate do while and for statements

14

Exercise on one dimensional arrays

Write a C program to create and access one dimensional array

Create a one dimensional array with correct syntaxStore elements into arrayRead elements from arrayValidate boundary conditions while accessing elements of arrayRectify the syntax errorsDebug logical errorsCheck for the correctness of output for the given input

15

Exercise on two dimensional arrays

Write a C program to create and access two dimensional array

Create a two dimensional array with correct syntaxStore elements into arrayRead elements from arrayValidate boundary conditions while accessing elements of arrayRectify the syntax errorsDebug logical errorsCheck for the correctness of output for the given input

16

Exercise on built mathematical and string functions

Write a C program on mathematical functions and string functions

Use mathematical functionsDeclare and initialize string variablesRead strings from keyboardPrint strings to screen

384

385

Exercises On lsquoCrsquo Programming

1) Execute a simple lsquoCrdquo program using printf ()

2) Write a lsquoCrsquo program to perform various arithmetic operations

3) Demonstrate a program on precedence of operators

4) Demonstrate a program on type conversion

5) Demonstrate a program on prepost increment and prepost decrement

6) Demonstrate a program on the declaration of constant

7) Execute a program on conditional operator

8) Write a program to find the area of a circle

9) Write a program to swap two numbers

10) Demonstrate a program on getchar () and putchar () functions

11) Demonstrate a program on escape sequence amp control characters

12) Demonstrate a program to calculate simple interest

13) Write a program to test the given number is negative or positive

14) Write a program to test a candidate is eligible to vote

15) Demonstrate a program to find the biggest among three numbers

16) Demonstrate a program using logical operators

17) Demonstrate a program on switch statement

18) Demonstrate a program on while loop

19) Write a program to print the sum of 10 numbers using while loop

20) Write a program to print the even numbers

21) Write a program to print the odd numbers

22) Demonstrate a program to find the factorial value of a given number

23) Demonstrate a program to print the factors of a given number using for loop

24) Demonstrate a program to print the Fibonacci series

25) Write a program to test the given number is prime or not

26) Demonstrate a program to print the multiplication table

27) Demonstrate a program on dohellipwhile loop

28) Write a C program using nested loops to show the output as follows

a) 1 b) A c) 112 AB 1 2123 ABC 1 2 31234 ABCD 1 2 3 412345 ABCDE 1 2 3 4 5

29) Demonstrate a program on pre processor directive define

30) Demonstrate a program to print the elements of an array in reverse order

386

31) Write a program to show the sum of the elements of an array

32) Write a program to show the biggest element of an array

33) Write a program to sort the elements of an array

34) Demonstrate the usage of gets () and puts () functions

35) Demonstrate a program on multidimensional array

36) Write a program to read and show 5 strings

37) Demonstrate a program on mathematical functions

38) Write a program to show the length of a given string

39) Write a program to print the reverse of a given string

40) Demonstrate a program on comparison of two strings

REFERENCE BOOKS

1) Programming in ANSI C ndash Sri E Balagurusamy McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd2) Mastering C ndash Sri Venugopalamp Sri Prasad McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd

387

18CCP-410PBOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATION (C-18)

MID SEM- I EXAM18CCP-410P lsquoCrsquo PROGRAMMING LAB

TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20

ANSWER ANY ONE QUESTION EACH QUESTION CARRIES TWENTY MARKS

1 Develop an algorithm to add two numbers entered by user

2 Develop an algorithm to multiply two numbers entered by user

3 Develop an algorithm to find simple interest

4 Develop an algorithm to swap two numbers

5 Draw flowchart to find subtraction of two numbers

6 Draw flowchart to find compound interest

7 Draw flowchart to find smallest of two numbers

8 Explain the compiler interpreter linker and loader

9 Draw the structure of lsquoCrsquo programming

10 Demonstrate a sample lsquoCrsquo programme

Note Marks may awarded as follows

1 Writing programme 5 Marks2 Execution of programme 5 Marks3 Viva 5 Marks4 Day to day evaluation 5 Marks


MID SEM- II EXAM18CCP-410P lsquoCrsquo PROGRAMMING LAB

TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20


1 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme to declaration of variables

2 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme on arithmetic operators

3 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme on relational operators

4 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme on explicit and implicit type conversion

5 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme to find the area of a circle

388

6 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme to swap two numbers

7 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme to find simple interest

8 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme on getchar () and putchar () functions

9 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme on backspace newline and tab

10 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme to find sum of numbers entered by user


1 Writing programme 5 Marks

2 Execution of programme 5 Marks

3 Viva 5 Marks

4 Day to day evaluation 5 Marks


SEMESTER END EXAM18CCP-410P lsquoCrsquo PROGRAMMING LAB

TIME 2 hrs MARKS 40


1 Execute a simple lsquoCrsquo programme using printf () function

2 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme to calculate simple interest

3 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme to print the sum of 10 numbers using for loop

4 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme to find the given number is prime or not

5 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme to show biggest element in an array

6 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme to add two matrixes

7 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme to find the factorial of a given number

8 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme on function with no arguments and return value

9 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme to show the length of a given string

10 Demonstrate a lsquoCrsquo programme to compare two strings


1 Writing programme 10 Marks2 Execution of programme 10 Marks3 Viva 10 Marks4 Day to day evaluation and record 10 Marks

389

STUDENTS ACTIVITIES FOR SKILL UPGRADATION FOR FOURTH SEMESTER


I SWATCH BHARATH






II HARITHA HARAM












way

IV ROLE PLAY

METHODOLOGY FOR CONDUCTING ROLE PLAY390






1 Is facebook for the attention-seeking and lazy people2 Globalization and impact on Indian Culture3 NGOs ndash Do they serve peoplersquos interest4 Managerial skills learnt in the class room5 Corruption is the prize we pay for democracy







VI QUIZ






1 Raising petrol prices ndash Can Government Control2 Depreciation of Indian rupee has only negative impact on the economy3 Gold ndash Best investment or a bursting bubble

391

4 Media is a mixed blessinghow ethical is media5 China ndash A threat to India







27 The teacher should fix up the time duration for initiating and conducting the activity28 Documentation to be produced for validation-hand written documents on minutes of

discussion description of the topic discussed ndash record the few minutes of the discussion by small device






delivered by each student as a part of Team work23 Make Audiovisual record of the guest lecture by using any smart devices24 Opportunity should be provided for students for live interaction with experts

and record it on any one smart device

392

393



ww Public sector enterprises xx State government undertakingyy Public limited companieszz Private limited companiesaaa Individual ownership organisationsbbb Local Garment industriesccc Paper millsddd Sugar millseee Dairy Industryfff Agricultureggg Education and Training Institutions hhh Banks iii IT companiesjjj MNCskkk State and Central Government Officeslll Any small and Medium Enterprises






394





XI Life skills







1 Tour Organisation and Management2 Modern office Layout3 Modern Office equipmentsEquipment suppliers4 Modern Office furniture manufacturers and Suppliers5 Office stationery manufacturers and Suppliers6 Consumer Grievances and redresssal7 Functions of Reserve Bank of India8 Taking down dictations of various speeches and transcriptions on computer9 Elaboration of letters





395


Dimension Excellent Good Satisfactory

Improving

unsatisfactory

5 4 3 2 1Collection of data







Performs his duties




Sharing views

Confidently taking the responsibility in completing the task




No response





Showing interest


396

V SEMESTER

397


SN



Week

Tota

l Per

iods

Per

Se

mes

ter

Cre

dits

Continuous Internal


L T P

Mid

Sem

-I

Mid

Sem

-II

Inte

rnal

Ev

alua

tion

Max

Mar

ks

Min

Mar

ks

Tota

l Mar

ks

Min

i m

arks

fo

r pas

sing

in

clud

ing

1 18CCP-501F Literary Criticism 2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

2 18CCP-502C

Business Economics and Environment

2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

3 18CCP-503C Visual Basic 2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

4 18CCP-504E

Elective-2 (A) Principles of Management(B) Insurance(C) Marketing Management

2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

5 18CCP-505E

Elective-3 (A) Basics of Foreign Trade(B) Human Resource Management(C) Capital Markets - Primary and Secondary

2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

6 18CCP-506P

Web Designing Lab 1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

7 18CCP-507P

Tally Accounting Package 1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

8 18CCP-508P


1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

9 18CCP-509P Visual Basic Lab 1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

10 18CCP-510P Project Work 1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

Academic Activities 0 0 7 105 25 0 0 Rubrics


398

LITERARY CRITICISM

This course requires the basic knowledge of grammar and basic Listening Speaking

Reading


Unit No


1 A Visit of CharityVocabulary(Roots Affix Collocation Homonyms Homophones Homographs)

4 + 7 = 11

Q1 Q9(a) Q13(a)

2 Simile and MetaphorOxymoron and HyperbolePortmanteau and Palindrome

4 + 5 = 9

3 Happy PeopleExpansion

5 + 5 = 10 Q2 Q10(a) Q14(a)4 Sequencing

Descriptive Writing5 + 6 =

115 A Psalm of Life

Informal Letters 4 + 5 = 9 Q3 Q4

Q5Q6Q7Q8

Q9(b) Q11(a) Q11(b)

Q13(b) Q15(a) Q15(b)

6 Julius CaesarFormal Letters 4 + 6 =

10

Q10(b) Q12(a) Q12(b)

Q14(b) Q16(a) Q16(b)

Total 60 8 8 8

399

Pre requisites

At the end of the course the student will be able to and Writing skills After completion of the

course students will be able to

CO1 Understand the literary concepts

CO2 Use appropriate vocabulary use figures of speech in EnglishCO3 Expand the topic sentences into a paragraph describe people places and things CO4 Arrange jumbled sentences in a sequence and describe the given situationCO5 Write formal and informal lettersCO6 Read different texts (prose poetry drama and short story) and answer basic


UNIT 1 Duration 4 + 7 = 11 Periods (L 5 ndash P6 )5 A Visit of Charity6 Vocabulary-

a] Roots b] Affix c] Collocation d] Homonyms Homophones Homographs

UNIT 2 Duration 4 + 5 = 9 Periods (L 4 ndash P 5)8 Simile and Metaphor9 Oxymoron and Hyperbole10 Portmanteau and Palindrome UNIT 3 Duration 5 + 5 = 10 Periods (L 4 ndash P 6)7 Happy People8 ExpansionUNIT 4 Duration 5 + 6 = 11 Periods (L 4 ndash P 7)6 Sequencing7 Descriptive Writing

UNIT 5 Duration 4 + 5 = 9 Periods (L 4 ndash P 5)8 A Psalm of Life9 Informal Letters

UNIT 6 Duration 4 + 6 = 10 Periods (L 4 ndash P 6)12 Julius Caesar13 Formal Letters

19 English Made Easy - Degree I Year English Textbook - Published by Orient Blackswan 20 Cambridge Idioms Dictionary

400

Course Outcomes

Course Content

Recommended Books


22 3000 Idioms and Phrases by Sam Philips 23 Word Power made easy by Norman Lewis24 Business Communication Strategies by Matthukutty M Monipally

10 A Visit of Charity Vocabulary (Roots Affix Collocation Homonyms Homophones Homographs)129 Appreciate Prose and understand the nuances of language 130 Know new words synonyms antonyms131 Know characterization and theme 132 Know suffixes prefixes133 Know collocations134 Know Homonyms Homophones Homographs

20 Simile and Metaphor Oxymoron and Hyperbole Portmanteau and Palindrome

21 Know different figures of speech22 Know the difference between Simile and Metaphor 23 Know the difference between Oxymoron and Hyperbole24 Appreciate the use of figures of speech in literary texts25 Use figures of speech in speech and writing 30 Happy People Expansion31 Appreciate an Essay32 Know new vocabulary33 Expand the given sentence into a paragraph 40 Sequencing and Descriptive Writing

327 Arrange jumbled sentences in a sequence 328 Follow a chronological logical or spatial or any other order for sequencing 329 Describe something or someone in the form of a paragraph using relevant

vocabulary and appropriate style 330 Know the art of descriptive writing 50 A Psalm of Life Informal Letters

425 Appreciate the Poem 426 Know new words427 Know how to write informal letters 428 Know the format of informal letters 60 Julius Caesar Formal Letters

61 Appreciate drama62 Know the gift of oratory

401


63 Know how to write formal letters64 Know the format of formal letters

Debate Group discussions


Part B 2 Short questions out of 4 QuestionsPart C 2 Essay questions out of 4

QuestionsMid Sem 2 3 and 4 20 Part A 4 Bit answer questions


Questions Slip Test 1 1 and 2 5 2 Essay Questions out of 3 QuestionsSlip Test 2 3 and 4 5 2 Essay Questions out of 3 QuestionsAssignmen

t1 5 Group assignments


1 Drama ndash Julius Caesar 2 Role plays and skits3 Group Presentations on social issues (eg caring for senior citizens) 4 Poster presentations on social issues 5 Using a dictionary to identify root words prefixes suffixes 6 Writing formal and informal letters in different contexts 7 Vocabulary games 8 Play language games with homonyms and homophones Chart presentations to

show difference between the two words


402

Internal evaluation



MID SEM 1 MODEL PAPERMax time 1 Hr TOTAL MARKS 20

PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions e) Answer all the questions f) Each question carries one mark 1 Give one example each for the given root word

i Auto ii Psych2 Affix the following

i Neo ii Logy 3 Give one example for Portmanteau4 Give one example for Palindrome

PART - B 2 x 3 = 6

M

Instructions

e) Answer any TWO questions f) Each question carries three marks5 a Why did Marion bring a potted plant to the old ladies home

OR

b Write sentences for each pair to bring out the difference in their meanings a Lie Lie b Wind Wind c Son Sun

403


Midterm Examination marks distribution


Short answer Essay MarksPart A 8 0 8Part B 0 48 12Part C 48 20Total 18 816 40

Short answer Essay MarksPart A 4 0 4Part B 0 23 6Part C 0 23 10Total 4 46 20

6 a Identify the SimileMetaphor sentence from the following i All the world is a stage ii She is as brave as lion iii His words were poison

OR b Underline the word and state whether it is Oxymoron or Hyperbole expression

i She let out a quiet scream ii The suitcase weighed a ton iii The design had an irregular pattern

PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions c) Answer any two questions d) Each question carries five marks7 a Sketch the character of Marian

ORb Match the words from column A that collocate with them in column B A B

i Chair a Turnoverii Annual b a productiii Launch c Figuresiv Sales d a profitv Make e a meeting

8 a Identify the SimileMetaphor sentence from the followingi Sitha sings like a nightingaleii This is a concrete jungleiii Her hair was as black as nightiv Hyderabad is a melting potv She was as busy as a bee

ORb Underline the word and state whether it is Oxymoron or Hyperbole expression

i Did you bring the original copyii I could sleep for a yeariii I told you a thousand timesiv The clown was seriously funnyv The dog is pretty ugly

404



PART - 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions

e) Answer all the questions

f) Each question carries one mark

1 Who are supposed to be happier the old or the young2 Why was the ambassador in anxiety3 Re-arrange the given sentence in a meaningful order

Are going picture we to today

4 Describe your friend in one sentence

PART - B 2 x 3 = 6

M

Instructions

a) Answer any TWO questions b) Each question carries three marks

5 a Who are the happiest people according to the author

OR

b Expand the given topic sentence ldquoTruth always shines and brings happinessrdquo

6 a Arrange the jumbled sentences into a sequencei I enjoyed the movie a lotii So yesterday we went to a movieiii My school friends decided to watch a movie

OR

b Describe an unforgettable incident in your lifePART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions a) Answer any two questions b) Each question carries five marks

7 a Summarize WR Ingersquos ldquoHappy PeoplerdquoOR

b Expand the topic sentence ldquoMy first day in college was a memorable eventrdquo

8 a Arrange the jumbled sentences into a sequence

405

i When speaking be polite use appropriate tone and volumeii The term interpersonal skills refers to your ability to communicate and

interact with peopleiii Non-verbal communication is also importantiv Communication is a two way processv If you can communicate both verbally and non-verbally then you are at

advantageOR

b Describe the person you met in a journey

Semester-V-MODEL PAPERTIME-2hrs MARKS-40

PART-A 8X1=8m

Instructions Write all the questions Each question carries one mark1Give one example each for the given root word

iBio iiPhil 2 Re-arrange the given sentence in a meaningful order

Brother engineer my an is 3 Why is life not an empty dream 4Did Brutus justify his actions 5 Who wrote the poem the The Psalm of Life 6 What is the salutation used for an informal letter 7 Did Antony succeed in changing the peoples opinion 8 What is the salutation used for a formal letter

PART-BInstructions Write any four questions Each question carries three marks

7 a]How did the nurse receive MarionOR

b] What should be our attitude to the past and the future according to WHLongfellow

8 a] Who are the happy peopleOR

b] What did Antony say about Caesar

9 a] What should be the aim of life according to WHLongfellowOR

b] Mention any three leave taking phrases used in an in formal letter

10 a] What did Brutus say about CeasarOR

406

b] Mention any three leave taking phrases in a formal letter

PART-C

Instructions Write any four questions Each question carries five marks 4X5=20m

13 a] Match the words from column A that collocate with them in column B A B

i Chair a Turnover ii Annual b a product iii Launch c Figures Iv Sales d a profit V Make e a meeting

ORb] Summarize the poem A Psalm of Life

14 a] Arrange the jumbled sentences into a sequence iWhen speakingbe polite use an appropriate tone and volume

iiThe term interpersonal skills refers to your ability to communicate and interact with people

iiiNon-verbal communication is also importantivCommunication is a two way process

V If you can communicate both verbally and non-verbally then you are at advantage

ORb] How did Brutus and Anthony try to portray Caesar

15 a] Write a letter to your friend about the way you utilized your summer vacationOR

b] Write a letter to your father requesting him to send Rs 3000 to pay examination fee

16 a] Write a letter to the Editor of a newspaper about the noise pollution in your area

OR

b] Write a letter to the Station House Officer complaining about the burglary in your house

407


Model Rubrics for Letter Writing

SNo Sub activityPerformance

excellent Good Satisfactory Need improvement

1 Format Complies with all the requirements for a friendly letter

Complies with almost all the requirements for a friendly letter

Complies with several of the requirements for a friendly letter

Complies with less than 75 of the requirements for a friendly letter

2 Salutation and Closing

Salutation and closing have no errors in capitalization and punctuation

Salutation and closing have 1-2 errors in capitalization and punctuation

Salutation and closing have 3 or more errors in capitalization and punctuation

Salutation andor closing are missing

3 Content accuracy

Complies with all the requirements for a friendly letter




4 Grammar and Spelling

Writer makes no errors in grammar or spelling

Writer makes 1-2 errors in grammar andor spelling


Writer makes more than 4 errors in grammar andor spelling

5 Capitalization and Punctuation

Writer makes no errors in capitalization and punctuation

Writer makes 1-2 errors in capitalization and punctuation


Writer makes more than 4 errors in capitalization and punctuation


httprubistar4teachersorgindexphpscreen=CustomizeTemplateampbank_rubric_id=34ampsection_id=5amp

408

BUSINESS ECONOMICS AND ENVIRONMENT

Course Title Business Economics amp Environment Semester VTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 45150Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks

Course Code 18CCP-502CCourse Group Core Credits 3Total Contact Hours 60 PdsSEE 40 Marks

Pre-requisite The students should have basic knowledge of English and concepts of commerce

COURSE OUTCOMECO1 To understand the definitions nature and scope and utility of managerial

economics CO2 Understand Theories of consumption and consumer behaviour CO3 Acquaint with Theories of production CO4 Understand the Cost and Revenue analysis and environmental studies CO5 Understand Markets and theories of distribution C06 Understand National Income Trade Cycles

COURSE CONTENTS


Unit-I Understand the introduction to Economics Duration 04 hrs

Understand the meaning of Economics definitions of Business Economics ndash Scope of Economics

Unit-II Theories of consumer behavior and theories of consumption Duration 06 hrs

Familiar with Demand Law of Demand its exceptions Consumer behavioural Laws various theories of consumption

Unit-III Understand theories of production Duration 08 hrs

Understand the factors of production laws of production law of supply and its exceptions

Unit-IV Analyze various types of costs various types of revenues equilibrium of a firm and Break-even analysis Duration 12 hrs

Understand various types of costs ndash various types of revenues ndash Explain how a firm attains equilibrium and Break-even- Analysis

Unit-V Understand Markets types features of markets types of distribution various theories of distribution Duration 15 hrs

409

Markets - Meaning - Types of markets ndash perfect and imperfect ndash Rent-Ricardian theory- Wages ndash subsistence theory and Wage Fund theory ndash Interest ndash Loanable Fund theory and Liquidity preference theory ndash Profits ndash Uncertainty and Dynamic surplus theory

Unit-VI Understand National Income its concepts methods of estimation difficulties in estimation importance - Trade cycles ndash meaning and phases ndashissues in environmental protection Duration 15 hrs

Understand concepts of National Income ndash GNP NNP and per capita income ndash Methods of calculating National Income importance of National Income- difficulties in calculating national income Different phases of Trade Cycles ndash Expansion Recession Depression and Recovery ndash and stabilization policies Concepts of environmental protection

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Modern Economic Theory ndash Benhum2 Managerial Economics ndash PL Mehta 3 Business Economics ndash SundaramampSundaram4 Modern Economic Theory ndash KK Dewitt


10 Understand the Introduction to Economics 11 Definitions of Economics 12 State the meaning of Economic activity and non-economic activities distinction

between Economic activity and non-economic activities13 Explain the nature and scope of economics 14 Explain micro and macro economics positive and normative economics

20 Understand theories of consumption and consumer behavior21 Meaning of demand22 List and explain the various types of demand23 Individual demand market demand company demand Industry Demand24 Explain Law of Demand with its exceptions 25 Distinction between extension and contraction - increase and decrease in demand26 Meaning of Utility Total utility marginal utility 27 Explain Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility Law of Equi-marginal Utility 28 Concept of consumer surplus 29 Meaning of indifference curve 210 Explain properties of Indifference curves

30 Understand theories of Production

31 List the factors of production 32 Explain the Law of Variable proportions 33 Explain the Law of Returns to scale 34 Explain the Law of Supply and its exceptions to the Law

40 Understand Cost and Revenue Analysis

441 List and explain various types of costs ndash Fixed Variable Implicit and Explicit Short

410

run amp Long run costs Average Marginal Total and Opportunity costs 42 Explain how a firm attains equilibrium43 List and explain various types of revenue ndash Total Average and Marginal revenues 44 Explain Break-Even Analysis 45 Define pollution-Understand various types of pollution-water Air Soil Noise-

meaning of pollution costs amp its categories - waste disposal cost and total damage cost- pollution control cost- Benefits from controlling pollution

46 List the pollutants of water and air47 Effects of pollution on environment-List the global environmental issues- Ozone

layer depletion Acid rain Global warming

50 Understand Markets and different theories of distribution

51 List various types of markets ndash Perfect and Imperfect market competitions -Monopoly Duopoly Oligopoly and Monopolistic competition

52 Explain the features of perfect competition 53 Meaning of Rent

54 Explain the Ricardian theory of Rent 55 Meaning of Wage Nominal wage and Real Wage 56 List the theories of Wages and explain Wage Fund theory 57 State the meaning of Interest ndash Gross Interest Net interest 58 List the theories of Interest and explain Liquidity preference theory of interest 59 State the meaning of Profit ndash Gross profit and Net profit 510 List the theories of profit and explain Dynamic surplus theory

60 Understand the concepts of National Income Trade cycles and International Trade

61 Define National Income 62 Explain the Components of National Income- GNP NNP Per capita Income

and personal Income 63 Explain the importance of calculating National Income 64 Explain the methods of estimation of National Income 65 List the difficulties in the measurement of National Income 66 Define Trade cycle 67 Explain different phases of Trade Cycle ndash Expansion Recession Depression

and Recovery68 Explain the characteristics of trade cycle69 List the stabilization policies


1 Student visits Library to refer to Manual for the specifications2 Draw Table and diagram for Law of Demand 3 Drawing diagrams for Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility Quiz 4 Draw the table and diagram for Law of equi-marginal utility 5 Draw the indifference curves 6 Draw the table and diagram for Law of Variable Proportions7 Group discussion8 Surprise test


411

c httpsenmwikipediaorgd httpsedxorg e httpswww Managerial- economics-clubcom



CO1

Introduction to Economics RUA

12345678910 04

CO2

Understand various theories of Consumption

RUA

12345678910 06

CO3

Understand theories of production RUA

12345678910 08

CO4

Understand the concept of Cost and Revenue Analysis

RUA

12345678910 12

CO5

Understand Markets understand theories of Distribution

RUA

12345678910 15

CO6

National Income Trade Cycles and concepts in environmental protection

RUA

12345678910 15

412

Model question papersMID SEM-I - Business Economics and Environment


PART A 4 X 1 = 4 marks

Instructions Answer all questions each question carries one mark Answers should not be more than 14th page

1 Define Economics

2 Define Non-Economic Activities

3 Define Demand

4 Define company demand



5 (a) Define economic activities with example

OR

(b) Write any two differences between positive and normative economics

6 (a) Define Law of demand with graph

OR

(b) Define utility total utility and marginal utility



7 (a) Difference between micro and macro economics

OR

(b) Explain nature and scope of economics

8 (a) Explain law of diminishing marginal utility

OR

(b) Explain properties of indifference curve

413

MID SEM-II - Business Economics amp Environment




1 List the factors of production

2 Define law of variable proportions

3 Define pollution

4 List any two costs



5 (a) Briefly write about exceptions to the law of supply

OR

(b) Explain law of returns to scale

6 (a) Write about total average and marginal revenueOR

(b) Write about various types of pollutionPART C 2 X 5 = 10 marks


7 (a) Explain law of variable proportionsOR

(b) Explain the law of supply8 (a) Explain about Break-Even analysis

OR

(b) Explain effects of pollution on environment

414

BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATIONS (C-18)

DCCP ndash FIFTH SEMESTER END EXAMINATION





1 Define non-economic activates

2 Define Global warming

3 Define Gross profit

4 Define Industry demand

5 Define nominal wage

6 Define Monopoly

7 Define National income

8 Define trade cycle


Note Answer the following questions Each question carries 3 marks

The length of the answer shall not exceed 1 page

9 (a) Distinction between Extension and contraction of demand

(OR)

(b) Explain about wage fund theory

10( a)List out the exceptions to the law of supply

(OR)

b)Explain characteristics of trade cycle

11 (a) Write about Monopolistic competition

(OR)

(b)Define Wage and explain Real wage

415

12 (a) List out the components of national income

(OR)

(b) Write any five difficulties in measurement of national income




13 (a) Explain the nature and scope of economics

(OR)

(b) Explain about perfect and imperfect market competitions

14 (a)Explain about various types of revenues

(OR)

(b)Explain the importance of calculating national income

15 (a)Explain about Recardian theory of rent

(OR)

(b) Define interest and explain about liquidity preference theory of interest

16 (a) Explain the methods of calculating national income

(OR)

(b)Explain different phases of Trade Cycle

416

VISUAL BASIC

Course Title Visual BasicSemester VTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks


Pre-requisite The students should have basic knowledge in any programming language

COURSE OUTCOMECO1 Understand the applications of Visual Basic amp types of projects

CO2 Acquaint and understand various controls used in Visual Basic and Designing the User Interface

CO3 Understand creating applications or project using Menus and Common Dialogue Control

CO4 Learn and apply Programming Fundamentals and develop programmingCO5 Learn and applications of Arrays Procedures and Functions while programmingC06 Able to create and generate Database programming amp Reports

COURSE CONTENTS

Unit-I Introduction to Visual Basic Duration 05 hrs

Introduction to Visual Basic ndash Features and applications of VB ndash Understanding integrated development environment (IDE) ndash project applications like standard EXE Active X EXE Active X DLL and Active X Control ndash Browsing through Menus on the menu bar

Unit-II Designing the User Interface Duration 10 hrs

Designing the user Interface ndash Design aspects of VB forms ndash Elements of User Interface ndash Properties of Controls ndash Text box Label command button check Box and list box ndash Common properties of the above controls - Designing forms and displaying messages using the controls ndash Know the use of Input box () function and Msg Box () function-ndash enable disable controls ndash Know the print method

Unit-III Menus and Common Dialogue Control Duration 05 hrs

Menus and common dialogue control ndash creating menus at design time using menu design window control menus at runtime - create short cut keys for pull down menus ndash common dialogue control

Unit-IV Programming fundamentals Duration 15 hrs

Programming fundamentals ndash variable constants declaration ndashdata types ndash scope and life of a variable -know the list of operators-control flow statements ndashDecision making statements-Iterative Statements-- writing programs using control flow statements ib

417

Unit-V Arrays Procedures and Functions Duration 05 hrs

Know about arrays-writing small programs on Arrays -Built-in functions-procedures and functions - formatting numbers date and time

Unit-VI Database programming amp Reports Duration 20 hrs

Data base programming amp Reports ndash properties of ADODE -connecting data base tables using ADODE ndash Data control methodsndash Data bound controls ndash Data grid control -Reports ndash creation of Reports through Data Reports Designer and Crystal Report DesignerSuggested Learning Outcomes

10 Understand the basics of Visual Basic11 Discuss the features and applications of Visual Basic12 Understand the Integrated development environment13 Know the various project applications like standard EXE Active X EXE Active X

DLL Active X Control14 Know the Visual Basic working Environment 15 State various menus available on the menu bar

20 Understand designing the User Interface21 Understand the designing aspects of VB forms22 Know about the various elements of user interface23 Discuss the properties of controls like text box label command button check

box and list box 24 Know the common properties of above controls25 Know the concept of event List some events26 Know the concept of method Mention some methods27 Know the designing a simple form and display the messages using the above

controls28 Know the use of Input box() function and Msg box() function29 Know how to enable disable the controls210 Discuss the print method

30 Understand Menus and Common dialogue control31 know about creation of Menus at design time using the menu design window32 Know how to create short cut keys for pull down menus33 Know how to control menus at run time34 Know about common dialogue control35 State the meaning of separator control

40 Understand Programming fundamentals of VB Applications41 Know about variables constants declaration and data types42 Know about scope of variables life of variables43 Know the list of operators44 Know about various control flow statements45 Write small programs using control flow statements

50 Arrays Procedures and Functions51 know about arrays52 Write small programs on Arrays53 know the built-in functions54 Know about procedures and functions give examples for each55 Know about functions for formatting numbers date and time

6 0 Understand Data Base programmingamp Reports 61 Know about ADO DE 62 Know the properties of ADO

418

63 Explain the process of connecting data base tables using ADO DE 64 Explain about the ADO DE methods viz AddNew Update CancelUpdate

Delete Findamp Filter 65 Explain Data Navigation Methods of ADODE

66 Know about data bound controls 67 Know how to use data grid controls 68 Explain Data Reports with DE 69 Explain creating Data Reports using Data Report Designer 610 Explain creating Data Reports using Crystal Designer

REFERENCES

1 Mastering VB 50 -Evangelouspetroutos - BPB publications2 Teach yourself Visual Basic - Tec media publications3 Microsoft VB Manual - MS press


8 Students have to visit the Library to refer the Lab Manuals9 Students have practice the programs with the available computers in the Lab 10 Visit nearby Libraries to refer the different author books11 Quiz 12 Group discussion13 Surprise test


5 httpswwwtutorialspointcomvisualbasicindexhtm 6 httpwebtechstudycomvisualbasic-tutorial 7



CO1 Understand the applications of Visual Basic amp types of projects RUA 124568910

CO2 Acquaint and understand various controls used in Visual Basic and Designing the User Interface RUA 1245 78910

CO3 Understand creating applications or project using Menus and Common Dialogue Control RU 134567810

CO4 Learn and apply Programming Fundamentals and develop programming RU 123456710

CO5 Learn and applications of Arrays Procedures and Functions while programming RUA 1235678910

C06 Able to create and generate Database programming amp Reports RUA 1345678910

419

420

C18CCP-504C

BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATION (C-18)MID SEM-I

DCCP- FIFTH SEMESTER EXAMINATIONVISUAL BASIC

TIME 1 Hour TOTAL MARKS 20

PART- A 4 x 1 = 4 MARKS


5 Write about standard EXE

6 Write any two applications of visual basic

7 Write any three properties of TextBox control

8 List any two features of visual basic

PART-B 2 x 3 = 6 MARKS


5a) List any two components of integrated development environment

OR

5 b) List any two project applications

6 a) List any four common properties of controls OR

6 b) Write the use of Input box() with example

PART-C 2 X 5 = 10 MARKSINSTRUCTIONS Answer all questions each question carries five marks Answers should not be more than two pages

7 a) Explain the components of integrated development environment

OR

b) Explain Integrated development environment

8 a) Explain various elements of user interface

Or

b) Explain any four common properties of controls

421

C18CCP-504C BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATION (C-18)

MID SEM-IIDCCP- FIFTH SEMESTER EXAMINATION

VISUAL BASIC




1 Write about Menu Editor

2 Define Sub Menu

3 List any two types of operators

4 Define variable



5a) how to create short cut keys for pull down menus

OR

5 b) Write the steps to Create Menus at design time using the menu design window

6 a) Write any Three data types in visual basic OR

6 b) Write a small program using arithmetic operators


7 a) Explain Menu Editor

OR

b) Write a small program using Common dialogue control

8 a)Write a small program using whilewend loop

Or

b) Explain various control flow statements

422

C18CCP-504C

BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATION (C-18)SEMESTER END EXAM(SEE)



PART- A

Answer all the questions Each carries one marks 8 x 1M = 8M

1 Discuss the features and applications of Visual Basic2 Write about common dialog control3 Write about ADODE4 List thetypes of Operators5 Define function6 List any two built-in functions7 List any two properties of ADO8 Write about data bound controls

PART-B

Answer The Following Questions Each Carries Three Marks 4 X 3M = 12M

9 a) Write any four common properties of controlsOR

b) Write a small program on Arrays

10a) Write a small program using whilewendOR

b) Write any three Data Navigation Methods of ADODE

11a) Define a function and write program on it

OR

b)Write a program to display current date amp Time

423

12a)Explain creating Data Reports using Data Report Designer

OR

b)Explain the process of connecting data base tables using ADODE


13 a) Explain about IDE

OR b) Explain arrays Write an example

14 a) Write the program using common dialog controlOR

b) Explain creating data reports using crystal designer

15a) Explain the procedures and functions give example for each

OR

b)Explain various built-in functions

16a) Explain about ADODE with properties

OR


424

PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT

Course Title A) Principles of ManagementSemester VTeaching Scheme in Hrs (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks

Course Code 18CCP-504ECourse Group CoreCredits 3Total Contact Hours 60 PdsSEE 40 Marks


COURSE OUTCOMECO1 Know the concept of Management and its importance in business CO2 Understand the various management theoriesCO3 Understand the concept of centralization and decentralizationCO4 Know about communication and motivationCO5 Know about leadership styles

COURSE CONTENTS

Unit 1 Introduction to Management Duration 10 hrs

Definition - Characteristic - Importance - Functions - Office Manager - Qualifications ndash Role

Unit-II Management theory Duration 10 hrs

List theories - Theory of FW Tailorrsquos Scientific Management -Theory of Henry Fayolrsquos Principles of Management

Unit-III Centralization and decentralization of services Duration 10 hrs

Authority - Importance of Authority - Meaning of Centralization and Decentralization - Merits and demerits of Centralization and Decentralization - Factors determining centralization Decentralization

Unit-IV Planning Duration 10 hrs

Definitionndash Features - Objectives - Importance - Advantages and Disadvantages - Limitations - Essentials of a good Planning

Unit-V Communication and Motivation Duration 15 hrs

Communication - Definition- Features - Types ndash Process ndash Barriers ndash Motivation ndash Meaning ndash Theories ndash Techniques

Unit-VI Leadeship Duration 05 hrs425

Leadership ndash Meaning ndash Qualities ndash Types ndash Theories

426

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Principles and Practice of Management RSGupta BDSharma WS Bhalla Kaylani2 Management Stephen P Robbins Person 3 Principles of Management T Ramasamy Himalaya Publication 4 Principles of Management Concept Rajeshviwanathan Himalaya Publication 5 Management theory and Practices P SubbaRao Himalaya Publication 6 Essential of management Harold Kontz Mc Graw eduction7 Principles of Management Chandan JS Vikas 8 Fundamental of Management Dr Pradeep Kumar S Chand

Suggested Learning Outcome 1 Understand the concept of Management

11 Define Management12 List and explain the characteristic features of Management13 Explain the Importance of Management 14 List and Explain the functions of Management 15 List out the functions of Office Manager16 List the qualifications of Office Manager17 Explain Role of Office Manager

2 Understand the various theories of Management21 List different theories of Management

22 Explain the Management Theory of FW Tailorrsquos Scientific Management23 Explain the Management Theory of Henry Fayolrsquos Principles of Management

3 Understand the features of centralization and decentralization of services31 Define Authority32 Explain the importance of Authority33 Explain the meaning of centralization34 List out the merits and demerits of centralization35 Explain the meaning of decentralization36 List out the merits and demerits of decentralization37 Explain the factors determining centralizationdecentralization

4 Understand the Objectives of Planning41 Define Planning42 List and explain the Characteristic features of Planning43 List and explain the Objectives of Planning44 Explain the importance of Planning45 List and explain the advantages of Planning46 Explain the essentials of a good Planning47 State the limitations of Planning

5 Understand the Communication Motivation and Leadership51 Definition of Communication 52 Features of Communication53 Types of Communication54 Communication Process 55 Barriers of Communication 56 Define and state the meaning of Motivation57 List various Motivational theories(1 Maslowrsquos Need Hierarchy Theory 2

Herzbergrsquos Motivation Hygiene Theory 3 McClellandrsquos Need Theory 4 McGregorrsquos Participation Theory 5 Urwickrsquos Theory Z 6 Argyrisrsquos Theory 7 Vroomrsquos Expectancy Theory 8 Porter and Lawlerrsquos Expectancy Theory)

58 Explain Maslowrsquos Need Hierarchy Theory427

59 List the various Motivational techniques6 List and explain the qualities of Leader61 List and explain the types of Leadership62 List different theories of Leadership (Great Man Theory Trait

Theory Behavioural Theories Contingency Theories Transactional Theories and Transformational Theories)

63 Explain Trait Theory of Leadership

Suggested Student Activities1 Visit nearby Industry to familiarize with techniques2 Quiz 3 Group discussion4 Surprise test


Unit No Unit Name CL Linked PO

1 Introduction to Management RU 3579102 Management Theory RUA 13579103 Centralization and Decentralization of services RA 23689104 Planning RUA 13579105 Communication Motivation and leadership RUA 357910

428


18CCP-504E MID SEM- I PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT


PART-A 4 x 1 = 4 MARKS


9 Define Management

10 List the functions of office manager

11 List the theories of management

12 Briefly explain role of Office Manager

PART-B 2 x 3 = 6 MARKSINSTRUCTIONS Answer all questions each question carries three marks Answers should not be more than one page

13 a) List the characteristic features of managementOR

b) List the qualifications of office manager 6 a) Advantages of Henry Fayolrsquos Principles of Management

OR b) Draw back of Scientific Management


7 a) Explain the importance of management

OR

b) Explain the role of Office Manager

8 a) Explain the FW Tailorrsquos Scientific Management

OR

b) Explain the Henry Fayolrsquos Principles of Management

429

MODEL QUESTION PAPERSMID SEM- II

18CCP-504E-PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT




5 Define Authority

6 State the meaning of Centralization

7 Define Planning

8 State the limitations of Planning


5a) List any three Merits of Centralization

OR

5 b) List any three demerits of decentralization

6 a) List the characteristic features of Planning

OR

6b) List the objectives of Planning


7 a) Explain the importance of AuthorityOR

7 b) Explain the factors determining decentralization

8 a) Explain the advantages of PlanningOR

8 b) Explain the essentials of a good planning

430

18CCP ndash504E

BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATIONS (C-18)DCCP ndash FIFTH SEMESTER END EXAMINATION

PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Time 2 hours Total Marks 40

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART ndash A


9 Define Management

10 Define Authority

11 Define of Communication

12 State the meaning of Motivation

13 State the meaning of Communication Process

14 State the meaning of Barriers of Communication

15 State the meaning of Leadership

16 List any the qualities of a Leader

PART ndash B


9a) List the features of ManagementOR

9 b) List the types of Communication

10a) List the merits of CentrlizationOR

10 b) Describe about Great Man Theory

11a) List the features of CommunicationOR

11 b) List the different types of Leadership

12a) Describe about Trait TheoryOR

12 b) Describe about Behavioural TheoryPART ndash C 4 X 5 = 20

431


13a) Explain the functions of Management

OR

b) Explain the Herzbergrsquos Motivation Hygiene Theory

14 a) Explain the factors determining Centralization

OR

b) Explain the Contingency Theory

15 a) Explain the Maslowrsquos Need Hierarchy Theory

OR

b) Explain the various motivational techniques

16 a) Explain the Behavioral Theory of Leadership

OR

b) Explain the Trait Theory of Leadership

432

INSURANCE

Course Title (B) Insurance Semester VTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks



COURSE OUTCOME

CO1

Understand the nature and scope of risk management

CO2

Understand the Principles of Contract of insurance and Reinsurance

CO3

Understand the concepts of life insurance

CO4

Understand the documentation process of life insurance

CO5

Understand the concepts of General Insurance

CO6

Understand the concepts of Insurance cover for Personal Accident Crop Insurance Health Insurance Property Insurance Motor Vehicle Insurance

Course Contents

Unit-I INTRODUCTION Duration 10 Hr

Define Risks Explain the classification of risks Explain the methods of handling risks Explain the principles of risk insurance management Draw the risk insurance management process chart

Unit-II Principles of Contract of insurance and Reinsurance Duration 10 Hr

Understand the Principles of Contract of insurance and Reinsurance Define Insurance- Explain the importance and uses of insurance business-Differentiate between insurance contract and wagering contract-Define Reinsurance-Explain the important concepts of reinsurance-Differentiate between reinsurance and double insurance

Unit-III Concepts of life insurance Duration 10 Hr

Define Life Insurance Differentiate between Insurance and Assurance Explain the advantages of life insurance explain the unit linked pension plans of life insurance List out the aims and important functions of LIC of India -List out the duties of a Development Officer

Unit-IV The documentation process of life insurance

433

Duration 10 Hr

List out the important insurance documents-Briefly explain proposal form policy form cover note certificate of insurance and endorsement-Explain the procedure for assignment of life policies-Differentiate between assignment and nomination-Differentiate between surrender value paid up value-Explain the terms Days of Grace proof of age proof of death-Explain the procedure to revive the lapseddiscontinued policies-Explain the procedure for settlement of claims in case of deathmaturity

Unit-V Concepts of General Insurance Duration 10 Hr

Explain the role of General Insurance Corporation of India-List out the subsidiaries of GIC of IndiaState the functions of GIC of India-List out the different types of general insurance-Define Fire Insurance-State the fundamental principles and policies of fire insurance-Define Marine InsuranceState the principles and policies of Marine Insurance

Unit-VI Insurance cover for Personal Accident Crop Insurance Health Insurance Property Insurance motor Vehicle Insurance Duration 10 Hr

Define personal accident insurance-Classification of occupations (Risk group 1-Accountants doctors Risk group 2-Builders engineers drivers Risk group 3-People working in mines explosives electrical installations circus players) Meaning and types of health insurance (Mediclaim ndash individual group overseas student safety)-Define property insurance-Define Motor Vehicle Insurance and list the Motor Vehicle Policies including third party insurance-Explain the role of professional licensed surveyors in the process of settlement of claims

COURSE OUTCOMESpecific Learning Outcomes Upon completing the course the student will be able to

10 Understand the nature and scope of risk management11 Define Risks12 Explain the classification of risks13 Explain the methods of handling risks14 Explain the principles of risk insurance management15 Draw the risk insurance management process chart

20 Understand the Principles of Contract of insurance and Reinsurance21 Define Insurance22 Explain the importance and uses of insurance business23 Differentiate between insurance contract and wagering contract24 Define Reinsurance25 Explain the important concepts of reinsurance26 Differentiate between reinsurance and double insurance

30 Understand the concepts of life insurance31 Define Life Insurance32 Differentiate between Insurance and Assurance33 Explain the advantages of life insurance34 Explain the unit linked pension plans of life insurance

434

35 List out the aims and important functions of LIC of India36 List out the duties of a Development Officer

40 Understand the documentation process of life insurance41 List out the important insurance documents42 Briefly explain proposal form policy form cover note certificate of insurance

and endorsement43 Explain the procedure for assignment of life policies44 Differentiate between assignment and nomination45 Differentiate between surrender value paid up value46 Explain the terms Days of Grace proof of age proof of death47 Explain the procedure to revive the lapseddiscontinued policies48 Explain the procedure for settlement of claims in case of deathmaturity

50 Understand the concepts of General Insurance51 Explain the role of General Insurance Corporation of India52 List out the subsidiaries of GIC of India53 State the functions of GIC of India54 List out the different types of general insurance55 Define Fire Insurance56 State the fundamental principles and policies of fire insurance57 Define Marine Insurance58 State the principles and policies of Marine Insurance

60 Understand insurance cover for Personal Accident Crop Insurance Health Insurance Property Insurance Motor Vehicle Insurance61 Define personal accident insurance62 Classification of occupations (Risk group 1-Accountants doctors Risk group

2-Builders engineers drivers Risk group 3-People working in mines explosives electrical installations circus players)

63 Meaning and types of health insurance (Mediclaim ndash individual group overseas student safety)

64 Define property insurance65 Define Motor Vehicle Insurance and list the Motor Vehicle Policies including

third party insurance66 Explain the role of professional licensed surveyors in the process of

settlement of claims

REFERENCE BOOKS1 Principles of Life Insurance ndash Published by Insurance Institute of India Mumbai2 Life Insurance ndash by Gupta OS published by Frank brothers New Delhi3 Insurance Principles and Practice ndash Mishra MN Vikas Publishing House New

BDelhi

E-leaning references1 httpselearning industrycom2 httpselearningiinsuranceinstituteofIndai

435

MODEL QUESTION PAPERSC-18 MID SEM-I

TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20

PART-AANSWER ALL THE QUESTIONS EACH QUESTION CARRIES ONE MARK 4 X 1M = 4M

1 Define Risk2 List any two types of risk3 Define insurance4 Define Double insurance

PART-BANSWER THE FOLOWING QUESTIONS EACH CARRIES THREE MARKS 2 X 3M = 6M

5 a) Draw the risk insurance management process chartOR

b) Write the principles of risk insurance management

6 a) Write the differences between insurance contract and wagering Contract

ORb) Write about importance of Reinsurance

PART-CANSWER THE FOLOWING QUESTIONS EACH CARRIES FIVE MARKS 2 x 5 M = 10M

7 a) Explain the methods of handling riskOR

b) Explain the classification of risk

8 a) Explain the importance and uses of insurance businessOR

b) Write the differences between Reinsurance and Double insurance

C-18 MID SEM-II TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20 PART-A 4 X 1M = 4M


1 Define Life insurance2 Write any two duties of Development officer3 Define certificate of insurance4 List the any two important insurance documents

PART-B 2 X 3M = 6M

ANSWER THE FOLOWING QUESTIONS EACH CARRIES THREE MARKS

436

5 a) Write the differences between Insurance and AssuranceOR

b) Write the aim of LIC of India6 a) Write the procedure for assignment of life policies

ORb) Write the differences between assignment and nomination

PART-C 2 x 5 M = 10M

ANSWER THE FOLOWING QUESTIONS EACH CARRIES FIVE MARKS

7 a) Explain the advantages of Life insurance OR

b) Explain the unit linked pension plans in life insurance8 a) Explain the terms- i Proposal form ii Policy form iii Cover note

ORb) Explain the procedure for settlement of claims in case of deathmaturity

MODEL PAPER FOR C-18 - SEMESTER END EXAM (SEE)

TIME2 HRS MARKS40PART-A

Answer all the questions Each carries one mark 8 X 1M = 8M1 Define Risk2 Define Life insurance3 List the types of Motor vehicle insurance policies4 List the any two important insurance documents 5 Define Fire insurance6 List any two subsidiaries of GIC of India7 Define personal accident insurance8 State the types of Health Insurance policies

PART-B ANSWER THE FOLOWING QUESTIONS EACH CARRIES THREE MARKS 4 X 3M = 12M

9 a) Write the principles of risk insurance managementOR

b) Write the types of general insurance10 a) Write the differences between Insurance and Assurance

ORb) Write about Property insurance

11 a) Write about Marine insurance OR

b) state functions of GIC of India12 a) Write the classifications of occupations

ORb) Write the need of health insurance

437

PART-C

ANSWER THE FOLOWING QUESTIONS EACH CARRIES FIVE MARKS 4x5M=20M

13 a) Explain the methods of handling risk OR

b) Explain the role of GIC of India

14 a) Explain the procedure for settlement of claims in case of deathmaturity OR

b) Explain the Motor vehicle insurance

15 a) State the fundamentals principles of Fire insurance OR

b) State the fundamentals principles of Marine insurance

16 a) Explain the role of professional surveyor in the process of settlement of claims OR

b) Explain the Health insurance Policies

438

MARKETING MANAGEMENT

Course Title (C) Marketing ManagementSemester VTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks


This course requires the basic knowledge of English Speaking Reading and Writing skills

CO1 Understand the nature and Scope of Marketing in the present day worldCO2 Knowing about the marketing Functions amp Consumer Behaviour and its effectsCO3 Understanding about the ProductCO4 Understanding the new Product development and its branding packaging and

labelling CO5 Knowing about Pricing of a product in different waysCO6 Know how to Promote the product into the market

Unit-I Introduction to Management and Marketing Management Duration 06 Hr

Definition of Management and functions of Management ndash Definition and Importance of Marketing ndash How Marketing helps the industry consumer and the society ndash Evolution of Marketing ndash Distinction between Marketing and Selling

Unit-II Marketing Functions and Consumer Behaviour Duration10 Hr

Functions of Marketing ndash Consumer Behaviour ndash Factors determining the consumerrsquos behaviour ndash Market Demand Market Forecast Company Demand

Unit-III Product Planning Duration10 Hr

Market Segmentation ndash Factors determining the market segmentation ndash Product Life Cycle and its stages

Unit-IV Product Planning II Duration10 Hr

Stages in product development ndash Product Mix and its importance ndash Branding ndash Packaging and Labelling

439

Pre requisites

Course Outcomes

Unit-V Pricing Strategies and Programmes Duration08 Hr

Pricing Objective ndash Factors influencing pricing ndash Various Pricing Methods ndash Pricing Strategies

Unit-VI Promotion Duration14 HrVarious promotional techniques ndash Advertising ndash advertising Budget Advertisement Copy and its evaluation ndash Personal Selling ndash Sales Force its sizendash Direct Marketing ndash Benefits and channels

SUGGESTED LEARNING OUTCOMES

1 Understand the nature and scope of Management and Marketing Management11 Define Management12 Explain the functions of Management13 Define Marketing14 Explain importance of Marketing15 Explain how marketing benefits the Organisation16 Explain how marketing benefits ConsumersSociety17 Explain the evolution of Marketing 18 Distinguish between Marketing and Selling

2 Understand the Marketing functions and Consumer Behaviour21 List the Marketing functions and Explain Functions of Physical Supply ndash

Transportation amp Storage22 Explain Functions of exchange ndash Buying Selling Pricing advertising Sales

Promotion 23 Explain the Facilitating functions ndash Financing Risk taking Marketing

Information Marketing Research Standardisation and grading Packaging Branding

24 Define Consumer Behaviour and the list the factors determining the consumerrsquos behaviour

25 Explain the factors determining the consumerrsquos behaviour - Social Cultural Personal and Psychological

26 Explain the concept of Market Demand Market Forecast and Company Demand

3 Understand the Product Planning31 Define Market Segmentation32 List the various factors determining the Marketing Segmentation ndash

Geographical Demographical Income Consumption33 Explain the influence of the various factors determining the market

segmentation 34 Define Product Life Cycle and list its various stages 35 Explain the stages of product life cycle ndash Introduction Growth Maturity and

Decline4 Understand the Product Planning-II

41 Explain the stages in product development ndash Idea Concept and Strategy development market testing Commercialization

42 Define Product Mix and explain its importance43 Explain lsquoBrandrsquo and the factors influencing the Branding of a product 44 Explain the importance of Packaging

440

45 Explain the importance of Labelling5 Understand the pricing strategies and programmes

51 Explain the pricing objective 52 Explain the factors influencing the pricing ndash Demand Costs Competitorrsquos

Price offers53 Explain the various pricing methods 54 List and explain the pricing strategies ndash Promotional Pricing Discriminatory

pricing Product-Mix pricing

6 Understand the various promotional strategies61 List and explain various promotional techniques ndash Advertising Personal

Selling Direct Marketing62 Explain the Advertising Objectives Advertising Budgets Advertisement Copy

and Evaluation of the Advertisement 63 Explain the factors affecting the Sales Force ndash Size Compensation Training

Supervising Evaluation64 Define Direct Marketing and explain the benefits of direct marketing 65 List the major channels for direct marketing and explain the features ndash Face-

to-face selling direct mail catalogue marketing tele-marketing kiosk marketing

66 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of on-line marketing

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Philip Kotler Marketing ndash Prentice Hall2 William M Pride and OCFerrell Marketing Houghton ndash Maffliln Boston3 Stanton WJEtzelMichale J Walker Bruce J Fundamentals of Marketing McGraw Hill

New York4 Lamb Charless W Hair Joseph E and McDaniala Carl Principles of Marketing South

Western Publishign Cincinnati Onio5 Cravens David W Hills Genrald E Woodruff Rober B Marketing Management Richard

D Irwin Homewood Illinois 6 Kotler Philip and Armstrong Gary Principles of Marketing Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi 7 Fulmer RM The New Marketing McMillan New York8 McCarthy JE Basic Marketing ndash a Managerial Approach McGraw Hill New York 9 Cundiff Edward W and StiuRR Basic Marketing ndash Concepts Decisions and Strategies

Prentice Hall New Delhi10 Bushkirk Richard H Principles of Marketing Dryden Pren IllinoisCO PO MAPPING MATRIX


1 Nature and Scope of Marketing RU 13468

2 Marketing Functions amp Consumer Behaviour RUA 234689

3 Product Planning-I RA 12347810

4 Product Planning-II RUA 123468

5 Pricing RUA 234689

6 Promotion R 12347810

441

UA18CCP ndash504E





----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART ndash A



1 Define consumer behaviour

2 Define Product Mix

3 State various Promotional Techniques

4 State the meaning of Labelling

5 List the Pricing Strategies

6 List any two objectives of Pricing

7 Define Direct Marketing

8 Write a short note on Advertising

PART ndash B


The length of the answer shall not exceed 1 page 4 X 3 = 12M

9 (a) List the factors determining Consumer Behaviour

(OR) (b) List the factors influencing Pricing10 a) Distinguish between Marketing and Consumer Behaviour

(OR) b) Explain the Advertising Objectives

11 (a) Explain Discriminatory Pricing

(OR) (b) Explain Product Mix Pricing Policy

442

12 (a) Explain the features of face to face selling

(OR) (b) Explain the features of tele marketing

PART ndash C


The length of the answer shall not exceed 2 pages 4 X 5 = 20

13 (a) Explain the functions of Management

(OR)(b) Explain the Pricing Objective14 (a) Define Product Life Cycle and explain the stages of Product Life Cycle

(OR) (b) Explain the factors influencing Sales force15 (a) Explain factors influencing Pricing

(OR) (b) Explain the two Promotional Pricing Strategies 16 (a) Explain the benefits of Direct Marketing

(OR) (b) Explain the advantages and disadvantages of Online Marketing

443

BASICS OF FOREIGN TRADE

Course Title (A) Basics of Foreign TradeSemester VTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks



Legend R Remembering U Understanding and A Applying

COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Meaning of Foreign Trade and Components of Foreign TradeCO2 Documents required in Import Trade and its procedure documents required in

Export Trade and the procedure for export trade CO3 Meaning of Balance of Trade and its components CO4 Meaning of Balance of Payments and its components causes and remedies for

correction of Balance of PaymentsCO3 Objectives of Indiarsquos Trade Policy CO4 International Economic Institutions

OBJECTIVES At the end of course the student will be able to

COURSE CONTENTS

10 Understand the procedure in Foreign Trade Duration 10 hours

Definition ndash importance ndash features of Foreign Trade - list the components of foreign trade ndash Import Export and Entrepot Trade ndash Import trade procedure ndash Documents required for import trade

20 Understand documentation in Foreign Trade Duration 10 hours

Explain the various documents required for Export Trade-Explain the procedure for Export Trade-Explain the various documents required for Export Trade-Explain the procedure for Export Trade-Explain Entrepot Trade and its significance-Meaning of International Trade-Need for International Trade

30 Understand the meaning of Balance of Trade and its components Duration 10 hours

Define or Write the meaning of Balance of Trade-Types ndash Factors that affect Balance of Trade - Explain the Components of Balance of Trade

444

40 Understand the Balance of Payments Duration 10 hours

Define or write the meaning of Balance of Payments-Explain the components of Balance of Payments-Explain the Causes and Remedies for Correcting Balance of Payments

50 Understand the Objectives of Indiarsquos Trade Policy Duration 10 hoursList the objectives of Indiarsquos Trade Policy-Explain the importance of Indianrsquos Trade Policy-Explain the objectives of Exchange Control-Define Exchange Rate- Types of Exchange rates ndash Merits and Demerits of Exchange rates - Explain the measures of Devaluation or Revaluation of Currency

60 Understand the International Economic Institutions Duration 10 hours

List various International Economic Institutions ndash IMF World Bank WTO-State the meaning of International Monetary Fund-List the objectives of IMF-List the functions of IMF- State the meaning of World Bank-List the Objectives of World Bank-List the functions of World Bank-List the Subsidiaries of World Bank-State the meaning of WTO-Explain the aims of WTO-Explain the features of WTO


10 Understand the procedure in Foreign Trade11 Define or state the meaning of Foreign Trade12 Explain the importance and features of Foreign Trade13 Distinguish difference between internal trade and Foreign Trade14 List the components of foreign trade ndash Import Export and Entrepot Trade15 Define or write the meaning of Import Trade Export trade and Entrepot trade16 Explain the procedure for Import Trade17 Explain the various documents required for Import Trade

20 Explain the various documents required for Export Trade

21 Explain the procedure for Export Trade 22 Explain the various documents required for Export Trade23 Explain Entrepot Trade and its significance24 Define or state the meaning of International Trade25 Need for International Trade

30 Understand the meaning of Balance of Trade and it components

31 Define or state the meaning of Balance of Trade32 List the types of Balance of Trade33 Explain the types of Balance of Trade - Trade surplus and Trade Deficit34 Explain the factors that effects Balance of Trade35 Explain the Components of Balance of Trade ndash Trade Net income direct transfers

and Asset income

40 Understand the meaning of Balance of Payments and it components

41 Define or write the meaning of Balance of Payments42 Distinguish between Balance of Trade and Balance of Payments43 Explain the Components of Balance of Payments

445

44 Explain the Causes and Remedies for Correcting Balance of Payments

50 Understand the Objectives of Indiarsquos Trade Policy

51 List the objectives of Indiarsquos Trade Policy52 Explain the importance of Indianrsquos Trade Policy53 State the meaning of Exchange Control54 Explain the objectives of Exchange Control55 Define Exchange Rate56 Explain the different types of exchange rates57 Explain the merits and demerits of exchange rates58 Explain the terms Devaluation and Revaluation59 Explain the measures of Devaluation and Revaluation of Currency

60 Understand the International Economic Institutions61 List various International Economic Institutions ndash IMF World Bank WTO62 State the meaning of International Monetary Fund63 List the objectives of IMF64 List the functions of IMF65 Explain the responsibilities of IMF66 State the meaning of World Bank67 List the Objectives of World Bank68 List the functions of World Bank69 List the Subsidiaries of World Bank610 State the meaning of WTO611 Explain the features of WTO612 Explain the functions of WTO613 Explain the objectives of WTO

RECOMMENDED BOOKS1 Foreign Trade and Foreign Exchange OP Agarwalamp BK Chaudri Himalaya

Publishers2 International Financial Markets and Foreign Exchange

ShashiKGuptaampPraneetRangi Kalyani Publishers3 International Business Environment amp Foreign Exchange Economies Singh amp S

SrivastavaSuggested Student Activities

1 Students visit to Library to read international economic journals 2 Quiz 3 Group discussions4 Surprise tests


1httpswww Ibeforggtindustry2httpswwwtime4educationcomgtcareer3httpswwwmoneycontrolcom

446


COURSE OUTCOME CL Linked POCO1 Meaning of Foreign Trade and Components of

Foreign Trade RUA 12345678910

CO2 Documents required in Import Trade and its procedure documents required in Export Trade and the procedure for export trade

RUA 12345678910

CO3 Meaning of Balance of Trade and its components RUA 12345678910

CO4 Meaning of Balance of Payments and its components causes and remedies for correction of Balance of Payments

RUA 12345678910

CO3 Objectives of Indiarsquos Trade Policy RUA 12345678910CO4 International Economic Institutions RUA 12345678910

Model Question Papers18CCP-505E

BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATION (C-18)MID SEM- I EXAM

18CCP ndash 505E (A) BASICS OF FOREIGN TRADETIME 1 hrs MARKS 20

PART-A 4 x 1 = 4

ANSWER ALL THE QUESTIONS EACH QUESTION CARRIES ONE MARK Define Foreign Trade

1 List any two components of Foreign Trade2 List any two documents required for import trade3 Define international trade



5 (a) Explain any three features of Foreign Trade

OR(b)Explain the disadvantages of Foreign Trade

6 (a) Explain the procedure for import tradeOR

(b) Explain the procedure for export trade



447

7 (a) Explain the importance of Foreign TradeOR

(b) Explain the difference between internal and Foreign Trade8 (a) Explain Entrepot trade significance

OR(b) Explain the need for international trade

18CCP-505E

BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATION (C-18)MID SEM- II EXAM


PART-A 4 x 1 = 4

ANSWER ALL THE QUESTIONS EACH QUESTION CARRIES ONE MARK Define Balance of Trade

1 List the types of Balance of Trade2 State the meaning of Balance of Payment3 List any two components of Balance of Payments



5 (a) Briefly explain the following components of Balance of Tradei Tradeii Net income

OR(b)Briefly explain the factors that affect the Balance of Trade

6 (a) Explain the capital account of components of Balance of PaymentOR

(b) Explain the difference between Balance of Trade and Balance of Payment



7 (a) Explain the following components of Balance of Tradeiii Direct transfersiv Asset income

OR(b) Explain the types of Balance of Trade

8 (a) Explain the causes for correcting Balance of PaymentOR

(b) Explain the remedies for correcting Balance of Payment18CCP-505E

BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATION (C-18)END EXAM

18CCP ndash 505E (A) BASICS OF FOREIGN TRADE

448

TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20

PART-A 4 x 1 = 4


1 Define Foreign Trade2 List the types of Balance of Trade3 List any two international economic institutes4 Define Balance of Payment



5 (a) Explain the various documents required for export tradeOR

(b) Explain the importance of Indiarsquos trade policy

6 (a) Distinguish between Balance of Trade and Balance of PaymentOR

(b) List the objectives of IMF

7 (a) Explain the advantages of Exchange rateOR

(b) Explain the terms Devaluation8 (a) Explain the aims of WTO

OR(b) List the features of World Bank



9 (a) Explain the importance of Foreign Trade

(b) Explain the measures of Revaluation10 (a) Explain the causes and remedies for correcting Balance of Payment

OR(b) Explain the objectives of World Bank

11 (a) Explain the different types of exchange ratesOR

(b) Explain the objectives of exchange control12 (a) Explain the functions of IMF

(b) Explain the features of WTO

449

HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

Course Title B) Human Resources ManagementSemester VTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks


Pre requisites

This course requires the basic knowledge of Management

CO1 Know the concepts of Human Resource ManagementCO2 Understand the Human Resource PlanningCO3 Know about various methods of Recruitment and Selection and the importance of

recruitment and selection in the successful running of the businessCO4 Know various methods of Training and DevelopmentCO5 Know about the Performance Appraisal and how it helps the staff of the

organizationCO6 Know about the concept of Promotions amp Separation


1 Understand the concepts of Human Resource Management (HRM)11 Define Human Resource Management12 Explain the concept and functions of HRM

13 Explain the role of HR Manager2 Understand the concept of Human Resource Planning Duration 10 hours

21 Define Human Resource Planning22 List the objectives of Human Resource Planning23 Explain the objectives of Human Resource Planning24 List the various levels at which human resource planning is used25 Explain the process of Human Resource Planning

3 Understand the recruitment and selection process Duration 10 hours31 Explain the meaning of recruitment32 List the sources of recruitment33 Explain the methods of recruitment34 Explain the selection process35 List the different methods used in selection36 List various types of Tests and Interviews in selection process

4 Understand the need of Training and Development Duration 10 hours41 Define Training and Development 42 Explain the importance and objectives of Training and Development43 List the methods of Training44 Explain the On-the-job training methods45 Explain the Off-the-job training methods46 Explain the merits and demerits of onoff methods of training

5 Understand the process of Performance Appraisal Duration 10 hours

450

Course Outcomes

51 Define Performance Appraisal 52 List and explain the objectives of Performance Appraisal53 Explain the types of appraisal 54 Explain the methods of Performance Appraisal55 Explain the problems in performance appraisal56 Explain the merits and demerits of various methods of performance appraisal57 State the meaning of performance feedback58 Explain the characteristics of useful feedback

6 Understand the importance of promotionsSeparation Duration 10 hours61 Explain the importance of promotions62 Explain the purpose of promotions and transfers63 Explain the concepts of job description and job evaluation64 Explain the concepts of job enlargement job enrichment and job rotation65 State the meaning of employee separation66 List the forms of employee separation ndash retirement resignation retrenchment

dismissal discharge death67 State the meaning of employee welfare68 Explain the importance of employee welfare69 Explain the employee welfare measures

COURSE CONTENTS

1 Definition of HRM ndash Concept and Nature ndash Functions of HRM ndash Role of HR Manager2 Human Resource Planning ndash Meaning ndash Importance ndash Objectives of HRP ndash HRP at different levels ndash Process of HRP ndash Problems3 Recruitment ndash Meaning ndash Sources ndash Methods of recruitment ndash Selection Process ndash Methods used ndash Types of Tests Interviews ndash Physical Examination ndash Group Discussion 4 Training and Development ndash Definition ndash Concept of Training ndash Importance ndash Objectives of training ndash Methods of training ndash On-the-job and Off-the-job training ndash Merits and demerits of training methods5 Performance Appraisal ndash Definition ndash Concept ndash Objectives Types of performance appraisal Methods of Performance Appraisal ndash Merits and Demerits Performance feedback ndash characteristics of useful feedback6 Concept of Promotions ndash Importance ndash Purpose ndash Job description ndash Job evaluation ndash Job enlargement ndash Job enrichment ndash Job rotation - Employee separation ndash Meaning ndash Forms of separation ndash Resignation ndash Retirement ndash Retrenchment ndash Dismissal ndash Discharge ndash DeathEmployee welfare ndash importance ndash Employee welfare measures

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Human Resource Management ----- VSPRao --- Excel Books New Delhi2 Human Resources Management ---- Venkataratnam CS -- Tata McGrawhill Co

Ltd New Delhi3 Essentials of Human Resources Management and Industrial Relations ---- P

SubbaRao ---- Himalaya Publishing House Mumbai4 Personnel Management ---- Edwin B Flippo --- McGrawHill Company Ltd New

Delhi

451



1 Concepts of Human Resource Management RU 1256782 Human Resource Planning RUA 2345683 Recruitment and Selection RA 2345678104 Training and Development RUA 12345695 Performance Appraisal RUA 2345686 Promotions amp Separation RUA 234567810

18CCP-505E MID SEM I ndash (B) Human Resource Management




1 Define Human Resource Management2 Write a short note on Human Resource Manager

3 Define Human Resource Planning

4 List the objectives of Human Resource Planning



5 (a) Explain the concept of Human Resource Management

OR

(b) Explain the importance of Human Resource Management

6 (a) Explain the process of Human Resource Planning

OR

(b) Explain the Levels at which human Resource planning is used



7 (a) Explain the functions of Human Resource ManagementOR

(b) Explain the role of Human Resource Manager

8 (a) Explain objectives of Human Resource Planning

OR

(b) Explain the process of Human Resource Planning

452

18CCP-505E MID SEM II (B) Human Resource Management




1 Write the meaning of Recruitment2 State the sources of Recruitment3 Define Training and Development4 State methods of Training



5 (a) Briefly explain any one method of Selection

OR

(b) Briefly explain any one method of Recruitment

6 (a) Explain the merits of any one method of On Job Training

OR

(b) Explain the merits of any one method of Off Job Training



7 (a) Explain the Importance of Training and Development

OR

(b) Explain the objectives of Training and Development

8 (a) Explain the concepts of Job description and Job evaluation

OR

(b) Explain the concepts of Job enlargement Job enrichment and Job rotation

453

18CCP ndash505E



HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT


PART ndash A



1 Define Human Resource Management

2 Define Training and Development

3 List the objectives of Performance Appraisal

4 State the sources of Recruitment

5 Define Performance Appraisal

6 State the problems in Performance Appraisal

7 Write short note on Retirement

8 Write a short note on Dismissal




9 (a) Explain the functions of Human Resource Management

(OR)

(b) Explain the problems in Performance Appraisal

10 a) Explain the importance of Training and Development

(OR)

b) Explain the concept of Employee Separation

11 (a) Explain the merits of Performance Appraisal

(OR)

(b) Explain the demerits of Performance Appraisal

454

12 (a) Explain the concept of Job enrichment

(OR)

(b) Explain the concept of Job Enlargement




13 (a) Explain the Role of Human Resource Manager

(OR)

(b) Explain any two methods of Performance Appraisal

14 (a) Explain the merits and demerits of ON Job training methods

(OR)

(b) Explain the importance of Promotions

15 (a) Explain the merits and demerits of -------------------Performance Appraisal

(OR)

(b) Explain the two merits and demerits of --------------------Performance Appraisal

16 (a) Explain the purpose of Promotions and Transfers

(OR)

(d) Explain the concept of Job Description and Job Evaluation

455

CAPITAL MARKET ndash PRIMARY AND SECONDARYCourse Title C) Capital Market ndash Primary and Secondary Semester VTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 30300Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks


Pre-requisite The students should have basic knowledge of Commerce

COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Know the basics of Capital Market and Segments of Capital MarketCO2 Know Capital Market InstrumentsCO3 Understand various aspects of Primary Market

CO4 Introduction to Secondary Market and development of the stock market in India

CO5 Understand Stock Market Organization in India and demutualization of Stock Exchanges

C06 Know Share Trading in SecondaryMarket Stock Market and ItsOperations and Risk Management in SecondaryMarket

Unit-I Basics of Capital Market Duration 06 hrs

Basics of Capital Market and Segments of Capital Market

Unit-II Capital Market Instruments Duration 08hrs

Capital Market Instruments

Unit-III Aspects of Primary Market Duration 14hrs

Aspects of Primary Market - Different kinds of issue of securities - Types of offer document ndash Issue requirements - Steps in Public Issue ndash Book Building ndash ASBA - Green Shoe Option ndash Anchor Investors -Private Placement(includes QIP) ndash Disinvestment ndash Right Issue - Exit Offers (Delisting Offers and Strategic Issues)

Unit-IV Introduction to Secondary Market and development of the stock market in India Duration 08 hrsIntroduction to Secondary Market and development of the stock market in IndiaUnit-V Stock Market Organization in India and demutualization of Stock

Exchanges Duration 10 hrs

Stock Market Organization in India and demutualization of Stock Exchanges456

COURSE CONTENTS

Unit-VI Share Trading in Secondary Market Stock Market and Its Operations and Risk Management in Secondary Market Duration 14hrs

Share Trading in Secondary Market Stock Market and Its Operations and Risk Management in Secondary Market - Trading Rules and Regulations ndash Circuit Breakers - Trading and Settlement - National Securities Clearing Corporation Limited - Market Making System - Securities Lending and Borrowing - Straight Through Processing ndashMargin Trading Indian Debt Market

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Capital Markets in India by Rajesh Chakrabarti2 Capital Market Instruments Analysis and Valuation by Moorad Choudhry Richard

Pereira and Rod Pienaar3 Capital Markets and Investments Essential Insights and Concepts for by

Siddhartha G Dastidar


1 Basics of Capital Market and Segments of Capital Market11 Basics of Capital Market

111 Indian Capital Market ndash Before 1990rsquos112 Indian Capital Market ndash After 1990rsquos113 Functions of the capital market114 Major constituents of the capital market

12 Segments of Capital Market121 State the meaning of Primary Market122 State the need of Primary Market123 State the Functions of Primary Market124 State the meaning of Secondary Market125 State the need of Secondary Market126 State the Functions of Secondary Market

2 Primary Market vs Secondary Market

21 The difference between primary market and secondary market22 Similarities between Primary and Secondary Markets23 Interrelationship between Primary Markets and Secondary Markets24 Participants in the Capital Market

3 Capital Market Instruments31 Shares (Equity and preference)32 DebenturesBonds 33 Depository Receipts (ADRrsquos GDRrsquos and IDRrsquos)34 Derivatives

4 Aspects of Primary Market41 Different kinds of issue of securities

a) Public Issue(i) Initial Public Offer(IPO)(ii) Further Public Offer(FPO)b) Rights Issue

457

c) Composite Issue (Combination of public and right issue)d) Bonus Issuee) Private Placement(i) Preferential Issue(ii) Qualified Institutional Placement(iii) Institutional Placement Programme

5 Introduction to Secondary Market and development of the stock market in India51 Introduction to Secondary Market

511 State the meaning of Secondary Market

512 State the Need of Secondary Market

513 State the Functions of Secondary Market

52 Development of the stock market in India521 Stock Broking 522 Custodial Services 523 Depository System

6 Stock Market Organization in India and demutualization of Stock Exchanges61 Stock Market Organization in India 62 Demutualization of Stock Exchanges

7 Share Trading in Secondary Market Stock Market and Its Operations and Risk Management in Secondary Market

71 Share Trading in Secondary Market 72 Stock Market and Its Operations

721 Growth of Stock Exchanges722 Leading Stock Exchanges in India723 Stock Exchanges Abroad724 Characteristics of Stock Exchanges in India725 Functions of Stock Exchanges726 Basics of Stock Market Indices

73 Risk Management in Secondary Market731 Trading Rules and Regulations732 Circuit Breakers to curb excess volatility733 Trading and Settlement734 National Securities Clearing Corporation Limited735 Market Making System736 Securities Lending and Borrowing(SLB)737 Straight Through Processing(STP)738 Margin Trading

Suggested Student Activities1 Student fill-up IPO forms online 2 Student to observe trading platform for buying and selling of equities derivatives 3 Student to visit the Stock Exchanges to know procedure of listing in Stock Exchanges


1 httpsresourcecdnicaiorg 2 wwwnseindiacom 3 wwwbseindiacom


458


1 Basics of Capital Market and Segments of Capital Market RU 1234678

2 Capital Market Instruments RUA 234579

3 Aspects of Primary Market RA 13457910

4 Introduction to Secondary Market and development of the stock market in India

RUA 234579

5 Stock Market Organization in India and demutualization of Stock Exchanges

RUA 13457910

6Share Trading in Secondary Market Stock Market and Its Operations and Risk Management in Secondary Market

RUA 1234678

MODEL PAPER FOR MID SEM-I EXAM

TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20


1 List any two segments of the capital market2 Define Primary Market3 Define Share4 Define Debentures

PART-BANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS EACH CARRIES THREE MARKS 2 X 3M = 6M

5 a) Write any two similarities between Primary and Secondary MarketsOR

b) Write any three Functions of Capital Market

6 a) Explain Types of SharesOR

b) Write about Derivatives

PART-C

ANSWER THE FOLOWING QUESTIONS EACH CARRIES FIVE MARKS 2 x 5 M = 10M

7 a) Write the history of Capital market OR

b) Differences between Primary market and Secondary market

459

8 a) Explain types of Depository Receipts OR

b) Explain Debentures

MODEL PAPER FOR MID SEM-II EXAM

TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20

PART-A

ANSWER ALL THE QUESTIONS EACH QUESTION CARRIES ONE MARKS 4 X 1M = 4M

1 Define Private Placement

2 Define Qualified Institutional Placement Issue

3 Define Stock Broking

4 Define Secondary Market

PART-B

Answer the folowing questions Each carries three marks 2 X 3M = 6M

5 a) Write about Composite issueOR

b) Write about Public Issue and its types of public issue

6 a) Write about Depository SystemOR

b) Write any three Functions of Secondary Market

PART-C


7 a) Write the different kinds of Issue of SecuritiesOR

b) Explain terms i) Preferential issue ii) Bonus issue iii) Right Issue

8 a) Explain about Custodial ServicesOR

b) Explain Stock Broking


460

MODEL PAPER FOR C-18 ndash FIFTH SEMESTER END EXAM

TIME2 HRS MARKS40

PART-A

Answer all the questions Each carries one marks 8 X 1M = 8M

1 Define Primary Market


3 Define Margin Trading

4 List the types of public issue

5 List any two nomenclatures of stock exchanges in India

6 List any two promoters of NSE of India

7 List the leading stock exchanges in India

8 Define Trading and Settlement

PART-B

ANSWER THE FOLOWING QUESTIONS EACH CARRIES THREE MARKS 4 X 3M = 12M

9 a) Write the Differences between Primary and Secondary marketOR

b) Write the SEBI measures to provide standards to stock exchanges in India


b) Write about Securities Lending and Borrowing

11 a) Write short notes on organization of stock exchanges in India OR

b) Write the procedure for demutualization

12 a) Write about Market Making System OR

b) Write about National Securities Clearing Corporation Limited

461

PART-C

ANSWER THE FOLOWING QUESTIONS EACH CARRIES FIVE MARKS4x5M=20M


b) List and Explain features of NSE of India

14 a) Write the different kinds of Issue of Securities OR

b) Explain Trading Rules and Regulations

15 a) Explain the incorporation of Stock exchanges in India OR

b) Explain about major stock exchanges in India

16 a) Explain Functions of Stock Exchanges OR

b) Write the Characteristics of Stock Exchanges in India

462

WEB DESIGNING LAB

Course Title Web Designing lab

Semester VTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks



COURSE OUTCOMECO1

Know amp How to use HTML Tags in Webpage

CO2

Know amp How to link and embed CSS file to Webpage

CO3

Know amp Demonstrate DTD and Schemas with XML

CO4

Able to know the process of Web servers and its services

CO5

Know amp How to use script in Webpages

CO6

Know amp Demonstrate java script in webpages

COURSE CONTENTS

Unit-I Principles of Web Design amp HTML Duration 08hrs

PRINCIPLES OF WEB DESIGN - Anatomy of Web page Format Elements Navigation

Building Launching and maintaining web site

HTML ndash Introduction Format of web page Tags and attributes Formatting text Adding images Positioning Lists Colors Connecting to hyperlinks Tables Forms Frames

Unit-II CSS Duration 06hrs

CSS - Introduction Inline styles Embedded style sheets Conflicting styles Linking external

style sheets Positioning elements Backgrounds Element dimensions

Unit-III XML Duration 08 hrs

XML - Introduction Structuring Data XML Namespaces DTD and Schemas Document

Object

Model (DOM) Simple API for XML (SAX) Applications of XML

463

Unit-IV Web Servers Duration 07hrs

Web Servers ndash Introduction HTTP Request Types System Architecture Client-Side versus

Server-Side Scripting Accessing Web ServersIIS PWS Apache Requesting HTML PHP

documents

Unit-V JAVA SCRIPT ndash Introduction amp Functions Duration 08hrs

JAVA SCRIPT - Introduction to Scripting Operators Conditional Statements Iterative

Statements Debugging

Functions ndash Function definitions Duration of Identifiers Scope rules Global functions

Recursion

Unit-VI JAVA SCRIPT ndash Arrays amp Objects Duration 08hrs

Arrays ndash Declaring and allocating arrays References and reference parameters Passing

arrays to functions Sorting and Searching arrays Multiple-Subscripted arrays if-else

switch-case break While Do-While and for loop

Preprocessor commands Objects ndash Math object String object Date object Boolean and Number object

SlNo Major Topics (List of Experiments) No of periods

1 Create a HTML page that uses the tags like head title body etc 3

2 Create a HTML page that uses frames and different presentation formats colors

3

3 Create a HTML page with a table consisting of a header body and footer

3

4 Create a HTML page with a form containing various controls 3

5 Create a style sheet to set the background color position and dimensions of a HTML element

2

6 Create a simple XML file that contains student data 15

7 Write JavaScript code using arithmetic operators 4

8 Write JavaScript code to implement sorting 4

9 Write JavaScript code that uses recursion 4

10 Write JavaScript code that displays date in various formats 4

Total 45

464


SNo Name of the experiment Objectives Key Competencies

1Create a HTML page that uses the tags like head title body etc

Create the HTML page with a title and some content in the body

1) Identify the editor required for writing HTML

2) Add the tags with relevant content

3) Save the file4) Open the file in a browser5) Test the results

2

Create a HTML page that uses frames and different presentation formats colors

Create the HTML page with multiple frames so that content in each frame will have different format and colors

1) Identify the tags for creating multiple frames

2) Add some content to the frames and use different formats colors for each frame


3

Create a HTML page with a table consisting of a header body and footer

Create the HTML page with a table and that table should have a header body and footer

1) Identify the tags for creating the table

2) Add header body and footer to the table

3) Put some content in each section of table


4

Create a HTML page with a form containing various controls

Create the HTML page with a form and add some controls like textbox label to the form

1) Identify the tags to add a form and controls

2) Add the form and put some controls in it


5

Create a style sheet to set the background color position and dimensions of a HTML element

Create a style sheet which contains selectors to set the background color position and dimensions of a HTML element

1) Identify the editor required for creating CSS

2) Add selectors to set the background color position and dimensions of an element

3) Save the CSS file4) Link the CSS file to a valid

HTML page5) Save the HTML page6) Open the HTML page in a

browser7) Test the results

6 Create a simple XML file that contains

Create an XML file with some student

1) Identify the information to put in the XML file

465

student data information

2) Identify the editor for creating XML file

3) Add relevant tags and put the content

4) Save the XML file5) Open the XML file in a

browser which had XML parsing capability

6) Test the result and verify the information

7

Write JavaScript code using arithmetic operators

Write JavaScript code using arithmetic operators like calculation of simple interest

1) Understand the significance of Client-side scripting

2) Understand the process of combining JavaScript and HTML

3) Create a HTML file4) Add HTML elements to read

Principal Rate of interest Time period and to calculate Simple interest

5) Write the logic for calculating Simple interest

6) Save the HTML file7) Open the HTML page in a

browser8) Test the results9) Resolve the errors if any

through debugging

8

Write JavaScript code to implement sorting

Write JavaScript code to implement sorting like reading an array of lsquonrsquo numbers and sorting them in ascending order

1) Create a HTML file2) Add elements to read array

and to sort3) Write the logic for sorting

using iterative and conditional statements



through debugging

9Write JavaScript code that uses recursion

Write JavaScript code that uses recursion like calculation of the factorial

1) Create a HTML file2) Add elements to read

number and to calculate factorial

3) Write the logic using recursion



through debugging10 Write JavaScript Write JavaScript code 1) Create a HTML file

466

code that displays date in various formats

that display date in various formats like DD-MM-YYYY DDMMYYYY etc

2) Write the logic to display date information



REFERENCE BOOKS

1) Principles of Web Design -- Sklar TMH

2) HTML complete reference -- Powell THH

3) Internet amp World Wide Web -- DietelampDietel Pearson education

4) Straight to the point PHP -- Laxmi Publications

5) Basics of Web Site Design -- NIIT ndash PHI

6) WWW Design with HTML -- Xavier (TMH)

18CCP-506P WEB DESIGNING LAB -- MODEL PAPER OF MID SEM- I EXAMTIME 1 hr MARKS 20

ANSWER ANY ONE QUESTION QUESTION CARRIES TWENTY MARKS

1 Write a procedure to create a HTML page with Head tags

2Write and demonstrate the frames in HTML page

3 Write and demonstrate the font tag used in HTML pages

4 Write and demonstrate the ltIMGgt used in HTML pages

5 Write procedure to create hyperlinks in HTML pages

6 Write procedure to create a 4X4 table in HTML pages

7 Write procedure to apply a style color=red size=4 bgcolor=cyan using with style sheets in HTML page

8 Write procedure to apply any color to head tags using with style sheets in HTML page

9 Write and demonstrate the inline style sheets used in HTML pages

10 Write and demonstrate the external style sheets used in HTML pages

467

18CCP-506P WEB DESIGNING LAB -- MODEL PAPER OF MID SEM- II EXAM

TIME 1 hr MARKS 20


1 Write and demonstrate to create a simple XML file

2 Write and demonstrate to Create XML file that contains student data

3 Write and demonstrate to Create XML file that contains employee data

4 Write and demonstrate to Create XML file that contains products data

5 Write and demonstrate to Create XML file that contains library data

6 Write and demonstrate DTD in XML file

7 Write and demonstrate schema in XML file

8 Write and demonstrate client side vs server side scripting

9 Write and demonstrate echo from server

10 Write and demonstrate skeleton of server side script

468

18CCP-506P WEB DESIGNING LAB

MODEL PAPER OF SEMESTER END EXAM- II EXAM

TIME 2 hrs MARKS 40

ANSWER ANY ONE QUESTION QUESTION CARRIES FORTY MARKS

1 Write and demonstrate the frames in HTML page






7 Write and demonstrate to create java script file using different operators

8 Write and demonstrate simple functions program in java script file

9 Write and demonstrate simple array program in java script file

10 Write and demonstrate simple control statement program in java script file

469

TALLY ACCOUNTING PACKAGE LAB

Course Title Tally Accounting Package LabSemester VTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks


Pre-requisite The students should have basic knowledge of Accountancy

COURSE OUTCOME

CO1 Explain the Accounting Concepts Principles of Accountancy introduction of Accounting Package

CO2 Know and demonstrate Financial Functions of TallyCO3 Know and demonstrate various Reports in TallyC04 Know and demonstrate Inventory Functions in Tally

CO5 Know amp demonstrate Manufacturing Company Entries by using Bills of Materials option

CO6 Know and amp demonstrate Pay bill preparationCO7 Know amp Demonstrate Ratio Analysis Cash Flow and Funds Flow StatementC08 Know Goods and Services Tax

Course Contents

10 Understand the Accounting Packages Duration 10 hours11 Define Accounting Packages12 Explain the Features like

121 Accounting 122 Multi-lingual capability123 Data migration capability

13 Explain the Advantages of Computerized Accounting20 Create Company and use of Financial Functions of Tally

Duration 15 hours21 Creation of a Company22 F11 Features23 Alteration of a Company24 F12 Configure

241 Master Configuration242 Creation of Groups243 Grouping of Ledger Accounts

244 Voucher Configuration25 Recording Transactions of Sample Data Transactions for April helliphellip

251 Transactions on starting of a company252 Transactions for May helliphelliphelliphellip253 Transactions for June helliphellip254 Transactions for July helliphellip255 Bank Reconciliation256 Transactions for August helliphellip

470

257 Transactions for September helliphellip258 Transactions for October helliphellip259 Transactions for November helliphellip2510 Transactions for December helliphellip2511 Transactions for January helliphellip2512 Transactions for February helliphellip2513 Transactions for March helliphellip2514 Provision Entries2515 Depreciation Entries2516 Adjustment Entries for Prepaid Expenses2517 Other Adjustment Entries

3 Display and Reports Duration 10 hours

31 Accounting Reports in Tally 32 Accounting Reports

a Balance Sheetb Profit and Loss Accountc 323 Account Booksd 324 Statement of Accountse Statutory Mastersf Statutory Reportsg Day Bookh Exception Reports

4 To prepare Accounts with Inventory i) Introductionii) Creation of a companyiii) F11 Featuresiv) Recording Transactions of Sample Datav) Reportsvi) Age-wise Analysis

11 To prepare Point of Salea Point of Sale (POS) Features in Tally 9b Creating Voucher Typec Recording Transactionsd POS Reports

12 To practice Printing Reportsa Types of Print Configuration Optionsb Print Formatc Cheque Printing

13 To prepare Manufacturing Company Entries a Creating Bills of Materials b Passing journal entries for manufacturing Company using raw materials to

Semi-finished finished goods14 To prepare Payrollsa Prepare bills with Basic + DA + HRA and Deductions like GPF APGLI and Group Insurance

5 Good and Services Tax51 Introduction to GST52 Goods and Services Tax (GST) 53 Purchase Voucher with GST

471

54 Sales Voucher with GST 55 GST Returns and Payment

6 To analyse the company financial position by using Ratio Analysis61 Classification

611 Financial Ratio612 Profitability Ratio613 Activity Ratio514 Investments Return and Market Performance Ratios515 Ratio Analysis ndash In Tally

To prepare Cash Flow Statement and Funds Flow Statement616 Funds Flow Statement617 Objectives618 Preparation of Funds Flow Statement619 To understand Limitations of Funds Flow Statement620 To Analysis of Funds Flow Statement621 Funds Flow in Tally622 Cash Flow Statement ndash An Introduction 623 Objectives 624 Limitations 625 Classifications of Cash Flow Statement 626 Able to print Cash Flow Statement 627 Analysing the Cash Flow Statement

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Tally Manual by Tally Solutions PvtLtd2 Tally by Dr KKiran Kumar Sri Laasya Publications Hyderabad3 Tally published by BPB Publications4 Tally by Vishnu Priya Singh Computech Publishers New Delhi

472

MODEL QUESTION PAPER

BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATION (C-18)

V SEMESTER END EXAM PRACTICAL EXAMINATION

[Time Duration 03 Hour] [Total Marks 40]

SUB NAME TALLY LAB PRACTICE SUB CODE CCP-507P

Answer any ONE question from the following 1 X 40 = 40

1 Demonstrate the procedure for profitability ratio

2 Demonstrate the procedure for activity ratio

3 Demonstrate the procedure for preparation of funds flow statement

4 Demonstrate the procedure for preparation of cash flow statement

5 Demonstrate the procedure to print funds flow statement

6 Demonstrate the procedure to print cash flow statement

7 Demonstrate the procedure for purchase voucher with GST

8 Demonstrate the procedure for sales voucher with GST

9 Demonstrate the procedure for GST returns

10 Demonstrate the procedure for GST payments

473


IV SEMESTER MID ndash II PRACTICAL EXAMINATION




11 Create company called Ms Kuldeep Electronics for the financial year 2010-11and journalize the following transaction in Tally and show the VAT computation reporta Anu started Business with cash Rs 500000b Cash deposit in ICICI Rs 50000c Purchased 10 CTVs 10000 each from LG ampco d Purchased 20 Audio Systems 3000 each from Intel ampcoe Sold 9 C TVs 13500 each to National Electricalf Sold 18 Audio Systems 4000 each for cashg Paid Salaries Rs12000 h Paid Travelling Exp Rs 2000i Cash with drawn from bank 15000

12 Create company called Ms Mangal electronics for the financial year 2007-08and journalise the following transactions in Tally and show the VAT computation reporta Ramesh started business with cash 900000b Purchased 25 Colour TVs 18000 each for cashc Paid wages 600d Purchased Furniture by cash 50000 for office usee Purchased Printer by cash 30000 for office usef Sold 15 Colour TVs 21000 each for cashg Amount deposited into bank 200000h Paid Salaries 3500 and Rent 2000i Amount withdrawn from bank for Personal use 100000 from Bank

13 Create company called Ms Suraj Computers for the financial year 2003-04 and record the following transactions in tally and show VAT computation reporta Suraj started business with Rs 5 00000 and deposited Rs 20 00000 into Bank of

Indiab Purchased 25 computers Rs 25000 each from MS Jyothi computers and paid by

chequec Purchased 10 monitors Rs 5600 each from Ms Rohan computers and paid

chequed Purchased 15 fans Rs 1800 each from Ms Seetha Electronics and paid by

cashe Purchased 6 norsquos of laptops Rs 25000 each and paid by cashf Sold 18 computers 32000 each to Ms Madhava computers and received

chequeg Sold 10 fans Rs 2300 each to Ms Pure Electronics

474

h Carriage on sales Rs 2800i Transport expenses Rs 1700j Sold 6 monitors Rs 8200 each to Ms Sanjay computers and received chequek Purchased 4 laptops Rs 26000 from Ms Neeraj laps and paid by chequel Carriage Inward Rs 2200m Sold 8 laptops Rs 33500 each to Ms Sagar laptops and received chequen Paid salaries Rs 32000o Rent paid Rs 15000p Office electricity charges Rs 1500

14 Create the company called Ms Sonu Electronics for the financial year 2016-17 and show VAT computation reporta Sonu started business with cash 900000b Purchased 25 Colour TVs 18000 each for cash paid input VAT 4c Purchased Furniture by cash 50000 for office use and paid by cashd Purchased Printer by cash 30000 for office use e Sold 15 Colour TVs 21000 each for cash f Purchased 10 Colour TVs 10000 each from LG ampcog Purchased 20 Audio Systems 3000 each from Intel ampcoh Sold 9 Colour TVs 13500 each to National Electricali Sold 18 Audio Systems 4200 each for cash j Depreciation on furniture 10k Depreciation on Printer 10l Paid Salaries Rs12000 m Paid Travelling Expenses Rs 2000n Cash withdrawn from bank Rs 15000 for office useo Paid commission Rs3 600

15 Explain the procedure for creating employee in payroll in tally16 Explain the procedure for creating employee groups in payroll in tally17 Explain the procedure for creating units in payroll in tally18 Explain the procedure for creating employee earning pay heads in payroll in Tally19 Explain the procedure for creating employee deductions pay heads in payroll in tally20 Create the company called Ms Gopal trading company Ltd For the financial

year 2011-12From the following particulars create Pay heads

Empolyee Name Suresh Ramesh Anand Rohan SurajDepartment Admin Sales Purchase Sales R amp D

Date of Joining 01-04-2011 04-04-2011 02-04-2011

05-04-2011 01-04-2011

Basic Pay 20000 16500 21000 15000 36000DA 30 30 20 20 30House Rent Alawases 40 30 30 30 40

Professional Tax 150 150 150 150 200Commission - 1500 - - -Conveyance Pay - - 2000 - -Present days 25 26 26 23 26

475

476


V SEMESTER

MID SEM - I PRACTICAL EXAMINATION




1 Create the company from the following details

Name of the company Name of your college

Address Your College address

Financial Year Your Academic year

2 Demonstrate the procedure for displaying and alterations of a company3 Explain the F11 features of Tally4 Explain any three features of F12 of Tally5 Demonstrate the procedure for creating ledgers

6 Create a company called Ms Govind enterprises for the financial year 2005-06 and record the following transaction in tally

1 Started business with cash Rs 8 00000

2 Deposited into ICICI bank Rs 75000

3 Bought furniture with cash Rs 15000

4 Purchase goods for cash Rs 30000

5 Sold goods for cash Rs 26000

6 Bought type writer on credit from Ravi amp co Rs 18000

7 Credit sales to MS Anand amp co Rs 20000

8 Credit purchase from Mahindra amp sons Rs 30000

9 Cheque receive from MS Anand amp co Rs 9000

10 Cash sales Rs 18000

11 Paid to Mahindra amp sons by cheque Rs 25000

12 Rent paid through cheque Rs 8000

13 Cash withdrawn from bank Rs 5000

14 Wages paid trough cheque Rs 1800

15 Bought motor Car on credit from TATA Motors Rs 3 00000

16 Paid to TATA Motors by cheque Rs 20000

477

7 Create a company called ldquoSahadev Enterprisesrdquo for the financial year 2006-07 Record the transactions in tally

1 Started business with cash Rs 2 00000 SBI Bank Rs 800002 Issued cheque for goods purchased Rs 10003 Bought goods for cash Rs 80004 Bought furniture from Anil Traders for cash Rs1005 Bought goods from Chandan Enterprises on credit Rs 58006 Returned damaged goods to Chandan Enterprises Rs8007 Bought goods from Naveen Traders and paid by cheque immediately Rs4008 Sold goods to Guptha Services Rs 10009 Received a cheque from Guptha Services Rs1 000 for goods sold10 Paid commission Rs2 00011 Paid wages by cheque Rs4 00012 Drawn cash for personal use from bank Rs3 000

8 Create a Company called ldquoMs Mohana Krishna Services Pvt Ltd for the FY 2006-07 and pass the following entries

1 Prepaid insurance 30002 Depreciation on machinery 20003 Provide interest on capital 20004 Commission received from customer in advance 20005 Outstanding salary 60006 Interest accrued on security bonds 10007 Interest on drawing 5008 Bad debts 10009 Prepaid rent 120010 Outstanding wages 100011 Create provision for bad and doubtful debts for 500012 Depreciation on Furniture 2000

9 Create a Company called ldquoMs Suchira Traders Pvt Ltd for the FY 2007-08 and pass the following entries

1 Outstanding insurance Rs 36002 Outstanding salaries Rs25003 Prepaid rent Rs60004 Depreciation on building Rs230005 Depreciation on Plant amp Machinery Rs 250006 Bad debts Rs 54007 Outstanding interest Rs120008 Provide reserve on profit of Rs500009 Outstanding interest on capital Rs550010 Prepaid wages Rs6300

478

10 Create company called Ms Bhuvana Enterprises for the financial year 2006-07 and show Trading Profit Loss Account nd the Balance SheetAc

Debit balance Amount Credit Balance Amount

Salaries PurchasesTrade expensesWages CarriageOffice expensesCommissionBad debtsDebtorsFurniture MachineryInsuranceBills receivableOpening stock Cash in handCash at bank

6000-0026000-00

1000-007800-00

400-00500-00600-00

1200-0030000-00

3000-0010000-00

400-002000-00

57000-00500-00

3600-00

CapitalSales DiscountCreditorsBills payable

25000-0047000-00

200-0021000-00

6800-00

TOTAL 100000 TOTAL 100000

Note Marks may be awarded as follows

1 Writing program 05 Marks2 Execution of program 05 Marks3 Viva 05 Marks4 Day to day evaluation 05 Marks

479

ENGLISH LANGUAGE amp COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB

Course Title English Language amp Communication Skills Lab


Semester V Course Group CoreTeaching Scheme in Periods(LTP)

15030 Credits 15

MethodologyPair Work Group Work Activities Lecture Self Learning

Total Contact Hours 45Pds


Unit No Unit name Periods Questions for SEE Marks

weightage Weightage

R U A1 Positive Thinking 52 Goal Setting 53 Problem Solving 54 Attitude 55 Time-Management 56 Multi -Tasking 57 Critical Thinking 58 Inter Personal Skills 59 Teamwork 5

Total 45 110 100Syllabus

Unit 1

1 Positive Thinking

2 Goal Setting

Unit 2

1 Problem Solving

2 Attitude

Unit 3

1Time Management

Unit 4

1 Multi-TaskingUnit 5

1 Critical ThinkingUnit-6

1 Inter personal Skills2 Team work

Course Outcomes

480

After completion of the course students will be able to

CO1 Identify the advantages of positive thinking CO2 Build goals and plans for futureCO3 Solve a problemCO4 Compare different attitudes of people and change their attitude accordinglyCO5 Construct the need for time managementCO6 Identify the necessity of multi-taskingCO7 Analyze the value of critical thinkingCO8 Build inter personal skillsCO9 Compare advantages of team work

Recommended Books

1 Degree 1st year text book-Skills in English A Course book for Language Learning Published by Orient Black Swan

2 Communication Skills and life skills lab manual for third semester Diploma courses published by Orient Black Swan

3 Enhancing English and employability skills students work book iv revised edition published by Orient Black Swan

Internal Evaluation

Test Units Marks PatternMid Sem 1 1 and 2 20Mid Sem 2 3 and 4 20Slip Test 1 1 and 2 5Slip Test 2 3 and 4 5Assignment 1 5Seminars 1 5

Total 60

1 httpswwwskillsyouneedcom 2 wwwelloorg3 httpswwwesoftskillscom4 youtubecom5 httpspdfssemanticscholarorg6 httpswwwknowledgehutcom

481



Essay MarksPart A 210 40

Course Outcome CL Linked POCO1 Identify the advantages of positive thinking RUA 1236789 10CO2 Build goals and future plans RUA 1236789 10CO3 Solve a Problem RUA 1236789 10CO4 Compare different attitudes in life and changing

their attitude accordinglyRUA 1236789 10

CO5 Construct the need of the time management RUA 1236789 10CO6 Identify the necessity of multi-tasking RUA 1236789 10CO7 Analyze the value of critical thinking RUA 1236789 10CO8 Build inter personal skills RUA 1236789 10CO9 Compare advantages of team work RUA 1236789 10

Model Paper for mid Semester-1

Time 1 hour Marks20

Instructions (i) answer any two Questions

(ii) Each Question carries 10 Marks

1 What is positive thinking Why should we need to think positively Explain

2 Is there a need to set a goal Explain your short term and Long term goals and how do you achieve them

3 What steps are involved in solving a problem Explain a problem which you have encountered in your life and how did you solve it

4 Define attitude Explain the importance of having positive attitude

482



MarksPart A 10Part B 10Part C 20Total 40

Model Paper for mid Semester-II

Time 1 hour Marks20



1 What is time quadrant Explain with suitable examples

2 What are the advantages of multi-tasking

3 What is the importance of time management

4 What is multi -tasking Mention a few situations where you opted multi-tasking

Model Paper for Semester Exam

Time 200 hours Marks40



1 What is positive thinking Why should we need to think positively Explain2 Is there a need to set a goal Explain your short term and Long term goals and how

do you achieve them3 What steps are involved in solving a problem Explain a problem which you have

encountered in your life and how did you solve it4 Define attitude Explain the importance of having positive attitude5 What is time quadrant Explain with suitable examples6 What are the advantages of multi-tasking7 What is critical thinking How does it help to solve problems in our real life

situations8 What are interpersonal skills Why do we need them9 What are the advantages and disadvantages of working in a team10 What are soft skills Do you think they are the survival skills How

483

VISUAL BASIC LAB

Course Title Visual Basic LabSemester VTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks


Pre-requisite The students should have basic knowledge in programming

COURSE OUTCOMECO1 Fundamentals of Visual Basic ProgrammingCO2 Designing aspects of VB FormsCO3 Creation of Menus and Common Dialog ControlCO4 Programming fundamentals of Visual BasicCO5 Database Programming amp creation of Reports

Unit-I Basics of Visual Basic Duration 05hrs

Procedure to start a new VB project - various project applications - Components of IDE - Visual Basic working environment

Unit-II Designing of Forms Duration 05hrs

Designing aspects of VB Forms - various controls to design the user interface - use of Command button textbox combo boxes check boxes option button ndash placing the controls on to the form ndash procedure to set various properties of the controls - Procedure to move resize and lock the controls ndash various events of controls ndash various methods of the controls ndash designing of simple forms using the above controls ndash use of inputbox () and msgbox () functions- procedure to enable disable the controls ndash uses of print method

Unit-III Menus and Common Dialog Control Duration 08hrs

Procedure to open menu editor - various options of menu editor - procedure to add a Menu items to the form - Modify and delete menu items - Create sub menus - Make menus and menu items visible or invisible ndashprocedure to control menus at run time ndashprocedure to open common dialog control ndash procedure set the open save as font print dialog boxes

Unit-IV Programming concepts of Visual Basic Duration 15 hrs

Procedure to declare variables and constants ndash use of different data types - programs on if-else statement Programs select-case - programs on loops - programs on arrays - use of various built in functions - procedures and functions - use of format function

Unit-V Database Programming amp Reports Duration 12hrs

Procedure to set the properties of ADODE for connection to Database - Connecting interface objects like textbox etc to ADODE - Adding updating and cancellation of

484

records - Deletion Searching recordsNavigation through Record Set - Attach the data bound controls - Attach data grid controls - Creation of reports with data reports and DE - Designing and editing the data reports using data report designer and crystal reports designer

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Mastering VB 50 - BPB publications2 Teach yourself Visual Basic - Tec media publications3 Microsoft VB Manual - MS press


10 Demonstrate the fundamentals of Visual Basic Programming11 Demonstrate to start a new VB project12 Demonstrate the various project applications13 Demonstrate the components of IDE14 Demonstrate the VB working environment

20 Demonstrate the designing of Forms21 Demonstrate the designing aspects of VB Forms22 Demonstrate various controls to design the user interface23 Demonstrate the use of Command button textbox combo boxes check boxes

option button 24 Demonstrate to place the controls on to the form25 Demonstrate to set various properties of the controls26 Demonstrate to move resize and lock the controls27 Demonstrate the events of controls28 Demonstrate the methods of the controls29 Demonstrate to design a simple form using the above controls210Demonstrate use of input box () and msgbox () functions211Demonstrate enable disable the controls212Demonstrate the use of print method

30 Practice the Menu controls31 Demonstrate to open menu editor32 Demonstrate the various options of menu editor 33 Add a Menu items to the form34 Modify and delete menu items35 Create sub menus36 Make menus and menu items visible or invisible37 Demonstrate to control menus at run time38 Demonstrate to open common dialog control39 Demonstrate to set the open and save as dialog boxes310Demonstrate the use and set the font print dialog box

40 Practice the programming fundamentals of Visual Basic41 Demonstrate to declare variables and constants42 Demonstrate different data types43 Demonstrate the programs on if-else statement 44 Demonstrate the programs select-case45 Demonstrate the programs on loops46 Demonstrate the programs on arrays47 Demonstratethe use of built in functions48 Demonstrateprocedures and functions 49 Demonstratethe use of format function

485

50 Practice the database programming in Visual Basic51 Set the properties of ADODE for connection to Database52 Connecting interface objects like textbox etc to ADODE53 Adding updating and cancellation of records54 Deletion Searching records55 Navigation through Record Set56 Attach the data bound controls57 Attach data grid controls58 Creation of reports with data reports and DE59 Designing and editing the data reports using data report designer510Designing crystal reports using crystal reports designer

EXERCISES1 Create a new project in VB2 Use the VB application wizard3 Select the IDE components4 Aligning Sizing and spacing multiple controls5 Using VB pre-defined forms menus and projects6 Customising Menus and tool bars7 Showing and hiding controls in a form8 Setting the start-up form9 Using the message boxes and input boxes10 Minimise maximise enabling and disabling form from code11 Adding a Menu to the form12 Modify and delete menu items13 Adding short-cut keys 14 Use the VB predefined menus15 Create sub menus16 Disabling (graying out) menu items17 Making Menus and Menu items visibleinvisible18 Controlling text boxes rich text boxes list boxes check boxes and combo-boxes19 Adding command and option buttons to the form 20 Creating and displaying a common dialog control21 Setting a title for common dialog control22 Use the formatting properties for numbers23 Use the date and time formatting functions24 Create new ADODE25 Add edit and update records to a RecordSet of ADO DE26 Navigate through the records in a RecordSet of ADO DE27 Delete records in a Record set28 Sort and Search for records29 Data grid controls30 Create a simple report with Data Report and DE31 Create a simple report with Crystal Report

486

Objectives and Key Competencies

Exp No

Name of Experiments Objectives Key Competencies

1 Understand the basics of Visual Basic

Know the benefits of GUI in developing applications over conventional programming

Observe the integrated Development Environment of VB

2 Display message on the formDemonstrate the purpose of form control Label box

At design timeUsing Msgbox statementUsing Msgbox() functionPrint method

-Identify suitable controls for displaying message -Set the caption property of the controls-use load method of form-maximise the form while loading

3 Accept Input from userDemonstrate the purpose of text box

Giving input at design timeGiving input at run time

i)Set caption propertyi)Know the difference between InutBox statement InputBox() functionii) Set text property of text box

4 Demonstrate the purpose of option button

Providing various options to user and allowing to select only one

Set the value property for selection

5 Demonstrate the purpose of check box

Providing user with various options and allowing to select more than one option


6 Demonstrate the use of frame control

Make a set of options of same type into a group

7 Demonstrate the purpose of list box

Provide a list of items to user for selection Add item to the list at run timeDelete an item from the list at run time

-use the list property to prepare list-use text property for selecting item-use additem method-use removeitem method

8 Demonstrate the purpose of combo box

Provide a list of items to user for selection of item of the list or other than list

-use the list property to prepare list-use text property for selecting item

9 Demonstrate the purpose of timer control

Repeat a task for a certain period of time

-use the interval property-use the timer event

10 Demonstrate the purpose of image control

-use the picture property

11 Demonstrate the -use the picture property

487

purpose of picture control

12 Demonstrate the purpose of data control

Connect to Access data base i)at design time ii) at runtimeNavigating adding deleting updating records of the recordset

-use the database recordsource properties-use database and recordset objects and their methods-use move methods find methods addnew delete update methods

13 Demonstrate the purpose of ADODC



14 Menu creation Creating a menu using menu editor window

-Create sub menus-Insertdelete items-use access keys and shortcut keys-long Vs short menus

15 Common dialog control

Demonstrate the use of common dialog control

-use action property

16 Programming fundamentals of VB

-Declaration of variables constants-Demonstrate the use of if ifelse selectcase-Demonstrate the use of looping statements-fornext whilewend doloop while-Demonstrate arrays- single dimensional two dimensional-Demonstrate the use of functions-Demonstrate the use of procedures

-use dim statement-use const statement-select suitable data type-choose suitable loop depending on the need-use index or subscript for identifying individual element of array-select function procedure depending on need


1 Students have to visit the Library to refer the Lab Manuals2 Students have practice the programs with the available computers in the Lab3 Students have to refer the various old projects 4 Quiz 5 Group discussion6 Surprise test


1 httpswwwtutorialspointcomvisualbasicindexhtm 488

2 httpwebtechstudycomvisualbasic-tutorial


COURSE OUTCOME CL Linked POCO1 Fundamentals of Visual Basic Programming RU 123678910CO2 Designing aspects of VB Forms RUA 123678910CO3 Creation of Menus and Common Dialog Control RUA 123678910CO4 Programming fundamentals of Visual Basic RUA 123678910CO5 Database Programming amp creation of Reports RUA 123678910

489

PROJECT WORK

Course Title Project Work Semester VTeaching Scheme in Periods (LTP) 15030Type of course Lecture + AssignmentsCIE 60 Marks


Course Content and Blue Print

SNo Major Topics No of Periods

1 Collection of detailed information for a given project 052 Collection of data 053 Writing algorithm flowcharts (program) database diagram 104 Develop programs 155 Execute the programs 056 Documentation 05

Total 45

Course Outcome

10 Know preparing project report for a problem11 Prepare a well structured project report for a given problem12 Prepare a well structured computer program using VB and ACCESS

Exp

No

Name of the Experiment Objectives Key Competencies

1 Preparing Project Work using Visual Basic as Front end and MS Access as Back end and using MS Word and other editors for documentation of project work

Identifying the problem for project workIdentifying the data amp source of data to be collectedCollection of suitable dataPreparing necessary Tables Forms Queries for Data entryWriting algorithm and flow charts for problem solving Developing Programs in Visual Basic for Data Analysis and preparing ReportsDocumentation of the Final Report

Identification of Problem for Project workAcquaintance of project data collectionWorking knowledge of RDBMS package ie MS Access and preparing Tables Forms Queries Reports etc for Project using MS AccessProgramming knowledge in VB to link front end and back end to access dataAcquainting to prepare a complete structured program for a given problem using computer softwareHands on working knowledge of computer and its peripherals

COURSE CONTENTS

For a given project related to Commerce Office prepare a Project Report The project should consist of small 4 or 5 forms using VB and tables using ACCESS

490

STUDENTS ACTIVITIES FOR SKILL UPGRADATION FOR FIFTH SEMESTER


I SWATCH BHARATH






II HARITHA HARAM












way

IV ROLE PLAY



2 The teacher should given an introductory talk on ways and rules to carry out Role Play

491

3 The students should ask to show interest with others and work effectively with them to involve in their respective roles

4 The teacher should fix up the time duration for initiating and conducting the activity5 The Placement Officer and any other senior faculty of the InstituteHOD of other



1 Polythene bags must be banned2 Do we really need smart cities3 Reservation for women would help the society4 How to deal with terrorism5 Managers are born not trained







VI QUIZ






1 China Market ndash a threat to Indian Market2 Technology creates income disparities3 Performance based bonuses for Government employees should be welcomed4 Will India really be the super power of 21st Century5 Education is a progressive way of discovering your ignorance

492
















493



mmm Public sector enterprises nnn State government undertakingooo Public limited companiesppp Private limited companiesqqq Individual ownership organisationsrrr Local Garment industriessss Paper millsttt Sugar millsuuu Dairy Industryvvv Agriculturewww Education and Training Institutions xxx Banks yyy IT companieszzz MNCsaaaa State and Central Government Officesbbbb Any small and Medium Enterprises






494





XI Life skills







1 Telemarketing2 Brain-Drain3 Self employment avenues in India4 Role of media in Marketing





495


DimensionExcellent Good Satisfactory Improving Unsatisfactor

y5 4 3 2 1

Collection of data







Performs his duties




Sharing views





No response





Showing interest


496

C18-CCP-601P - INDUSTRIAL TRAINING

Course Title Industrial Training Course Code C18-CCP-601PSemester VI Course Group Core Teaching Scheme in periods ( L T P)

007 Credits 25

Methodology Training Total Contact Periods 6 months

Rationale Industrial is introduced in the VI semester for the students as a part of the program to make the passed out students industry ready thus saving the training and apprenticeship needs in the industry and also help in capacity building of the Telangana state and the country

Course Objective

To enable the students to

1 Acquaint with Industry environment and culture2 Develop professional skills3 Enhance the usage skills of modern tools4 Develop Communication and leadership skills5 Encourage entrepreneurship








_________

TOTAL 1000 marks

497


Sl NoLearning Parameter

Assessment I

(First Quarter)












Total marks for Industry Evaluation300

300

600 marks


Institution Level Evaluation Scheme

Sl No

Criteria Marks Time

1 1st Report Submission 50 within 4 Weeks

2 Seminar-I 50 9th to 10th week

3 2nd Report Submission 50 Within 12 weeks

4 Log book 100 --

5 Seminar-II 50 Before Viva-Voce

498


300


1 Viva-Voce 50 After 24 weeks

2 PresentationDemonstration of skills

50

Total 100

The assessment at the institute level will be done by a minimum of three members ie Internal Faculty Industrial ExpertsExternal Examiner and HOD and the shall be averaged

The industrial training shall carry 1000 marks and the passing minimum is 50

A candidate failing to secure the minimum marks should complete it at his own expense

No apprenticeship training stipend is payable in such case

During training the candidate shall put in a minimum of 90 attendance The

Project report should be signed by the Organizational Representative and contain the

observations made by the Candidate

OBJECTIVES On completion of a spell of practical training in an industry the student will be able to ndash

10 Organisational set up

11 Identify the type of organisation

12 Draw the organisational chart

13 List the powers dutiesresponsibilities of various organisational positions

as per the above chart

14 Identify the various functions of the organisation

20 Automation of the organization

21 Identify the different atomised activities of the organisation

22 List the equipment software used for each of the activities

499

23 List various atomised operations you are trainedexposed to

30 Accounts

31 Identify the various accounting systems followed in the organisation

32 List the accounting packages

33 Narrate the exposure you have to the Accounting systems

40 Secretarial

41 Draw the Office Lay out

42 Explain the nature of the office lay out

43 List the office operations

44 List the various office automation used

45 Describe the filing system used

46 Explain the types of meetings conducted in the organisation

47 Draw a model meeting notice agenda for a meeting and minutes of the meeting

48 List the modes of communication

49 Narrate your exposure to various secretarial operations mentioned above

50 Inventory

51 Explain the Inventory methods adopted in the organisation

52 Explain the automation used in inventory management

53 Narrate your exposure to inventory management of the organisation

60 Miscellaneous

61 Narrate any exposure other than the above

500

INSTRUCTIONS TO STUDENTS

1 A candidate shall be assessed twice in each spell of industrial training ie at the third

and sixth months before heshe completes the industrial training

2 The assessment shall be carried out by a committee comprising of ndash

a) A representative of the Industry where the candidate is undergoing training

b) A staff member of the concerned section of the polytechnic

3 The assessment at the end of the third and sixth months of training shall each

carry 300 marks for the progress made during the corresponding period of

training

4 The remaining 400 marks are allotted as follows for the training record 50 marks

log book 50 marks seminar200 marks and Viva-Voce100 marks These are to

be evaluated at the institution at the end of each spell of training by a committee

consisting faculty members and Head of Department concerned

501

Salient Features




16 ELIGIBILITY OFATTENDANCE TO APPEAR FOR THE END EXAMINATION

17 READMISSION








46 EQUIVALENCE




53 GENERAL

EXERCISES

TIME-1hr 18CCP-110P TOTAL MARKS 20



MS ndash WORD- Formatting Features in Word ndash various options for Character formatting ndash Various options for Paragraph formatting ndash Various options for page formatting ndash Searching and proof reading tools ndash procedure for Finding text and Replacing text in a document ndashMeaning of Bookmarks - Searching for bookmarks


EXERCISES

TIME-1hr 18CCP-210P TOTAL MARKS20




EXERCISES

Course Title


Course Code

18CCP-401

Semester

IV

Course Group

Core


30150

Credits

3

Methodology

Lecture + Assignments+ Practice

Total Contact Hours

45Hrs60Pds

CIE

60 Marks

SEE

40 Marks

CO1

Frame sentences in given verb patterns

CO2

Describe a Process effectively

CO3

Fill forms with ease

CO4

Use Idioms and Phrases effectively Make notes

CO5

Speak in different contexts properly

CO6

Respond to Job Advertisements Read and comprehend a given passage

1 Group Discussions on social issues

2 Role plays and skits

3 Group Presentations on social issuesgrammar topics

4 Using a dictionary to know meaning of different idioms and phrases

5 Poster presentations on idioms and phrases

6 Writing resume and cover letter to advertisements from newspapersmagazines Preparing charts on the same

7 Vocabulary games for idioms and phrases

8 Presentations on people who won bravery awards

9 Describing a process Demonstrations of the process

Understanding Arrays amp Functions in C Programming File Handling Commands ndash File opening closing handling data accessing


EXERCISES


LITERARY CRITICISM


COURSE OUTCOME

CL

Linked PO

CO1

RUA

124568910

CO2

RUA

1245 78910

CO3

RU

134567810

CO4

RU

123456710

CO5

RUA

1235678910

C06

RUA

1345678910

C-18 MID SEM-I

PART-A

ANSWER ALL THE QUESTIONS EACH QUESTION CARRIES ONE MARK 4 X 1M = 4M

PART-B

PART-C

C-18 MID SEM-II

PART-A 4 X 1M = 4M



PART-A

PART-B

PART-C

113 Functions of the capital market

114 Major constituents of the capital market

121 State the meaning of Primary Market

122 State the need of Primary Market

123 State the Functions of Primary Market


125 State the need of Secondary Market


21 The difference between primary market and secondary market

22 Similarities between Primary and Secondary Markets

23 Interrelationship between Primary Markets and Secondary Markets

24 Participants in the Capital Market

41 Different kinds of issue of securities


PART-A


PART-B

PART-C


PART-A


PART-B

PART-C


PART-A

PART-B

PART-C

PRINCIPLES OF WEB DESIGN - Anatomy of Web page Format Elements Navigation Building Launching and maintaining web site


EXERCISES

PROJECT WORK

Course Outcome

10 Know preparing project report for a problem

COURSE CONTENTS

The Curriculum is Outcome based Semester Pattern more practical oriented

Flexible Relevant to the industry needs and oriented to develop

entrepreneurship skills in Diploma students

A maximum of 20 credits be permitted in specialized electives offered in VI

semester that can be pursued through MOOC like SWAYAM NPTEL

To start with a robust curriculum structure is designed

Course structure contains 5 theory courses and 5 Laboratory courses per

semester

All theory courses will be of Lecture -Tutorial-Practicals (LTP) pattern

In order to ensure continuous evaluation total course content is divided into 3

parts ie Mid Semester- I should be conducted for 20 marks from part I and Mid

Semester- II should be conducted for 20 marks from part II End Examination

shall be conducted for 40 marks of which 20 marks should be covered from part

III 20 marks covered from overall course content

The sessional marks of 20 are assigned to slip tests assignments seminars quiz

etc

The question paper pattern is comprising of short answer questions Essay

questions Application based Questions covering the attributes of understanding

remembering and Application

Scoring of the candidate in the examination is reflected in terms of grade points

blending with relative grade point award system

2 Keeping in view the increased need of communication skills that is playing a vital role in the

success of Diploma Level students in the Industries emphasis is given for learning and

acquiring listening speaking reading and writing skills in English Communication Skills

lab and Life Skills lab are therefore introduced in III Semester and Advanced

Communication Skills lab and Life Skills lab as lab electives from IV Semester for all the

branches

3 Latest topics relevant to the needs of the industry and global scenario suitable to be

taught at Diploma level are also incorporated in the curriculum

4 CAD specific to the branch has been given more emphasis in the curriculum Preparing

drawings using CAD software has been given more importance

2



mailing





Curriculum
















the HOSPrincipal







3














from time to time















to time























EXAMINATION








5





17 READMISSION









Working days



for 65 attendance

1Any Semester


90 675 585














6

7





evaluation






formulated as












8

End

Examination

40 marks

Mid Sem 1 20 marks

Mid Sem 2 20 marks

Tutorials

Sessionals

20 marks












formulated as



9






Part C




Grade Grade Point





Abs or Rel grade


Abs or Rel grade


Abs or Rel grade


Abs or Rel grade


Abs or Rel grade


Abs or Rel grade


Abs or Rel grade








Examination-








VI Credits10






VII Electives


Or


SWAYAMNPTEL













_________

TOTAL 1000 marks

11



Assessment I(First

Quarter)















Criteria Marks Time



300


of skills50

Total 100

12



averaged





Semester Exam










maybe








exercise prescribed





13









from time to time








in the 2nd semester










Semester




14













as the case may be













Training)





15


S No

From Sem


Credits Remarks



AY 2021-22 onwards





S NoFrom

Sem

To

SemAttendance

Cumulative

CreditsRemarks




















16



years





academic years














from time to time




manner

46 EQUIVALENCE





17











53 GENERAL




competent authority





18

I SEMESTER

19


SN

o

Cou

rse

Cod

e

Course Name


Week

Tota

l Per

iods

Per

Sem

este

r

Cre

dits

Continuous Internal


L T P

Mid

Sem

-I

Mid

Sem

-II

Inte

rnal

Eva

luat

ion

Max

Mar

ks

Min

Mar

ks

Tota

l Mar

ks

Min

i m

arks

for

pass

ing

incl

udin

g In

tern

al



3 18CCP 103C


4 18CCP-104C


5 18CCP-105F


2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35


7 18CCP-107P


8 18CCP-108P


9 18CCP-109P


1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

10 18CCP-110P


1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50




20

BASIC ENGLISH


30300 Credits 3


Unit No



Q1234 Q9(a)Q12(a) Q13(a)





Q13(b) Q15(a) Q15(b)


Total 60 8 8 8


21


Pre requisites









1 Umbrella Man

2 Spellings



2 Parts of Speech





1 Tense


1 My Mother



22

Course Outcomes

Course Content











13 Know spellings






24 Transcribe words








40 Tense


42 Learn Past tense



50 My mother


23

Recommended Books














Total 60


e-learning


24

Internal evaluation





PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions











25




Part A 8 0 8

Part B 0 48 12

Part C 0 48 20

Total 08 816 40


Part A 4 0 4

Part B 0 24 6

Part C 0 24 10

Total 4 48 20

PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M

Instructions




OR




OR





PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions




OR



Iv Fther V Klass




OR



26




5 Aha I won it



PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions















PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M

Instructions




OR



27







OR





PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions




OR








OR





iv I (work) now


28



PART - A 8 x 1 = 8 M

Instructions




I Perty


I ˈ riˈmuːv


I Thin










PART - B 4 x 3 = 12 M

Instructions




OR


29


OR








OR




OR





PART-C 4 x 5 = 20 M

Instructions




OR



OR







30









OR















OR










31




SNo

























5 Body Language







BOOK KEEPING

32




COURSE OUTCOME

CO1


CO2


CO3


CO4


CO5


CO6


Course Contents









33






RECOMMENDED BOOKS





















35




CO2


125678910

CO3


12345678910

CO4


12345678910

CO5


12345678910

CO6


12345678910

MID SEM-I EXAM


1 Unit-I 1 2 5(a)5(b)

7(a)7(b)

2 Unit-II 3 4 6(a)6(b)

8(a)8(b)



1 Unit-III 1 2 5(a)5(b)

7(a)7(b)

2 Unit-IV 3 4 6(a)6(b)

8(a)8(b)




R U A 1 I

4

1 9(a) 13(a) 2 II

3 III 2 10(a) 14(a) 4 IV

5 V 3 5 69(b) 13(b)

11(a) 15(a)

36

11(b) 15(b)

6 VI 78

10(b) 14(b)

12(a) 16(a)12(b) 16(b)


Legend




37

MODEL PAPERS
















OR







18CCP-102

39























41

18CCP ndash102C



PART ndash A





3 Define Ledger









(OR)





42











(OR)



PART ndash C


43



(OR)








44



(OR)







45




COURSE OUTCOME





and STR

Course Contents







46



47





RECOMMENDED BOOKS









48













123678910

CO2


123678910




123678910
















OR


50





Define Diphtong







OR



OR





OR


51


OR


18CCP ndash103C



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART ndash A


1 Define Vowel








PART ndash B



OR



OR



OR



52

OR


53

PART ndash C





OR



OR



OR


54




COURSE OUTCOME



COURSE CONTENTS








RECOMMENDED BOOKS


55










56













125678910


57



12345678910


12345678910

58









OR








End

59








OR








END

60

18CCP ndash104C



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART ndash A



PART ndash B







61

PART ndash C







62




COURSE OUTCOME



Course Contents


















64






















66




RECOMMENDED BOOKS









910CO3


123678910




910

67

MODEL PAPER OF

MID SEM- I EXAM

TIME 1 hr MARKS 20

PART-A














68





















69

MODEL PAPER OF

END SEMESTER EXAM

TIME 2 hr MARKS 40

PART-A 8 x 1 = 8






6 Define a shortcut


8 Define Web site







(or)



(or)

70








(or)



(or)


71

72

PHONOGRAPHY LAB





Course Contents









Duration 06 hrs




RECOMMENDED BOOKS










RU 123678910 26


10 14


RUA 123678910 18

74

75







the door at two










76






77





COURSE OUTCOME




customized software

COURSE CONTENTS







RECOMMENDED BOOKS



78












79





CO1


10 12CO2


10 14

CO3


RUA 123678910 08

CO4


10 06

CO5


RUA 123678910 18









1234567890 0987654321 1234567890 0987654321


80










81









82






83







CO1


10 20CO2


10 25

84






MID II EXAMINATION



85



86

87




COURSE OUTCOME












88









89

p No

Experiments







3







5







7




8



9








90



11










14




15




16










91

19





20







22













RECOMMENDED BOOKS









0CO3


123678910

CO4


123678910




i) DIR ii) COPY






i) DELETE ii) MKDIR



i) EDIT ii) LABEL

93



i) ERASE ii) RENAME




94






15030 Credits 15












Reading skills 10m

Speaking skills 10m

95


Pre requisites

Course Outcomes


PART-A 23 10M

PART-B 12 10M





ndash T7)


T5)





T4)




T7)




T6)


audio files


T6)


and intonation

96

Course Content



























Recommended Books




















intonation



t1 5


98

Internal evaluation


e-learning

1wwwduolingocom

2 wwwbbccouk

3 wwwbabbelcom


5 wwwelloorg

6 wwwlang-8com

7 youtubecom


9 moocorg




Reading skills 10m

Speaking skills 10m


PART-A 23 10M

PART-B 12 10M

99







PART-B 1X10=10M










PART-B 1X10=10M



100








123489 10


123 4 8 9 10





123 4 10

101




I SWATCH BHARATH






II HARITHA HARAM












way

102

IV ROLE PLAY














VI QUIZ




enthusiastically103















104










105









XI Life skills





106










Collection of data







Performs his duties








No response





Showing interest


107

II SEMESTER


SN

o

Cour

se

Code


Week Tota

l

Cred



108

Perio

ds P

er

Sem

este

r

L T P

Mid

Sem

-I

Mid

Sem

-II

Inte

rnal

Ev

alua

tion

Max

Mar

ks

Min

Mar

ks

Tota

l Mar

ks

Min

i m

arks

for

pass

ing

incl

udin

g


2 18CCP-202C


3 18CCP-203C



5 18CCP-205C


6 18CCP-206P


7 18CCP-207P


8 18CCP-208P


1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

9 18CCP-209P


10 18CCP-210P


1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50



ADVANCED ENGLISH

109


Unit No





4 + 6 = 10


4 + 6 = 10



4 + 6 = 10


Q11(a) Q11(b)Q13(b)

Q15(a) Q16(a)


Q12(a) Q12(b)Q14(b)

Q15(b) Q16(b)Total 60 8 8 8










2 Question Tags



110

Pre requisites

Course Outcomes






1 If I Were You



2 The Medal



7 A Service of Love













111

Recommended Books




















voice



48 Appreciate drama












112

















Assignment


Seminars 1 5

Total 60

113

Internal evaluation





e-learning

1wwwduolingocom

2 wwwbbccouk

3 wwwbabbelcom


5 wwwelloorg

6 wwwlang-8com

7 youtubecom


9 moocorg


114




Part A 8 0 8

Part B 0 48 12

Part C 0 48 20

Total 08 816 40





1 2 3 4 8 9 10


4 5 6 7 8 9 10


4 56 7 8 9 10



PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions







115




Part A 4 0 4

Part B 0 24 6

Part C 0 24 10

Total 4 48 20

PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M

Instructions








OR





OR




PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M



OR



OR


116



PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions







PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M






OR






OR





117

PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions




OR








OR








MODEL PAPER


PART - A 8 x 1 = 8 M


1 Add Question tag

He is not a dancer

2 Change the Voice



118










PART - B 4 x 3 = 12 M



OR



OR



OR






OR


PART-C 4 x 5 = 20 M

Instructions




OR

119



OR








OR



















OR


120




February 4th 1961






















3 Audience contact





121










122





COURSE OUTCOME

CO1




CO4


Course Contents







123




























125







125678910


125678910



12345678910











OR


126







OR











OR









127


OR






128



PART ndash A














129




0


0


0


0


0



0


0


0


0


0








130

18CCP ndash202C




















Purchases

Wages

Sales returns

8000

2000

500

Sales

Purchase Returns

10300

200


131




(OR)



500080000 5000----------90000

CapitalLoan

7000020000

---------90000



PARTICULARS AMOUNT

Opening stock

Purchases

Sales

Closing Stock

Sales Returns

Purchase returns

2000

8000

7500

3000

500

500

(OR)



75006000

50010000

5008000


132

Gross profit

Salaries

Insurance

Advertisements

16500

8000

5300

1300


(OR)


Gross profit

Rent

Commission received

Discount

7500

4000

1300

300








(OR)




10000 21000 8000 1000------------ 40000


39500 500

-------------- 40000




133



(OR)



Opening Stock

Purchases

Salaries

Advertisements

12000

20000

9500

2000

---------

43500

Sales

Interest received

43000

500

----------

43500





Opening Stock

Purchases

Sales returns

Rent

Insurance

Discount

2000

15000

500

1200

2000

200

----------

20900

Sales

Purchase

returns

Discount

Commission

20000

400

300

200

---------

20900


(OR)


Rohini traders


5000 7000

SalesDiscount

17000 400

134


2000 3000 60017600

Commission 200




8000 15000 12500 3500 14000 45000-----------98000


25000 1400 62600 9000

----------98000



(OR)



10000 16500 10500 5200 600 100008000----------60800


19000 1900 326004000 3300

----------60800




135




Unit

NoUnit Name Hou

rQuestions to be

set for SEEMarks

Weightage

Weightage ()R U A







12 2 16 18Total 60 11+



COURSE OUTCOME


Course Contents



Duration 12 hrs136






Duration 08 hrs










137














138





g Hrs

CO1


10 12CO2


10 14CO3


10 08CO4


10 06CO5


10 18










139













OR



OR




140

OR



OR


18CCP ndash203C










141



OR



OR





OR



OR



OR



OR


142


















143

RECOMMENDED BOOKS












144













125678910

CO2


CO3


12345678910

CO4


12345678910

CO5



145













OR



OR


146










OR





OR



OR


147

18CCP ndash204C







OR



OR



OR



OR


148

PART ndash C



OR



OR



OR



OR


149








Course Contents








150
















151














152

RECOMMENDED BOOKS












153


TIME 1 hr MARKS 20

PART-A 4 x 1 = 4




3 Define animation











154


TIME 1 hr MARKS 20

PART-A 4 x 1 = 4















155


TIME 2 hr MARKS 40

PART-A 8 x 1 = 8









8 Define Mail merge







(or)



(or)


156








(or)



(or)


157





COURSE OUTCOME




Course Contents





158





RECOMMENDED BOOKS







159







RU 123678910 12


RUA

123678910 14


RUA

123678910 08


RUA

123678910 06


RUA

123678910 18

160




i Leaderii Virtue





161








162





163



164





COURSE OUTCOME




COURSE CONTENTS






RECOMMENDED BOOKS




165










CO1


0 12

CO2


RUA

123678910 14

CO3


RUA

123678910 08

166













167




Instructions








168





S No

Major Topics






COURSE OUTCOME



COURSE CONTENTS






169





RECOMMENDED BOOKS









170









CO1


RU 123678910 10

CO2


RUA

123678910 15


171


MID-I


172


MID-II


173

Q 2


174




Q 1

Q 2Marks15

175

Q 3 Marks15

176






COURSE OUTCOME



Course Contents









177








EXERCISES


178



ExNo

Name of Experiment














179



















10




180



11




12




13




14




15





181







182

RECOMMENDED BOOKS







CO1


RU 123678910 12

CO2


10 14CO3


10 08CO4


10 11

183


TIME 1 hr MARKS 20












TIME 1 hr MARKS 20








184






TIME 2hr MARKS 40














185





15030 Credits 15




Weightage


people places 10 4


6 0 0 1


8 0 1


45 10 110 100







UNIT 1 Role Plays

186

Pre requisites

Course Outcomes
















coherence












Recommended Books

10 Role Plays






























INTERNAL EVALUATION

188


t1 5








Reading skills 10m

Speaking skills 10m


PART-A 23 10M

PART-B 12 10M

189




PART-A 2x5=10m



PART-B 1X10=10M









3 Describe a mobile

PART-B 1X10=10M



190




191








12 3 4 8 9 10




I SWATCH BHARATH






II HARITHA HARAM












way

192

IV ROLE PLAY














VI QUIZ




enthusiastically193















194











195








XI Life skills






196










y5 4 3 2 1

Collection of data







Performs his duties








No response





Showing interest


197

III SEMESTER

198


SN



Week

Tota

l Per

iods

Per

Se

mes

ter

Cre

dits

Continuous Internal


L T P

Mid

Sem

-I

Mid

Sem

-II

Inte

rnal

Ev

alua

tion

Max

Mar

ks

Min

Mar

ks

Tota

l Mar

ks

Min

i m

arks

for

pass

ing

incl

udin

g In

tern

al





2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35





1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50







199

ENGLISH LITERATURE


30150 Credits 3




Word- Stress 10


14



Advertisements 8


8 Q3 Q5Q6 Q9(b) Q11(a) Q11(b)

Q14(b) Q15(a) Q15(b)


12Q4Q7

Q8 Q10(b) Q12(a) Q12(b)

Q13(b) Q16(a) Q16(b)

Total 60 8 8 8

PREREQUISITES









200

Course Outcomes





1 The Magical Earth

2 Word-Stress



4 Punctuation

5 Vocabulary



4 Non-Verbal Data


2 To Sir With Love

3 Advertisements





9 The Sand Box

10 ResumeCVBio-data

11 Cover Letter

201

Course Content























202


Recommended Books














420 Know new words



512 Know the theme



solutions







203






e-learning

1 wwwduolingocom

2 wwwbbccouk

3 wwwbabbelcom


5 wwwelloorg

6 wwwlang-8com

7 youtubecom


9 moocorg


204

Internal evaluation




205





Part A 8 0 8

Part B 0 48 12

Part C 0 48 20

Total 08 816 40


Part A 4 0 4

Part B 0 24 6

Part C 0 24 10

Total 4 48 20














PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M







206



onersquos opinion

207



PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions











208




GPT-MEDAK DCCP




PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M

Instructions



OR


832

1412






OR





209

PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions



OR








OR


210








PART - A 8 x 1 = 8 M

Instructions









211






warfare



PART - B 4 x 3 = 12 M

Instructions



OR



OR



OR



OR


Stenographer

PART-C 4 x 5 = 20 M

Instructions



OR

212



OR



OR



OR





1 2 3 4 8 9 10


1 2 3 4 8 9 10




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10



1 2 3 4 8 10

213










2 Content accuracy





3 Attractiveness














214





COURSE OUTCOME

CO1


CO2


CO3


CO4


CO5


CO6


Course Contents








215











216









217





CO1

Depreciation RUA

12345678910 10

CO2


RUA

12345678910 10

CO3


RUA

12345678910 10

CO4


12345678910 05

CO5


RUA

12345678910 15

CO6


RUA

12345678910 10

218






25000 4501600

27050


125900

90001702527050

Adjustments





Receipts RsPayments

Rs


400001000050000


3500 34500 37500

(OR)

219



420007500050000

167000


35000180004000074000

167000

ADJUSTMENTS








25000300002000

15000

12001800

10000________

85000


2000150035001500

3000018500 2500

25500_________

85000

220




5300070004200

130001200

________78400


3900 2300 18000

12403000

45000600360

4000_________




(OR)



450001500300020003000150900

________55550


28000 1800

10000 1504000360

18009440

_________55550

ADJUSTMENTS


221




PART ndash B



(OR)



(OR)


PART ndash C



(OR)

222






(OR)




PART ndash A







223


(OR)



(OR)



(OR)


224

PART ndash C





(OR)



(OR)


225


(OR)


226

ENGLISH SHORTHAND




COURSE OUTCOME

CO1


CO2


CO3


CO4


CO5


CO6






227








Student Activities


REFERENCE BOOKS



228



229



CO1


RUA

12345678910

10

CO2


RUA

12345678910

10

CO3


12345678910

10

CO4


RUA

12345678910

05

CO5


RUA

12345678910

15

CO6


RUA

12345678910

10



PART ndash A


1Define Diphone




PART ndash B



230

OR



OR


PART-C



OR



OR



PART ndash A






PART ndash B



OR



OR

231


PART-C



OR



OR




PART ndash A










PART ndash B



OR



232

OR






PART ndash C





OR




233





COURSE OUTCOME



Course Contents








234











235





236



237

RECOMMENDED BOOKS






CO1


RUA

12345678910 6


UA1234567891

0 8


UA1234567891

0 8

CO4


RUA

12345678910 8

CO5


RUA

12345678910 15


UA1234567891

0 15


TIME 1 hr MARKS 20

PART-A 4 x 1 = 4




3 Define a formula




238









PART-A 4 x 1 = 4



3 Define Database

4 Define RDBMS






239





(or)





TIME 1 hr MARKS 40

PART-A 8 x 1 = 8







6 Define a shortcut


8 Define Web site



240





(or)



(or)







(or)



(or)


241




TIME 2 HRS MARKS 40

PART ndash A



2 Define Formula

3 Define Printing



6 Define Query

7 Define a Filter

8 Define reports

PART ndash B



or



or



or


242


Or


PART ndash C



Or



Or



Or



Or


243

244

BUSINESS STATISTICS




COURSE OUTCOME

CO1


CO2


CO3


CO4


CO5


CO6


Course Contents








245


246












247











248




CO1


RUA

12345678910 6

CO2


RUA

12345678910 8

CO3


RUA

12345678910 8

CO4


RUA

12345678910 8

CO5


RUA

12345678910 15

CO6


RUA

12345678910 15

249










Amount in thousands

12 10 8 20

OR


year 1976 1986 1996 2006 2016

Population

in millions

58 72 85 112 128


X 10 20 30 40F 5 12 18 2

250

OR


X 10 20 30 40

F 8 22 10 5




OR



Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60

No of students

8 16 34 24 12 5

OR


x 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60

f 12 16 45 24 18 8

251




Wages 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50

workers 3 28 45 12 7






OR



X 10 20 30 40

f 4 6 3 2

OR


X 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80

f 125 456 987 159

252

PART C



than 10Less than 20

Less than 30

Less than 40

Less than 50

Less than 60

Less than 70

No of students

4 16 34 56 66 74 80


X 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60

f 12 18 30 31 8 2


CI 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100 100-120

frequency 25 48 60 78 34 18

OR


X 10 20 30 40

f 4 6 3 2

253

18CCP ndash305C










7 Define Regression






35 54 78 32 18

(OR)


y 963 159 753 357 951


Wages 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50

workers 3 28 45 12 7

254

(OR)



(OR)



Judge 1 5 3 1 2 4

Judge 2 3 2 5 1 4


X 4 6 8 3

Y 1 5 2 3

(OR)





f 3 16 34 22 12 7 2

(OR)


X 25 64 25 54 96 72

Y 45 58 30 30 30 24

255


Marks Less than 10

Less than 20

Less than 30

Less than 40

Less than 50

Less than 60

No of Students

6 24 56 84 96 100

(OR)



25 40 60 30 75

Sales in crores 235 385 456 284 620


Height 63 28 45 65 15

Weight 96 32 82 74 25

(OR)


A B C D E F

Judge 1 159 753 456 456 123 852

Judge 2 123 951 123 123 753 123





X 12 25 18 7256

Y 5 12 15 10 (OR) (b)







257




COURSE OUTCOME







258


COURSE CONTENTS _



Reference Books








CO1


12345678910 6

CO2


RUA

12345678910 8

CO3


RUA

12345678910 8


4 UA 910CO5


RUA

12345678910 15

CO6


RUA

12345678910 15


Time 1 HourMarks20





260


261


Time 1 HourMarks20




262


263


Time 1 HourMarks40


marks

A Flattery

b Winter

c Obey

d Quality

e Self-made

f conflict

g sentiment

h director

i prompt

j production

264




265






COURSE OUTCOME


COURSE CONTENTS






RECOMMENDED BOOKS





266




word)







CO1


0 12

CO2


RUA

123678910 14

CO3


RUA

123678910 08

267


MID I






MID II





268










269





COURSE OUTCOME




COURSE CONTENTS










270

RECOMMENDED BOOKS













271




CO1


RU 123678910 10


RUA 123678910 15

CO3


20

272


Mid Sem-I


273

Mid Sem-II



274


275

END EXAMINATION



276


277


278





COURSE OUTCOME














279








EXERCISES


280


Student activities






























281




















Use primary key















282





CO4















283


TIME 1 hr MARKS 20












284


TIME 2hr MARKS 40













285





COURSE OUTCOME



Course contents

















SUGGESTED READINGS




287











288



I SWATCH BHARATH






II HARITHA HARAM













IV ROLE PLAY














290

VI QUIZ















291











292











XI Life skills


293











Collection of data







Performs his duties








No response





Showing interest


294

IV SEMESTER

295


SN



Week

Tota

l Per

iods

Per

Se

mes

ter

Cre

dits

Continuous Internal


L T P

Mid

Sem

-I

Mid

Sem

-II

Inte

rnal

Ev

alua

tion

Max

Mar

ks

Min

Mar

ks

Tota

l M

arks

Min

i m

arks

for

1 18CCP-401F


2 18CCP-402C


3 18CCP-403C


Correspondence2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35


5 18CCP-405E


2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

6 18CCP-406P


wpm)1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

7 18CCP-407P



1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

8 18CCP-408P


1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

9 18CCP-409P DTP Lab 1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

10 18CCP-410P








296





30150 Credits 3


Total Contact Hours

45Hrs60Pds


Unit No

Unit Name Periods



4 + 4 = 8

Q4


4 + 4 = 8



Note-Making6 + 6 =

125 The Awakening


Q3 Q4Q5Q6Q7Q8

Q9(b) Q11(a) Q11(b)

Q13(b) Q15(a) Q15(b)


4 + 6 + 4 = 14

Q10(b) Q12(a) Q12(b)

Q14(b) Q16(a) Q16(b)

Total 60 8 8 8


297Course Outcomes






4 Verb-Patterns


6 Parige



5 My Elder Brother




5 Note-Making


6 The Awakening

7 Dialogue Writing



Course Content







Press



















299

Recommended Books














516 Know new words













300

Internal evaluation

Total 60




301





Part A 8 0 8

Part B 0 48 12

Part C 0 48 20

Total 8 816 40



PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M




S+V+O



we play cricket

PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M



OR




OR




OR





OR


302




PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M










a A weak spot

b Show no emotion

PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M



OR




303








PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions




OR






OR


304





foreign language

305



PART - A 8 x 1 = 8 M




PART - B 4 x 3 = 12 M



i S + V + O

ii S + V

iii S + V + SC

OR








306



OR




OR











307

PART-C 4 x 5 = 20 M

Instructions




OR







OR










OR



308




TASK WITH PATIENCE




AGE


STATE OF INDIA

OR














309





















5 Time Management






310




COURSE OUTCOME






Course Contents








311







RECOMMENDED BOOKS























313










PART ndash A


4x1 = 4 Marks



2x3=6 Marks


DUE DATE AMOUNT Rs

January 7th

February 20th

April 4th

250015002000

(OR)


DUE DATE AMOUNT Rs

314


150010003000


2005 Rs



2006 Rs



DUE DATE AMOUNTRs

January 6th

February 16th

March 15th

April 1st

April 14th

20003000400050006000


(OR)




2006 Rs

315


(OR)


2009 Rs







PART ndash A




2x3=6 Marks


(OR)


316



(OR)



2x5=10 Marks






(OR)


317

318



PART ndash A





DUE DATE AMOUNT Rs

January 17th

February 10th

April 14th

500 1800 2500

(OR)



Sundry creditors

17004000

30008700


800240040001500

8700



(OR)

319




Sundry creditors

17004000

30008700


800240040001500

8700


(OR)



19000500012000

400003000025000131000


250015500250008000

3500045000131000





320




BILL DATE AMOUNTRs

January 17th

January 28th

February 18th

March 5th

April 24th

June 2nd

150020001200 80020001500


(OR)




35000

15000 750057500


2000016000 6000 500

1500057500





321


(OR)




30500

20000150001500080500


3500

350001500025000200080500


(OR)



3000 7504504200


100240012005004200



322


(OR)


323





COURSE OUTCOME






COURSE CONTENTS









324










325







REFERENCES





326





RUA 123 678910


RUA 1245678910


RUA 123458910




327














OR



OR


328













OR





OR



OR


329


18CCP ndash403C
















330





331

C PROGRAMMING




COURSE OUTCOME



Course contents











332



RECOMMENDED BOOKS









333











CO1


RUA

123678910 5

CO2


RUA

123678910 4

CO3


0 8


334



RUA

123678910 22


RUA

123678910 16

335


Time 1 Hour Marks20

PART-A



PART-B






PART-C






-x-x-x-x-

336


Time 1 Hour Marks20

PART-A



PART-B






PART-C






-x-x-x-x-

337



PART-A



PART-B










PART-C







338




339

BANKING




COURSE OUTCOME


COURSE CONTENTS









340





10 hrs


RECOMMENDED BOOKS








341


and lending









342







CO1


RUA

12345678910 8

CO2


12345678910 10

CO3


RUA

12345678910 8

CO4


RUA

12345678910 10

CO5


RUA

12345678910 14

CO6


RUA

12345678910 10

343





1Define Banking












OR



OR


344









OR








345

18CCPndash405E



PART ndash A


1 Define Banking









OR



OR



OR



OR


346




OR



OR



OR



OR


347

MERCANTILE LAW




COURSE OUTCOME





Course Contents






348











13 Define Contract









349































350





REFERENCE BOOKS




















351

352



CO1


RUA

12345678910 10

CO2


RUA

12345678910 10

CO3


RUA

12345678910 10

CO4


RUA

12345678910 05

CO5


RUA

12345678910 15


RUA

12345678910 10

353







(OR)



(OR)





(OR)




354






(OR)



(OR)




(OR)



(OR)





PART ndash A



355




(OR)



(OR)



(OR)



(OR)










(OR)


356





COURSE OUTCOME


CO2


CO3


CO4





exercises










357



REFERENCE BOOKS







358

MID ndash I


Time 1 Hour Marks20

359

MID ndash II


Time 1 Hour Marks20

360

END EXAMINATION



361

362





COURSE OUTCOME




Computer)












363

COURSE CONTENTS




exercises

REFERENCE BOOKS





364





COURSE OUTCOME









COURSE OUTCOMES






365


















366


RECOMMENDED BOOKS





367



Exercises

SlNo














368





123456


123456


123456


123456


123456


123456








369










and Debit cards









370

DTP LAB




COURSE OUTCOME


Course Contents









371

RECOMMENDED BOOKS


















372









20 ADOBE PHOTOSHOP


30 ADOBE PHOTOSHOP


40 ADOBE FLASH


373








4 Working with Text










374








375



Exp


Competencies

1




2 Working with Text



376




Usage of Graphics

4




5

Working with Tables



6Working with Style









10

Exercise on layers



11



12



13



14







377



16




17




18




19



20




21




22








378





0 15


0 05


0 10


0 15

379



TIME 1 Hour MARKS20






TIME 1 Hour MARKS20



380


TIME2 HRS MARKS 40


381





SlNo



Total 60


SNo


1




2







382


4




5




6




7




8




9




10







383


12




13




14




15




16




384

385

































386











REFERENCE BOOKS


387



TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20
















TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20







388









3 Viva 5 Marks




TIME 2 hrs MARKS 40














389



I SWATCH BHARATH






II HARITHA HARAM












way

IV ROLE PLAY














VI QUIZ







391

















392

393









394





XI Life skills












395



Improving

unsatisfactory








Performs his duties




Sharing views





No response





Showing interest


396

V SEMESTER

397


SN



Week

Tota

l Per

iods

Per

Se

mes

ter

Cre

dits

Continuous Internal


L T P

Mid

Sem

-I

Mid

Sem

-II

Inte

rnal

Ev

alua

tion

Max

Mar

ks

Min

Mar

ks

Tota

l Mar

ks

Min

i m

arks

fo

r pas

sing

in

clud

ing


2 18CCP-502C


2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35


4 18CCP-504E


2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

5 18CCP-505E


2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

6 18CCP-506P


7 18CCP-507P


8 18CCP-508P


1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50





398

LITERARY CRITICISM


Reading


Unit No



4 + 7 = 11

Q1 Q9(a) Q13(a)


4 + 5 = 9




115 A Psalm of Life


Q5Q6Q7Q8

Q9(b) Q11(a) Q11(b)

Q13(b) Q15(a) Q15(b)


10

Q10(b) Q12(a) Q12(b)

Q14(b) Q16(a) Q16(b)

Total 60 8 8 8

399

Pre requisites












400

Course Outcomes

Course Content

Recommended Books










401














402

Internal evaluation




PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M




PART - B 2 x 3 = 6

M

Instructions


OR


403









PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M







404



PART - 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions






PART - B 2 x 3 = 6

M

Instructions



OR



OR






405



advantageOR



PART-A 8X1=8m












406


PART-C













OR


407














3 Content accuracy

















408







COURSE CONTENTS











409




RECOMMENDED BOOKS










410
















411




CO1


12345678910 04

CO2


RUA

12345678910 06

CO3


12345678910 08

CO4


RUA

12345678910 12

CO5


RUA

12345678910 15

CO6


RUA

12345678910 15

412





1 Define Economics


3 Define Demand





OR



OR





OR



OR


413







3 Define pollution





OR







OR


414












6 Define Monopoly







(OR)



(OR)



(OR)


415


(OR)






(OR)



(OR)



(OR)



(OR)


416

VISUAL BASIC








COURSE CONTENTS









417














418




REFERENCES














419

420

C18CCP-504C













OR






OR



Or


421



VISUAL BASIC





2 Define Sub Menu


4 Define variable




OR






OR



Or


422

C18CCP-504C




PART- A



PART-B







OR


423


OR








OR



OR


424






COURSE CONTENTS













426

RECOMMENDED BOOKS


















428






9 Define Management










OR



OR


429






5 Define Authority


7 Define Planning




OR



OR







430

18CCP ndash504E



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART ndash A


9 Define Management

10 Define Authority







PART ndash B










431



OR



OR



OR



OR


432

INSURANCE




COURSE OUTCOME

CO1


CO2


CO3


CO4


CO5


CO6


Course Contents








433

Duration 10 Hr










434












BDelhi


435


TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20
















PART-B 2 X 3M = 6M


436



















437

PART-C










438















439

Pre requisites

Course Outcomes



















440











REFERENCE BOOKS














441

UA18CCP ndash504E





----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART ndash A











PART ndash B








442



PART ndash C








443






COURSE OUTCOME





COURSE CONTENTS







444












and Asset income



445












446





RUA 12345678910



RUA 12345678910





PART-A 4 x 1 = 4











447




18CCP-505E



PART-A 4 x 1 = 4

















448

TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20

PART-A 4 x 1 = 4




















449




Pre requisites












450

Course Outcomes




COURSE CONTENTS


REFERENCE BOOKS




Delhi

451














OR



OR







OR


452









OR



OR





OR



OR


453

18CCP ndash505E





PART ndash A















(OR)



(OR)



(OR)


454


(OR)






(OR)



(OR)



(OR)



(OR)


455




COURSE OUTCOME














COURSE CONTENTS



RECOMMENDED BOOKS













457
















458






RUA 234579


RUA 13457910


RUA 1234678


TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20








PART-C




459




TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20

PART-A






PART-B






PART-C







460


TIME2 HRS MARKS40

PART-A










PART-B










461

PART-C










462

WEB DESIGNING LAB





COURSE OUTCOMECO1


CO2


CO3


CO4


CO5


CO6


COURSE CONTENTS










Object


463




documents





Recursion









3


3



2






Total 45

464








2






3







4






5











465







7










through debugging

8








through debugging









466






REFERENCE BOOKS



















467


TIME 1 hr MARKS 20












468



TIME 2 hrs MARKS 40












469





COURSE OUTCOME





Course Contents








470











471





RECOMMENDED BOOKS


472

















473














474






Date of Joining 01-04-2011 04-04-2011 02-04-2011

05-04-2011 01-04-2011



475

476


V SEMESTER



























477







478




6000-0026000-00

1000-007800-00

400-00500-00600-00

1200-0030000-00

3000-0010000-00

400-002000-00

57000-00500-00

3600-00


25000-0047000-00

200-0021000-00

6800-00




479





15030 Credits 15





weightage Weightage



Unit 1

1 Positive Thinking

2 Goal Setting

Unit 2

1 Problem Solving

2 Attitude

Unit 3

1Time Management

Unit 4




Course Outcomes

480



Recommended Books




Internal Evaluation


Total 60


481








Time 1 hour Marks20







482





Time 1 hour Marks20















483

VISUAL BASIC LAB















484


RECOMMENDED BOOKS








485



486


Exp No































487























489

PROJECT WORK






Total 45

Course Outcome


Exp

No





COURSE CONTENTS


490



I SWATCH BHARATH






II HARITHA HARAM












way

IV ROLE PLAY




491












VI QUIZ







492
















493









494





XI Life skills












495



y5 4 3 2 1

Collection of data







Performs his duties




Sharing views





No response





Showing interest


496



007 Credits 25



Course Objective










_________

TOTAL 1000 marks

497



Assessment I

(First Quarter)













300

600 marks



Sl No

Criteria Marks Time




4 Log book 100 --


498


300




50

Total 100


















499


30 Accounts




40 Secretarial










50 Inventory




60 Miscellaneous


500









training





501

Salient Features





17 READMISSION








46 EQUIVALENCE




53 GENERAL

EXERCISES






EXERCISES





EXERCISES

Course Title


Course Code

18CCP-401

Semester

IV

Course Group

Core


30150

Credits

3

Methodology


Total Contact Hours

45Hrs60Pds

CIE

60 Marks

SEE

40 Marks

CO1


CO2


CO3


CO4


CO5


CO6













EXERCISES


LITERARY CRITICISM


COURSE OUTCOME

CL

Linked PO

CO1

RUA

124568910

CO2

RUA

1245 78910

CO3

RU

134567810

CO4

RU

123456710

CO5

RUA

1235678910

C06

RUA

1345678910

C-18 MID SEM-I

PART-A


PART-B

PART-C

C-18 MID SEM-II

PART-A 4 X 1M = 4M



PART-A

PART-B

PART-C















PART-A


PART-B

PART-C


PART-A


PART-B

PART-C


PART-A

PART-B

PART-C



EXERCISES

PROJECT WORK

Course Outcome


COURSE CONTENTS



mailing





Curriculum
















the HOSPrincipal







3














from time to time















to time























EXAMINATION








5





17 READMISSION









Working days



for 65 attendance

1Any Semester


90 675 585














6

7





evaluation






formulated as












8

End

Examination

40 marks

Mid Sem 1 20 marks

Mid Sem 2 20 marks

Tutorials

Sessionals

20 marks












formulated as



9






Part C




Grade Grade Point





Abs or Rel grade


Abs or Rel grade


Abs or Rel grade


Abs or Rel grade


Abs or Rel grade


Abs or Rel grade


Abs or Rel grade








Examination-








VI Credits10






VII Electives


Or


SWAYAMNPTEL













_________

TOTAL 1000 marks

11



Assessment I(First

Quarter)















Criteria Marks Time



300


of skills50

Total 100

12



averaged





Semester Exam










maybe








exercise prescribed





13









from time to time








in the 2nd semester










Semester




14













as the case may be













Training)





15


S No

From Sem


Credits Remarks



AY 2021-22 onwards





S NoFrom

Sem

To

SemAttendance

Cumulative

CreditsRemarks




















16



years





academic years














from time to time




manner

46 EQUIVALENCE





17











53 GENERAL




competent authority





18

I SEMESTER

19


SN

o

Cou

rse

Cod

e

Course Name


Week

Tota

l Per

iods

Per

Sem

este

r

Cre

dits

Continuous Internal


L T P

Mid

Sem

-I

Mid

Sem

-II

Inte

rnal

Eva

luat

ion

Max

Mar

ks

Min

Mar

ks

Tota

l Mar

ks

Min

i m

arks

for

pass

ing

incl

udin

g In

tern

al



3 18CCP 103C


4 18CCP-104C


5 18CCP-105F


2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35


7 18CCP-107P


8 18CCP-108P


9 18CCP-109P


1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

10 18CCP-110P


1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50




20

BASIC ENGLISH


30300 Credits 3


Unit No



Q1234 Q9(a)Q12(a) Q13(a)





Q13(b) Q15(a) Q15(b)


Total 60 8 8 8


21


Pre requisites









1 Umbrella Man

2 Spellings



2 Parts of Speech





1 Tense


1 My Mother



22

Course Outcomes

Course Content











13 Know spellings






24 Transcribe words








40 Tense


42 Learn Past tense



50 My mother


23

Recommended Books














Total 60


e-learning


24

Internal evaluation





PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions











25




Part A 8 0 8

Part B 0 48 12

Part C 0 48 20

Total 08 816 40


Part A 4 0 4

Part B 0 24 6

Part C 0 24 10

Total 4 48 20

PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M

Instructions




OR




OR





PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions




OR



Iv Fther V Klass




OR



26




5 Aha I won it



PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions















PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M

Instructions




OR



27







OR





PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions




OR








OR





iv I (work) now


28



PART - A 8 x 1 = 8 M

Instructions




I Perty


I ˈ riˈmuːv


I Thin










PART - B 4 x 3 = 12 M

Instructions




OR


29


OR








OR




OR





PART-C 4 x 5 = 20 M

Instructions




OR



OR







30









OR















OR










31




SNo

























5 Body Language







BOOK KEEPING

32




COURSE OUTCOME

CO1


CO2


CO3


CO4


CO5


CO6


Course Contents









33






RECOMMENDED BOOKS





















35




CO2


125678910

CO3


12345678910

CO4


12345678910

CO5


12345678910

CO6


12345678910

MID SEM-I EXAM


1 Unit-I 1 2 5(a)5(b)

7(a)7(b)

2 Unit-II 3 4 6(a)6(b)

8(a)8(b)



1 Unit-III 1 2 5(a)5(b)

7(a)7(b)

2 Unit-IV 3 4 6(a)6(b)

8(a)8(b)




R U A 1 I

4

1 9(a) 13(a) 2 II

3 III 2 10(a) 14(a) 4 IV

5 V 3 5 69(b) 13(b)

11(a) 15(a)

36

11(b) 15(b)

6 VI 78

10(b) 14(b)

12(a) 16(a)12(b) 16(b)


Legend




37

MODEL PAPERS
















OR







18CCP-102

39























41

18CCP ndash102C



PART ndash A





3 Define Ledger









(OR)





42











(OR)



PART ndash C


43



(OR)








44



(OR)







45




COURSE OUTCOME





and STR

Course Contents







46



47





RECOMMENDED BOOKS









48













123678910

CO2


123678910




123678910
















OR


50





Define Diphtong







OR



OR





OR


51


OR


18CCP ndash103C



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART ndash A


1 Define Vowel








PART ndash B



OR



OR



OR



52

OR


53

PART ndash C





OR



OR



OR


54




COURSE OUTCOME



COURSE CONTENTS








RECOMMENDED BOOKS


55










56













125678910


57



12345678910


12345678910

58









OR








End

59








OR








END

60

18CCP ndash104C



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART ndash A



PART ndash B







61

PART ndash C







62




COURSE OUTCOME



Course Contents


















64






















66




RECOMMENDED BOOKS









910CO3


123678910




910

67

MODEL PAPER OF

MID SEM- I EXAM

TIME 1 hr MARKS 20

PART-A














68





















69

MODEL PAPER OF

END SEMESTER EXAM

TIME 2 hr MARKS 40

PART-A 8 x 1 = 8






6 Define a shortcut


8 Define Web site







(or)



(or)

70








(or)



(or)


71

72

PHONOGRAPHY LAB





Course Contents









Duration 06 hrs




RECOMMENDED BOOKS










RU 123678910 26


10 14


RUA 123678910 18

74

75







the door at two










76






77





COURSE OUTCOME




customized software

COURSE CONTENTS







RECOMMENDED BOOKS



78












79





CO1


10 12CO2


10 14

CO3


RUA 123678910 08

CO4


10 06

CO5


RUA 123678910 18









1234567890 0987654321 1234567890 0987654321


80










81









82






83







CO1


10 20CO2


10 25

84






MID II EXAMINATION



85



86

87




COURSE OUTCOME












88









89

p No

Experiments







3







5







7




8



9








90



11










14




15




16










91

19





20







22













RECOMMENDED BOOKS









0CO3


123678910

CO4


123678910




i) DIR ii) COPY






i) DELETE ii) MKDIR



i) EDIT ii) LABEL

93



i) ERASE ii) RENAME




94






15030 Credits 15












Reading skills 10m

Speaking skills 10m

95


Pre requisites

Course Outcomes


PART-A 23 10M

PART-B 12 10M





ndash T7)


T5)





T4)




T7)




T6)


audio files


T6)


and intonation

96

Course Content



























Recommended Books




















intonation



t1 5


98

Internal evaluation


e-learning

1wwwduolingocom

2 wwwbbccouk

3 wwwbabbelcom


5 wwwelloorg

6 wwwlang-8com

7 youtubecom


9 moocorg




Reading skills 10m

Speaking skills 10m


PART-A 23 10M

PART-B 12 10M

99







PART-B 1X10=10M










PART-B 1X10=10M



100








123489 10


123 4 8 9 10





123 4 10

101




I SWATCH BHARATH






II HARITHA HARAM












way

102

IV ROLE PLAY














VI QUIZ




enthusiastically103















104










105









XI Life skills





106










Collection of data







Performs his duties








No response





Showing interest


107

II SEMESTER


SN

o

Cour

se

Code


Week Tota

l

Cred



108

Perio

ds P

er

Sem

este

r

L T P

Mid

Sem

-I

Mid

Sem

-II

Inte

rnal

Ev

alua

tion

Max

Mar

ks

Min

Mar

ks

Tota

l Mar

ks

Min

i m

arks

for

pass

ing

incl

udin

g


2 18CCP-202C


3 18CCP-203C



5 18CCP-205C


6 18CCP-206P


7 18CCP-207P


8 18CCP-208P


1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

9 18CCP-209P


10 18CCP-210P


1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50



ADVANCED ENGLISH

109


Unit No





4 + 6 = 10


4 + 6 = 10



4 + 6 = 10


Q11(a) Q11(b)Q13(b)

Q15(a) Q16(a)


Q12(a) Q12(b)Q14(b)

Q15(b) Q16(b)Total 60 8 8 8










2 Question Tags



110

Pre requisites

Course Outcomes






1 If I Were You



2 The Medal



7 A Service of Love













111

Recommended Books




















voice



48 Appreciate drama












112

















Assignment


Seminars 1 5

Total 60

113

Internal evaluation





e-learning

1wwwduolingocom

2 wwwbbccouk

3 wwwbabbelcom


5 wwwelloorg

6 wwwlang-8com

7 youtubecom


9 moocorg


114




Part A 8 0 8

Part B 0 48 12

Part C 0 48 20

Total 08 816 40





1 2 3 4 8 9 10


4 5 6 7 8 9 10


4 56 7 8 9 10



PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions







115




Part A 4 0 4

Part B 0 24 6

Part C 0 24 10

Total 4 48 20

PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M

Instructions








OR





OR




PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M



OR



OR


116



PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions







PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M






OR






OR





117

PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions




OR








OR








MODEL PAPER


PART - A 8 x 1 = 8 M


1 Add Question tag

He is not a dancer

2 Change the Voice



118










PART - B 4 x 3 = 12 M



OR



OR



OR






OR


PART-C 4 x 5 = 20 M

Instructions




OR

119



OR








OR



















OR


120




February 4th 1961






















3 Audience contact





121










122





COURSE OUTCOME

CO1




CO4


Course Contents







123




























125







125678910


125678910



12345678910











OR


126







OR











OR









127


OR






128



PART ndash A














129




0


0


0


0


0



0


0


0


0


0








130

18CCP ndash202C




















Purchases

Wages

Sales returns

8000

2000

500

Sales

Purchase Returns

10300

200


131




(OR)



500080000 5000----------90000

CapitalLoan

7000020000

---------90000



PARTICULARS AMOUNT

Opening stock

Purchases

Sales

Closing Stock

Sales Returns

Purchase returns

2000

8000

7500

3000

500

500

(OR)



75006000

50010000

5008000


132

Gross profit

Salaries

Insurance

Advertisements

16500

8000

5300

1300


(OR)


Gross profit

Rent

Commission received

Discount

7500

4000

1300

300








(OR)




10000 21000 8000 1000------------ 40000


39500 500

-------------- 40000




133



(OR)



Opening Stock

Purchases

Salaries

Advertisements

12000

20000

9500

2000

---------

43500

Sales

Interest received

43000

500

----------

43500





Opening Stock

Purchases

Sales returns

Rent

Insurance

Discount

2000

15000

500

1200

2000

200

----------

20900

Sales

Purchase

returns

Discount

Commission

20000

400

300

200

---------

20900


(OR)


Rohini traders


5000 7000

SalesDiscount

17000 400

134


2000 3000 60017600

Commission 200




8000 15000 12500 3500 14000 45000-----------98000


25000 1400 62600 9000

----------98000



(OR)



10000 16500 10500 5200 600 100008000----------60800


19000 1900 326004000 3300

----------60800




135




Unit

NoUnit Name Hou

rQuestions to be

set for SEEMarks

Weightage

Weightage ()R U A







12 2 16 18Total 60 11+



COURSE OUTCOME


Course Contents



Duration 12 hrs136






Duration 08 hrs










137














138





g Hrs

CO1


10 12CO2


10 14CO3


10 08CO4


10 06CO5


10 18










139













OR



OR




140

OR



OR


18CCP ndash203C










141



OR



OR





OR



OR



OR



OR


142


















143

RECOMMENDED BOOKS












144













125678910

CO2


CO3


12345678910

CO4


12345678910

CO5



145













OR



OR


146










OR





OR



OR


147

18CCP ndash204C







OR



OR



OR



OR


148

PART ndash C



OR



OR



OR



OR


149








Course Contents








150
















151














152

RECOMMENDED BOOKS












153


TIME 1 hr MARKS 20

PART-A 4 x 1 = 4




3 Define animation











154


TIME 1 hr MARKS 20

PART-A 4 x 1 = 4















155


TIME 2 hr MARKS 40

PART-A 8 x 1 = 8









8 Define Mail merge







(or)



(or)


156








(or)



(or)


157





COURSE OUTCOME




Course Contents





158





RECOMMENDED BOOKS







159







RU 123678910 12


RUA

123678910 14


RUA

123678910 08


RUA

123678910 06


RUA

123678910 18

160




i Leaderii Virtue





161








162





163



164





COURSE OUTCOME




COURSE CONTENTS






RECOMMENDED BOOKS




165










CO1


0 12

CO2


RUA

123678910 14

CO3


RUA

123678910 08

166













167




Instructions








168





S No

Major Topics






COURSE OUTCOME



COURSE CONTENTS






169





RECOMMENDED BOOKS









170









CO1


RU 123678910 10

CO2


RUA

123678910 15


171


MID-I


172


MID-II


173

Q 2


174




Q 1

Q 2Marks15

175

Q 3 Marks15

176






COURSE OUTCOME



Course Contents









177








EXERCISES


178



ExNo

Name of Experiment














179



















10




180



11




12




13




14




15





181







182

RECOMMENDED BOOKS







CO1


RU 123678910 12

CO2


10 14CO3


10 08CO4


10 11

183


TIME 1 hr MARKS 20












TIME 1 hr MARKS 20








184






TIME 2hr MARKS 40














185





15030 Credits 15




Weightage


people places 10 4


6 0 0 1


8 0 1


45 10 110 100







UNIT 1 Role Plays

186

Pre requisites

Course Outcomes
















coherence












Recommended Books

10 Role Plays






























INTERNAL EVALUATION

188


t1 5








Reading skills 10m

Speaking skills 10m


PART-A 23 10M

PART-B 12 10M

189




PART-A 2x5=10m



PART-B 1X10=10M









3 Describe a mobile

PART-B 1X10=10M



190




191








12 3 4 8 9 10




I SWATCH BHARATH






II HARITHA HARAM












way

192

IV ROLE PLAY














VI QUIZ




enthusiastically193















194











195








XI Life skills






196










y5 4 3 2 1

Collection of data







Performs his duties








No response





Showing interest


197

III SEMESTER

198


SN



Week

Tota

l Per

iods

Per

Se

mes

ter

Cre

dits

Continuous Internal


L T P

Mid

Sem

-I

Mid

Sem

-II

Inte

rnal

Ev

alua

tion

Max

Mar

ks

Min

Mar

ks

Tota

l Mar

ks

Min

i m

arks

for

pass

ing

incl

udin

g In

tern

al





2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35





1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50







199

ENGLISH LITERATURE


30150 Credits 3




Word- Stress 10


14



Advertisements 8


8 Q3 Q5Q6 Q9(b) Q11(a) Q11(b)

Q14(b) Q15(a) Q15(b)


12Q4Q7

Q8 Q10(b) Q12(a) Q12(b)

Q13(b) Q16(a) Q16(b)

Total 60 8 8 8

PREREQUISITES









200

Course Outcomes





1 The Magical Earth

2 Word-Stress



4 Punctuation

5 Vocabulary



4 Non-Verbal Data


2 To Sir With Love

3 Advertisements





9 The Sand Box

10 ResumeCVBio-data

11 Cover Letter

201

Course Content























202


Recommended Books














420 Know new words



512 Know the theme



solutions







203






e-learning

1 wwwduolingocom

2 wwwbbccouk

3 wwwbabbelcom


5 wwwelloorg

6 wwwlang-8com

7 youtubecom


9 moocorg


204

Internal evaluation




205





Part A 8 0 8

Part B 0 48 12

Part C 0 48 20

Total 08 816 40


Part A 4 0 4

Part B 0 24 6

Part C 0 24 10

Total 4 48 20














PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M







206



onersquos opinion

207



PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions











208




GPT-MEDAK DCCP




PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M

Instructions



OR


832

1412






OR





209

PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions



OR








OR


210








PART - A 8 x 1 = 8 M

Instructions









211






warfare



PART - B 4 x 3 = 12 M

Instructions



OR



OR



OR



OR


Stenographer

PART-C 4 x 5 = 20 M

Instructions



OR

212



OR



OR



OR





1 2 3 4 8 9 10


1 2 3 4 8 9 10




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10



1 2 3 4 8 10

213










2 Content accuracy





3 Attractiveness














214





COURSE OUTCOME

CO1


CO2


CO3


CO4


CO5


CO6


Course Contents








215











216









217





CO1

Depreciation RUA

12345678910 10

CO2


RUA

12345678910 10

CO3


RUA

12345678910 10

CO4


12345678910 05

CO5


RUA

12345678910 15

CO6


RUA

12345678910 10

218






25000 4501600

27050


125900

90001702527050

Adjustments





Receipts RsPayments

Rs


400001000050000


3500 34500 37500

(OR)

219



420007500050000

167000


35000180004000074000

167000

ADJUSTMENTS








25000300002000

15000

12001800

10000________

85000


2000150035001500

3000018500 2500

25500_________

85000

220




5300070004200

130001200

________78400


3900 2300 18000

12403000

45000600360

4000_________




(OR)



450001500300020003000150900

________55550


28000 1800

10000 1504000360

18009440

_________55550

ADJUSTMENTS


221




PART ndash B



(OR)



(OR)


PART ndash C



(OR)

222






(OR)




PART ndash A







223


(OR)



(OR)



(OR)


224

PART ndash C





(OR)



(OR)


225


(OR)


226

ENGLISH SHORTHAND




COURSE OUTCOME

CO1


CO2


CO3


CO4


CO5


CO6






227








Student Activities


REFERENCE BOOKS



228



229



CO1


RUA

12345678910

10

CO2


RUA

12345678910

10

CO3


12345678910

10

CO4


RUA

12345678910

05

CO5


RUA

12345678910

15

CO6


RUA

12345678910

10



PART ndash A


1Define Diphone




PART ndash B



230

OR



OR


PART-C



OR



OR



PART ndash A






PART ndash B



OR



OR

231


PART-C



OR



OR




PART ndash A










PART ndash B



OR



232

OR






PART ndash C





OR




233





COURSE OUTCOME



Course Contents








234











235





236



237

RECOMMENDED BOOKS






CO1


RUA

12345678910 6


UA1234567891

0 8


UA1234567891

0 8

CO4


RUA

12345678910 8

CO5


RUA

12345678910 15


UA1234567891

0 15


TIME 1 hr MARKS 20

PART-A 4 x 1 = 4




3 Define a formula




238









PART-A 4 x 1 = 4



3 Define Database

4 Define RDBMS






239





(or)





TIME 1 hr MARKS 40

PART-A 8 x 1 = 8







6 Define a shortcut


8 Define Web site



240





(or)



(or)







(or)



(or)


241




TIME 2 HRS MARKS 40

PART ndash A



2 Define Formula

3 Define Printing



6 Define Query

7 Define a Filter

8 Define reports

PART ndash B



or



or



or


242


Or


PART ndash C



Or



Or



Or



Or


243

244

BUSINESS STATISTICS




COURSE OUTCOME

CO1


CO2


CO3


CO4


CO5


CO6


Course Contents








245


246












247











248




CO1


RUA

12345678910 6

CO2


RUA

12345678910 8

CO3


RUA

12345678910 8

CO4


RUA

12345678910 8

CO5


RUA

12345678910 15

CO6


RUA

12345678910 15

249










Amount in thousands

12 10 8 20

OR


year 1976 1986 1996 2006 2016

Population

in millions

58 72 85 112 128


X 10 20 30 40F 5 12 18 2

250

OR


X 10 20 30 40

F 8 22 10 5




OR



Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60

No of students

8 16 34 24 12 5

OR


x 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60

f 12 16 45 24 18 8

251




Wages 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50

workers 3 28 45 12 7






OR



X 10 20 30 40

f 4 6 3 2

OR


X 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80

f 125 456 987 159

252

PART C



than 10Less than 20

Less than 30

Less than 40

Less than 50

Less than 60

Less than 70

No of students

4 16 34 56 66 74 80


X 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60

f 12 18 30 31 8 2


CI 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100 100-120

frequency 25 48 60 78 34 18

OR


X 10 20 30 40

f 4 6 3 2

253

18CCP ndash305C










7 Define Regression






35 54 78 32 18

(OR)


y 963 159 753 357 951


Wages 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50

workers 3 28 45 12 7

254

(OR)



(OR)



Judge 1 5 3 1 2 4

Judge 2 3 2 5 1 4


X 4 6 8 3

Y 1 5 2 3

(OR)





f 3 16 34 22 12 7 2

(OR)


X 25 64 25 54 96 72

Y 45 58 30 30 30 24

255


Marks Less than 10

Less than 20

Less than 30

Less than 40

Less than 50

Less than 60

No of Students

6 24 56 84 96 100

(OR)



25 40 60 30 75

Sales in crores 235 385 456 284 620


Height 63 28 45 65 15

Weight 96 32 82 74 25

(OR)


A B C D E F

Judge 1 159 753 456 456 123 852

Judge 2 123 951 123 123 753 123





X 12 25 18 7256

Y 5 12 15 10 (OR) (b)







257




COURSE OUTCOME







258


COURSE CONTENTS _



Reference Books








CO1


12345678910 6

CO2


RUA

12345678910 8

CO3


RUA

12345678910 8


4 UA 910CO5


RUA

12345678910 15

CO6


RUA

12345678910 15


Time 1 HourMarks20





260


261


Time 1 HourMarks20




262


263


Time 1 HourMarks40


marks

A Flattery

b Winter

c Obey

d Quality

e Self-made

f conflict

g sentiment

h director

i prompt

j production

264




265






COURSE OUTCOME


COURSE CONTENTS






RECOMMENDED BOOKS





266




word)







CO1


0 12

CO2


RUA

123678910 14

CO3


RUA

123678910 08

267


MID I






MID II





268










269





COURSE OUTCOME




COURSE CONTENTS










270

RECOMMENDED BOOKS













271




CO1


RU 123678910 10


RUA 123678910 15

CO3


20

272


Mid Sem-I


273

Mid Sem-II



274


275

END EXAMINATION



276


277


278





COURSE OUTCOME














279








EXERCISES


280


Student activities






























281




















Use primary key















282





CO4















283


TIME 1 hr MARKS 20












284


TIME 2hr MARKS 40













285





COURSE OUTCOME



Course contents

















SUGGESTED READINGS




287











288



I SWATCH BHARATH






II HARITHA HARAM













IV ROLE PLAY














290

VI QUIZ















291











292











XI Life skills


293











Collection of data







Performs his duties








No response





Showing interest


294

IV SEMESTER

295


SN



Week

Tota

l Per

iods

Per

Se

mes

ter

Cre

dits

Continuous Internal


L T P

Mid

Sem

-I

Mid

Sem

-II

Inte

rnal

Ev

alua

tion

Max

Mar

ks

Min

Mar

ks

Tota

l M

arks

Min

i m

arks

for

1 18CCP-401F


2 18CCP-402C


3 18CCP-403C


Correspondence2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35


5 18CCP-405E


2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

6 18CCP-406P


wpm)1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

7 18CCP-407P



1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

8 18CCP-408P


1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

9 18CCP-409P DTP Lab 1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

10 18CCP-410P








296





30150 Credits 3


Total Contact Hours

45Hrs60Pds


Unit No

Unit Name Periods



4 + 4 = 8

Q4


4 + 4 = 8



Note-Making6 + 6 =

125 The Awakening


Q3 Q4Q5Q6Q7Q8

Q9(b) Q11(a) Q11(b)

Q13(b) Q15(a) Q15(b)


4 + 6 + 4 = 14

Q10(b) Q12(a) Q12(b)

Q14(b) Q16(a) Q16(b)

Total 60 8 8 8


297Course Outcomes






4 Verb-Patterns


6 Parige



5 My Elder Brother




5 Note-Making


6 The Awakening

7 Dialogue Writing



Course Content







Press



















299

Recommended Books














516 Know new words













300

Internal evaluation

Total 60




301





Part A 8 0 8

Part B 0 48 12

Part C 0 48 20

Total 8 816 40



PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M




S+V+O



we play cricket

PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M



OR




OR




OR





OR


302




PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M










a A weak spot

b Show no emotion

PART - B 2 x 3 = 6 M



OR




303








PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M

Instructions




OR






OR


304





foreign language

305



PART - A 8 x 1 = 8 M




PART - B 4 x 3 = 12 M



i S + V + O

ii S + V

iii S + V + SC

OR








306



OR




OR











307

PART-C 4 x 5 = 20 M

Instructions




OR







OR










OR



308




TASK WITH PATIENCE




AGE


STATE OF INDIA

OR














309





















5 Time Management






310




COURSE OUTCOME






Course Contents








311







RECOMMENDED BOOKS























313










PART ndash A


4x1 = 4 Marks



2x3=6 Marks


DUE DATE AMOUNT Rs

January 7th

February 20th

April 4th

250015002000

(OR)


DUE DATE AMOUNT Rs

314


150010003000


2005 Rs



2006 Rs



DUE DATE AMOUNTRs

January 6th

February 16th

March 15th

April 1st

April 14th

20003000400050006000


(OR)




2006 Rs

315


(OR)


2009 Rs







PART ndash A




2x3=6 Marks


(OR)


316



(OR)



2x5=10 Marks






(OR)


317

318



PART ndash A





DUE DATE AMOUNT Rs

January 17th

February 10th

April 14th

500 1800 2500

(OR)



Sundry creditors

17004000

30008700


800240040001500

8700



(OR)

319




Sundry creditors

17004000

30008700


800240040001500

8700


(OR)



19000500012000

400003000025000131000


250015500250008000

3500045000131000





320




BILL DATE AMOUNTRs

January 17th

January 28th

February 18th

March 5th

April 24th

June 2nd

150020001200 80020001500


(OR)




35000

15000 750057500


2000016000 6000 500

1500057500





321


(OR)




30500

20000150001500080500


3500

350001500025000200080500


(OR)



3000 7504504200


100240012005004200



322


(OR)


323





COURSE OUTCOME






COURSE CONTENTS









324










325







REFERENCES





326





RUA 123 678910


RUA 1245678910


RUA 123458910




327














OR



OR


328













OR





OR



OR


329


18CCP ndash403C
















330





331

C PROGRAMMING




COURSE OUTCOME



Course contents











332



RECOMMENDED BOOKS









333











CO1


RUA

123678910 5

CO2


RUA

123678910 4

CO3


0 8


334



RUA

123678910 22


RUA

123678910 16

335


Time 1 Hour Marks20

PART-A



PART-B






PART-C






-x-x-x-x-

336


Time 1 Hour Marks20

PART-A



PART-B






PART-C






-x-x-x-x-

337



PART-A



PART-B










PART-C







338




339

BANKING




COURSE OUTCOME


COURSE CONTENTS









340





10 hrs


RECOMMENDED BOOKS








341


and lending









342







CO1


RUA

12345678910 8

CO2


12345678910 10

CO3


RUA

12345678910 8

CO4


RUA

12345678910 10

CO5


RUA

12345678910 14

CO6


RUA

12345678910 10

343





1Define Banking












OR



OR


344









OR








345

18CCPndash405E



PART ndash A


1 Define Banking









OR



OR



OR



OR


346




OR



OR



OR



OR


347

MERCANTILE LAW




COURSE OUTCOME





Course Contents






348











13 Define Contract









349































350





REFERENCE BOOKS




















351

352



CO1


RUA

12345678910 10

CO2


RUA

12345678910 10

CO3


RUA

12345678910 10

CO4


RUA

12345678910 05

CO5


RUA

12345678910 15


RUA

12345678910 10

353







(OR)



(OR)





(OR)




354






(OR)



(OR)




(OR)



(OR)





PART ndash A



355




(OR)



(OR)



(OR)



(OR)










(OR)


356





COURSE OUTCOME


CO2


CO3


CO4





exercises










357



REFERENCE BOOKS







358

MID ndash I


Time 1 Hour Marks20

359

MID ndash II


Time 1 Hour Marks20

360

END EXAMINATION



361

362





COURSE OUTCOME




Computer)












363

COURSE CONTENTS




exercises

REFERENCE BOOKS





364





COURSE OUTCOME









COURSE OUTCOMES






365


















366


RECOMMENDED BOOKS





367



Exercises

SlNo














368





123456


123456


123456


123456


123456


123456








369










and Debit cards









370

DTP LAB




COURSE OUTCOME


Course Contents









371

RECOMMENDED BOOKS


















372









20 ADOBE PHOTOSHOP


30 ADOBE PHOTOSHOP


40 ADOBE FLASH


373








4 Working with Text










374








375



Exp


Competencies

1




2 Working with Text



376




Usage of Graphics

4




5

Working with Tables



6Working with Style









10

Exercise on layers



11



12



13



14







377



16




17




18




19



20




21




22








378





0 15


0 05


0 10


0 15

379



TIME 1 Hour MARKS20






TIME 1 Hour MARKS20



380


TIME2 HRS MARKS 40


381





SlNo



Total 60


SNo


1




2







382


4




5




6




7




8




9




10







383


12




13




14




15




16




384

385

































386











REFERENCE BOOKS


387



TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20
















TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20







388









3 Viva 5 Marks




TIME 2 hrs MARKS 40














389



I SWATCH BHARATH






II HARITHA HARAM












way

IV ROLE PLAY














VI QUIZ







391

















392

393









394





XI Life skills












395



Improving

unsatisfactory








Performs his duties




Sharing views





No response





Showing interest


396

V SEMESTER

397


SN



Week

Tota

l Per

iods

Per

Se

mes

ter

Cre

dits

Continuous Internal


L T P

Mid

Sem

-I

Mid

Sem

-II

Inte

rnal

Ev

alua

tion

Max

Mar

ks

Min

Mar

ks

Tota

l Mar

ks

Min

i m

arks

fo

r pas

sing

in

clud

ing


2 18CCP-502C


2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35


4 18CCP-504E


2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35

5 18CCP-505E


2 2 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 20 100 50

6 18CCP-506P


7 18CCP-507P


8 18CCP-508P


1 0 2 45 15 20 20 20 40 20 100 50





398

LITERARY CRITICISM


Reading


Unit No



4 + 7 = 11

Q1 Q9(a) Q13(a)


4 + 5 = 9




115 A Psalm of Life


Q5Q6Q7Q8

Q9(b) Q11(a) Q11(b)

Q13(b) Q15(a) Q15(b)


10

Q10(b) Q12(a) Q12(b)

Q14(b) Q16(a) Q16(b)

Total 60 8 8 8

399

Pre requisites












400

Course Outcomes

Course Content

Recommended Books










401














402

Internal evaluation




PART - A 4 x 1 = 4 M




PART - B 2 x 3 = 6

M

Instructions


OR


403









PART-C 2 x 5 = 10 M







404



PART - 4 x 1 = 4 M

Instructions






PART - B 2 x 3 = 6

M

Instructions



OR



OR






405



advantageOR



PART-A 8X1=8m












406


PART-C













OR


407














3 Content accuracy

















408







COURSE CONTENTS











409




RECOMMENDED BOOKS










410
















411




CO1


12345678910 04

CO2


RUA

12345678910 06

CO3


12345678910 08

CO4


RUA

12345678910 12

CO5


RUA

12345678910 15

CO6


RUA

12345678910 15

412





1 Define Economics


3 Define Demand





OR



OR





OR



OR


413







3 Define pollution





OR







OR


414












6 Define Monopoly







(OR)



(OR)



(OR)


415


(OR)






(OR)



(OR)



(OR)



(OR)


416

VISUAL BASIC








COURSE CONTENTS









417














418




REFERENCES














419

420

C18CCP-504C













OR






OR



Or


421



VISUAL BASIC





2 Define Sub Menu


4 Define variable




OR






OR



Or


422

C18CCP-504C




PART- A



PART-B







OR


423


OR








OR



OR


424






COURSE CONTENTS













426

RECOMMENDED BOOKS


















428






9 Define Management










OR



OR


429






5 Define Authority


7 Define Planning




OR



OR







430

18CCP ndash504E



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART ndash A


9 Define Management

10 Define Authority







PART ndash B










431



OR



OR



OR



OR


432

INSURANCE




COURSE OUTCOME

CO1


CO2


CO3


CO4


CO5


CO6


Course Contents








433

Duration 10 Hr










434












BDelhi


435


TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20
















PART-B 2 X 3M = 6M


436



















437

PART-C










438















439

Pre requisites

Course Outcomes



















440











REFERENCE BOOKS














441

UA18CCP ndash504E





----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART ndash A











PART ndash B








442



PART ndash C








443






COURSE OUTCOME





COURSE CONTENTS







444












and Asset income



445












446





RUA 12345678910



RUA 12345678910





PART-A 4 x 1 = 4











447




18CCP-505E



PART-A 4 x 1 = 4

















448

TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20

PART-A 4 x 1 = 4




















449




Pre requisites












450

Course Outcomes




COURSE CONTENTS


REFERENCE BOOKS




Delhi

451














OR



OR







OR


452









OR



OR





OR



OR


453

18CCP ndash505E





PART ndash A















(OR)



(OR)



(OR)


454


(OR)






(OR)



(OR)



(OR)



(OR)


455




COURSE OUTCOME














COURSE CONTENTS



RECOMMENDED BOOKS













457
















458






RUA 234579


RUA 13457910


RUA 1234678


TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20








PART-C




459




TIME 1 hrs MARKS 20

PART-A






PART-B






PART-C







460


TIME2 HRS MARKS40

PART-A










PART-B










461

PART-C










462

WEB DESIGNING LAB





COURSE OUTCOMECO1


CO2


CO3


CO4


CO5


CO6


COURSE CONTENTS










Object


463




documents





Recursion









3


3



2






Total 45

464








2






3







4






5











465







7










through debugging

8








through debugging









466






REFERENCE BOOKS



















467


TIME 1 hr MARKS 20












468



TIME 2 hrs MARKS 40












469





COURSE OUTCOME





Course Contents








470











471





RECOMMENDED BOOKS


472

















473














474






Date of Joining 01-04-2011 04-04-2011 02-04-2011

05-04-2011 01-04-2011



475

476


V SEMESTER



























477







478




6000-0026000-00

1000-007800-00

400-00500-00600-00

1200-0030000-00

3000-0010000-00

400-002000-00

57000-00500-00

3600-00


25000-0047000-00

200-0021000-00

6800-00




479





15030 Credits 15





weightage Weightage



Unit 1

1 Positive Thinking

2 Goal Setting

Unit 2

1 Problem Solving

2 Attitude

Unit 3

1Time Management

Unit 4




Course Outcomes

480



Recommended Books




Internal Evaluation


Total 60


481








Time 1 hour Marks20







482





Time 1 hour Marks20















483

VISUAL BASIC LAB















484


RECOMMENDED BOOKS








485



486


Exp No































487























489

PROJECT WORK






Total 45

Course Outcome


Exp

No





COURSE CONTENTS


490



I SWATCH BHARATH






II HARITHA HARAM












way

IV ROLE PLAY




491












VI QUIZ







492
















493









494





XI Life skills












495



y5 4 3 2 1

Collection of data







Performs his duties




Sharing views





No response





Showing interest


496



007 Credits 25



Course Objective










_________

TOTAL 1000 marks

497



Assessment I

(First Quarter)













300

600 marks



Sl No

Criteria Marks Time




4 Log book 100 --


498


300




50

Total 100


















499


30 Accounts




40 Secretarial










50 Inventory




60 Miscellaneous


500









training





501

Salient Features





17 READMISSION








46 EQUIVALENCE




53 GENERAL

EXERCISES






EXERCISES





EXERCISES

Course Title


Course Code

18CCP-401

Semester

IV

Course Group

Core


30150

Credits

3

Methodology


Total Contact Hours

45Hrs60Pds

CIE

60 Marks

SEE

40 Marks

CO1


CO2


CO3


CO4


CO5


CO6













EXERCISES


LITERARY CRITICISM


COURSE OUTCOME

CL

Linked PO

CO1

RUA

124568910

CO2

RUA

1245 78910

CO3

RU

134567810

CO4

RU

123456710

CO5

RUA

1235678910

C06

RUA

1345678910

C-18 MID SEM-I

PART-A


PART-B

PART-C

C-18 MID SEM-II

PART-A 4 X 1M = 4M



PART-A

PART-B

PART-C















PART-A


PART-B

PART-C


PART-A


PART-B

PART-C


PART-A

PART-B

PART-C



EXERCISES

PROJECT WORK

Course Outcome


COURSE CONTENTS

polytechnicts.cgg.gov.inpolytechnicts.cgg.gov.in/.../files/Recent_Updates/6826.docx · Web...

Documents

Transcript of polytechnicts.cgg.gov.inpolytechnicts.cgg.gov.in/.../files/Recent_Updates/6826.docx · Web...